Docstoc

QUT Handbook

Document Sample
QUT Handbook Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                                                                                                       Section Four

                                                                                                                                        Unit Synopses
  Unit Coding and Numbering ....................................................................................................................................................
  Unit Synopses ..........................................................................................................................................................................




___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                           QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2809
                                         UNIT SYNOPSES
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________




This section provides synopses of the units offered in the      x MM Mechanical, Manufacturing and Medical Engineer-
academic programs section.                                          ing
The synopses are presented in alpha-numeric order ac-           x   NR Natural Resource Sciences
cording to their codes.                                         x   NS Nursing
                                                                x   OP Optometry
UNIT CODING AND NUMBERING
The unit code is of the format XXX999. The first two char-      x   PC Physical Sciences
acters indicate the faculty or school administering the unit.   x   PS Design and Built Environment
The third character indicates the level of the course in        x   PU Public Health
which the unit is normally taught.                              x   PY Psychology and Counselling
UNIT CODING                                                     x   QC QUT International College
x AD Design and Built Environment                               x   SC Science
x AM Advertising, Marketing and Public Relations                x   SP Learning and Professional Studies
x AR Design and Built Environment                               x   UD Urban Development
x AY Accountancy
                                                                LEVEL INDICATORS
x BE Built Environment and Engineering
                                                                x X = Certificate, Associate Diploma, Associate Degrees,
x BN Built Environment and Engineering                              Diploma
x BS Business                                                   x   B = Degree
x CE Civil Engineering                                          x   D = University Diploma
x CL Cultural and Language Studies in Education                 x   F = Foundation Program
x CN Construction Management                                    x   P = Graduate Diploma
x CT Caboolture                                                 x   N = Masters Degree
x DA Design                                                     x   R = Doctoral
x DB Design and Built Environment                               x   S = Special Units
x DE Design                                                     x   Z = Offshore Offering
x DL Design and Built Environment
x DN Design                                                     CAMPUS CODING
x DT Design                                                     xCB = Caboolture
x EA Early Childhood                                            xExt = External
x ED Education                                                  xGP = Gardens Point
x EE Electrical and Electronic Systems Engineering              xKG = Kelvin Grove
x EF Economics and Finance                                      SEMESTER CODING
x EN Engineering Systems                                        x 1 = Semester 1
x GS Brisbane Graduate School of Business                       x 2 = Semester 2
x HH Humanities and Human Services                              x 3 = Summer Program
x HL Health
                                                                PREREQUISITE AND COREQUISITE UNITS
x HM Human Movement Studies                                     For definitions of the terms prerequisite and corequisite
x IB International Business                                     unit(s), refer to Rule 12 of the Student Rules section.
x IF Interfaculty Courses
                                                                Disclaimer
x IT Information Technology
                                                                Some schools have indicated the availability of their units
x JS Justice Studies                                            for semester 1 (1), semester 2 (2), or Summer Program
x KC Media Communication                                        (3). These indications are preliminary only and are subject
x KD Dance                                                      to change.
x KF Fashion
x KI Communication Design
x KJ Journalism
x KK Creative Industries Faculty
x KM Music
x KP Film and Television
x KS Acting and Technical Production
x KT Theatre Studies
x KV Visual Arts
x KW Creative Writing and Cultural Studies
x LP Legal Practice
x LS Life Science
x LW Law
x MA Mathematical Sciences
x MD Mathematics, Science and Technology Education
x ME Mechanical, Manufacturing and Medical Engineer-
  ing
x MG Management and Human Resource Management


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                           QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2810
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ADB796-1 Practice Experience B                                     AMB032 Mandarin 2
This practice experience partnership with the architectural        This subject continues to develop the four macro skills of
profession will enable the students to increase their skills in    listening, speaking, reading and writing through an
the practical application of theory in 'real life' architectural   integrated communicative approach. While there is further
projects. Students need to complete parts 1 and 2 of this          consolidation of the knowledge of the Pinyin Romanisation
unit to achieve the 60 credit points.                              system, greater attention is devoted to the reading and
Credit points: 30 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   writing of characters. With acquisition of language, students
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                        receive further exposure to aspects and characteristics of
                                                                   Chinese culture.
ADB796-2 Practice Experience B                                     Prerequisites: AMB031 or HHB031 or HUB453 or HHB051
This practice experience partnership with the architectural           Antirequisites: HHB052, HUB454              Equivalents:
profession will enable the students to increase their skills in    HHB032 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
the practical application of theory in 'real life' architectural   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
projects. Students need to complete parts 1 and 2 of this
unit to achieve the 60 credit points.                              AMB033 Mandarin 3
Credit points: 30 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   This unit is designed to meet student needs to further
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                        develop their basic knowledge and skills for understanding,
                                                                   speaking, reading and writing Mandarin Chinese in a wide
ADN052 Architectural Research 2                                    range of everyday situations. Eligible students are those
This unit allows you to research a specialist architectural        who have: successfully completed introductory Mandarin
topic of your choosing; based on the research proposal of          units HHB031/AMB031 and HHB032/AMB032 at QUT; or
the pre-requisite unit (ADB051). The unit requires                 successfully completed equivalent Mandarin study
professional standards of practice for the research and            elsewhere. Graduates from high schools who have
analysis of data, and tutorial guidance will be tailored to        completed Year 12 Mandarin should also enrol in this unit.
your own project. Research and analysis work will be               (Students who have undergone primary and secondary
presented in a written mini-thesis and at an end-of-semester       education in China and Taiwan are not eligible for this unit.
conference.                                                        Students who cannot speak Mandarin Chinese but can read
Prerequisites: ADB051 Equivalents: ADB052, DAN220                  and write Chinese script are not eligible either. They should
 Credit points: 12        Contact hours: 4 per week                enrol in AMB030 Mandarin for Chinese.)
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  Prerequisites: AMB032 or HHB032                Equivalents:
                                                                   HHB033 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
ADN796 Practice Experience B                                       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
This practice experience partnership with the architectural
profession will enable the students to increase their skills in    AMB034 Mandarin 4
the practical application of theory in 'real life' architectural   This unit follows on from AMB033. Students further develop
projects.                                                          their knowledge and skills needed to understand, speak,
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   read and write Mandarin Chinese in a wide range of
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                        everyday situations and to give presentations on given
                                                                   topics. Resources include textbook, workbook, CDs, DVDs
AMB030 Mandarin for Chinese                                        and online multimedia materials. Students learn about 400
In this unit students will receive instructions in listening and   Chinese characters and have further exposure to various
speaking Putonghua, reading and writing Pinyin                     aspects of Chinese society and culture.
Romanisation and reading and writing simplified characters.        Prerequisites: AMB033 or HHB033             Equivalents:
They learn differences in structure and nuance between             HHB034 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
their native dialect and Putonghua.                                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Antirequisites: HHB050 and HUB450                 Equivalents:
HHB030 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                     AMB035 Mandarin 5
                                                                   This unit develops students’ communication skills in using
AMB031 Mandarin 1                                                  Mandarin Chinese at the intermediate level. It provides
This unit introduces students who have little or no prior          students with opportunities to further practise and
knowledge of Chinese Mandarin to the four macro skills of          consolidate what they have learned in the previous units,
listening, speaking, reading and writing through an                and at the same time it expands students’ knowledge and
integrated communicative approach to teaching. Content             skills by engaging them in learning new contents and in
will include: the Mandarin sound and tonal systems; the            participating in various types of communicative tasks.
Pinyin Romanisation system; introduction to Chinese                Students are exposed to a wide range of topics of interest to
character writing, greetings and introductions; family,            them about Chinese society and culture. Resources include
identification of nationalities, places and objects, locations     textbook, workbook, CDs, DVDs and online multimedia
and directions.                                                    programs.
Antirequisites: HHB051 and HUB453               Equivalents:       Prerequisites: AMB034 or HHB034 Credit points: 12
HHB031 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SUM-1                         AMB036 Mandarin 6
                                                                   This unit continues on from the first semester. It provides
                                                                   Mandarin language instruction and interaction at the




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2811
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

intermediate level. It allows students to discuss various       cultural behaviour, but also skills and strategies which can
aspects of Chinese society and culture in relation to the       help in appropriately responding to culturally different
society and culture they come from and familiar with.           situations. This unit will be of particular value to students
Resources include textbook, workbook, CDs, DVDs and             about to embark on in-country study or exchanges, to
online multimedia programs.                                     incoming international students, or to anyone with a general
Prerequisites: AMB035 Credit points: 12                         interest in intercultural communication. It will be a useful
                                                                complement to the study of a second language, but does
AMB037 Mandarin 7                                               not require or assume prior language study.
This unit primarily builds on the language skills students      Equivalents: HHB001          Credit points: 12      Campus:
have acquired at the intermediate level. It provides further    Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
language instruction and interaction for those students who     SEM-2
want to develop their communication skills even further in
Mandarin Chinese to an advanced level. Apart from set           AMB200 Consumer Behaviour
materials, students are also encouraged to make full use of     This unit provides students with the fundamental theories
online recourses and current computer technology to             and models to develop a sound understanding of
research on topics of their interest about Chinese language,    consumers, their needs, and behaviours. It provides a
society and culture. In accordance with student makeup,         detailed examination of the consumer decision process and
business Chinese may be included.                               the internal and external influences on this core decision
Prerequisites: AMB036 Credit points: 12                         process. The unit also assists students in applying this
                                                                knowledge to the development, implementation and
AMB038 Mandarin 8                                               evaluation of marketing activities within an organisation.
This unit follows on from the first semester. It provides       Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, BSB116, or BSB117
further language instruction and interaction for those          Antirequisites: MIB204 Equivalents: CTB200 Credit
students who want to proceed to an advanced proficiency         points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus:
level in Mandarin Chinese. Apart from set materials,            Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010
students are also encouraged to make full use of online         SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
recourses and current computer technology to research on
topics of their interest about Chinese language, culture and    AMB201 Marketing and Audience Research
society. In accordance with student makeup, business            This unit provides an introduction to the conduct and
Chinese may be included.                                        evaluation of marketing and audience research across the
Prerequisites: AMB037 Credit points: 12                         disciplines of advertising, marketing and public relations.
                                                                Class members explore how field studies, survey and
AMB041 International Intensive Program                          experimental research are employed to support advertising,
Equivalents: HHB056      Credit points: 12        Teaching      marketing and public relations information needs. The unit
period: 2010 SEM-2                                              provides an overview of research process, research design,
                                                                methods of data collection and analysis, and the
AMB042 International Summer School or Equivalent                development of research proposals to support decision-
Equivalents: HHB057    Credit points: 12  Teaching              making. Class members also explore issues related to
period: 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                 research on media audiences, research ethics, and the
                                                                management of client briefings.
AMB043 In-Country Study - A                                     Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, BSB116, or BSB117
This unit involves an approved course of study at a             Antirequisites: MIB305, MGB220, COB334 Equivalents:
designated foreign institution for one semester.                CTB201 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
Equivalents: HHB058 Other requisites: Subject to Unit            Campus: Gardens Point and Caboolture           Teaching
Coordinator approval. Students are required to have             period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
completed (AMB031 or HHB031) and (AMB032 or
HHB031), GPA of 4.5 or above and completion of 96 credit        AMB202 Integrated Marketing Communication
points of approved study. Credit points: 48 Teaching            In past decades many organisations separated the different
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              forms of marketing communication that convey their
                                                                corporate and marketing messages. They developed
AMB044 In-Country Study - B                                     separate plans for their advertising, public relations, direct
This unit involves an approved course of study at a             marketing, personal selling and sales promotion with
designated foreign institution for one semester.                separate goals, objectives, strategies and budgets. Today
Prerequisites: AMB043 Equivalents: HHB059 Credit                many companies recognise the concept of integrated
points: 48 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:               marketing communication which integrates these different
2010 SEM-2                                                      functions along with other aspects of the marketing mix that
                                                                communicate with stakeholders and customers. Integrated
AMB120 Bridging Cultures                                        marketing communication requires a 'total' approach to
This unit develops students’ awareness, understanding,          planning marketing communication programs and
sensitivity and ability to deal with individuals and            coordinating communication strategies in support of overall
organisations from different cultural backgrounds. It takes a   brand and product/service marketing objectives.
practical approach to the issues involved by providing not      Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, BSB116, or BSB117
just a theoretical framework for interpreting differences in    Antirequisites: COB207, MIB309 Credit points: 12




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2812
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                      AMB209 Tourism Marketing
                                                                Prerequisites: BSB126 or CTB126   Equivalents:
AMB203 Independent Study                                        AMB351 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
An opportunity for advanced level undergraduate students        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
to undertake individual research in an area which is
complementary to their course work.                             AMB210 Importing and Exporting
Antirequisites: COB206 Other requisites: Subject to             Trade has become fundamental to the survival and growth
Unit Coordinator Approval Credit points: 12 Contact             of many businesses in Australia as well as other economies.
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                         International business students need an understanding of
                                                                the many challenges entailed in the management of trade.
AMB204 Purchasing and Procurement                               Import and export practice is an applied, technical and
This unit examines the nature and importance of                 evolving area of international business operations that
Procurement in the role of business today. Procurement has      reflects the dynamic nature of trans-national trade in the
become increasingly important and valued by organisations       global economy. This unit examines the importance of
that are part of global supply chains. The management and       importing and exporting for Australia's economic
strategic control of procurement functions in modern            development.
businesses adds profit through cost control in businesses       provides key information related to importing and exporting,
and that has gained significance in the drive to maintain       uses industry perspectives on issues of current importance
profit in internationally competitive markets. Modern           in international trade and provides a structured tutorial
procurement professionals require the use of many skills to     programme to achieve this.
achieve these outcomes and this unit introduces students to     Prerequisites: BSB119 or CTB119 Equivalents: IBB210
the functions of purchasing and procurement in an                Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
organisation.                                                   period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Prerequisites: BSB119 or CTB119            Antirequisites:
IBB312      Credit points: 12      Teaching period: 2010        AMB220 Advertising Theory and Practice
SEM-1                                                           This unit serves as an introduction to later units in the
                                                                advertising major and gives learners an overview of the
AMB206 Social Marketing                                         advertising industry and the management of the advertising
Social marketing is the application of commercial marketing     function. The unit traverses the interrelationship of the
principles to solve social problems. It is increasingly being   institutions of advertising, the advertisers, the advertising
adopted by governments around the world as they seek            agencies and the media. It introduces research and details
effective solutions relating to public health and climate       methods of determining advertising objectives, budgets,
change, environmental issues. This unit introduces students     establishing target audiences, interpreting audience ratings
to the theory and application of social marketing, explaining   and circulation figures, and enables learners to gain a
how techniques such as branding, segmentation and the           preliminary understanding of the creative functions of the
marketing mix can be used to respond to social and health       advertising industry. It also shows the ethical and legal side
issues. Students will learn to analyse real world problems      of advertising and its important role in society and the
and develop innovative and creative solutions using social      economy.
marketing frameworks. This is an elective unit for business     Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, BSB116, or BSB117
and public health students                                      Antirequisites: COB308 Credit points: 12 Contact
Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, PUB104, BSB116, or               hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
BSB117 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                  period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                AMB230 Digital Promotions
AMB207 Entertainment Marketing                                  This subject addresses an important area of business
The entertainment industry is the second largest in the         activity and explores the way in which the Internet is
world, worth nearly US$2 Trillion and offers great              changing marketing practice. The foundations of promotion
opportunities. However the marketing of entertainment           are examined and applied online. The nature, history, and
provides some unique challenges to the application of           social implications of the Internet are explored. The
marketing tools. Students will complete a marketing case        promotional mix is analysed with a strong focus on
study that will clearly demonstrate to potential employers      developing successfully integrated web sites for
that students have the necessary skills and abilities to work   organisations. Learners will develop skills in strategic
in an entry-level position/analytical role within a marketing   planning, creative strategy, design, web development as it
department in the entertainment or arts field.                  relates to advertising and promotion, research, and
Prerequisites: BSB126 or CTB126 Credit points: 12               campaign evaluation. Learners will gain important skills in
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                     the planning, developing and marketing of websites.
                                                                Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, or BSB112
AMB208 Events Marketing                                         Antirequisites: COB218 Credit points: 12 Contact
Prerequisites: BSB126 or CTB126   Antirequisites:               hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
MIB319 Equivalents: AMB354     Credit points: 12                period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2813
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

AMB231 Marketing Communications Regulations and                 period: 2010 SEM-2
Ethics
This unit uses a case study approach and starts from the        AMB252 Business Decision Making
fundamentals of legal compliance through trade practices        Prerequisites: BSB126 or CTB126   Equivalents:
and fair trading legislation, then moves to the adoption and    AMB352 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
adherence of the variety of industry based and professional
codes. It examines regulatory models in sunrise industries      AMB263 Introduction To Public Relations
such as broadcasting and telecommunications as well as          This unit introduces students to the theory and practice of
the problems of cross-jurisdictional regulation posed by        public relations, the discipline that deals with the creation,
Internet based commerce. It offers students the opportunity     maintenance, and enhancement of relationships between
to develop generic attributes in critical thinking, problem     organisations and their publics. Topics covered include
solving, and ethical sensitivity.                               publicity, events, and public opinion. This unit may be taken
Prerequisites: BSB126           Antirequisites: COB307          concurrently with AMB264 Public Relations Techniques
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:             especially by students undertaking a public relations major.
Gardens Point                                                   However, it may also be taken by those students doing a
                                                                public relations minor, or as a stand alone unit by those
AMB240 Marketing Planning and Management                        students in a wide variety of study disciplines who wish to
This unit extends the student's knowledge of the                understand more about this important area of business.
fundamental marketing concepts and theories introduced in       Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, BSB116, or BSB117
the Faculty Core unit in Marketing, by adding further breadth   Equivalents: AMB260          Credit points: 12      Campus:
and depth of knowledge of marketing and developing skills       Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
in the application of this knowledge to marketing planning      SEM-2
and management within the business environment.
Emphasis is on the role of the marketing manager at the         AMB264 Public Relations Techniques
product management level in undertaking analysis,               This unit offers an introduction to the main tactics and
planning, implementation and control of marketing activities.   techniques used in public relations. Topics covered include
Prerequisites: BSB126 or CTB126               Equivalents:      the development of message strategies as well as a
CTB240 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week              specialised focus on the production of examples of a variety
 Campus: Gardens Point and Caboolture              Teaching     of written public relations genres such as brochures,
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                               speeches, and media releases. This unit may be taken
                                                                concurrently with AMB263 Introduction to Public Relations
AMB249 Professional Selling                                     especially by students undertaking a public relations major.
Many students land their first job in a graduate sales          However, it may also be taken by those students doing a
position. Professional selling equips students with a           public relations minor, or as a stand alone unit by those
contemporary understanding and knowledge of customer            students in a wide variety of study disciplines who wish to
relationship management, the sales force environment,           improve and enhance their communication skills.
personal selling techniques and communications skills.          Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, BSB116, or BSB117
Further, students will be exposed to international              Antirequisites: AMB261, AMB262 Credit points: 12
benchmarks from a selling processes perspective such as         Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
identifying prospects, planning sales calls, demonstrations,    and 2010 SEM-2
negotiations, and closing the sale. There are many exciting
and challenging roles in sales, some of which are: sales        AMB300 Independent Project 1
representative, sales team leader, client account manager,      Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator Approval
and eventually: regional, state, national and international     Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
sales management positions.                                     period: 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
Prerequisites: BSB126, CTB126, or BSB116
Antirequisites: MIB230       Credit points: 12    Contact       AMB301 Independent Project 2
hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                 Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator Approval
2010 SEM-2                                                      Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                period: 2010 SEM-2
AMB251 Innovation and Brand Management
This unit covers the dynamics of product and service            AMB302 Project
innovation within the marketing function of an organisation.    Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator Approval
Products are defined in the broadest sense as both tangible     Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
and intangible and include the various categories of            period: 2010 SEM-2
consumer and industrial products and services. The course
covers product market analysis, the product/service             AMB303 International Logistics
development process, design, innovation, research and           This unit examines international logistics through the
testing, new product financial analysis, branding and           concepts of international distribution channels and
packaging, and new product commercialisation.                   international supply chain management. Strategy in
Prerequisites: BSB126, BSB116, or CTB126                        managing international logistical constraints is emphasised
Antirequisites: MIB227       Credit points: 12     Contact      with practical studies of contemporary international supply
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                chain management in international industries. Traditional




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2814
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

costs and financial aspects of supply chain management            issues such as the contribution of research to the creation of
are considered. Contemporary issues are incorporated              advertising; the hierarchical development of strategy from
including: the impact of e-business on international logistics;   marketing and IMC strategy through to advertising, media
the evolution of new technologies for 'smart' packaging,          and creative strategy; the role of the strategic planner in
warehousing and international stock control; the                  advertising; the use of planning to deliver more effective
combination of international services with goods products;        advertising solutions. Using problem-based learning,
recent technological developments in international                students establish benchmarks to evaluate advertising,
transportation and product quality control.                       develop advertising briefs and devise strategies for on-time
Prerequisites: AMB210, IBB210, AMB240, or CTB240                  and on-budget process management.
Equivalents: IBB303         Credit points: 12      Campus:        Prerequisites: AMB318 or AMB221, and AMB319 or
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                AMB222 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
SEM-2                                                              Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                  and 2010 SEM-2
AMB310 Internship
Provides the student with experience of professional              AMB331 Direct Marketing
practice in a suitable company where they actively work on        The discipline of Direct Marketing has grown in importance
a part-time basis. Students undertake a preferred study           because of its precise targeting, easy accountability, its
program within the Advertising, Marketing or Public               foundations role in Integrated Marketing Communication
Relations framework. Students are required to submit a            (IMC), and its increasing share of the marketing
number of reports reflecting the theoretical concepts             communication budget. This unit focuses on the principles
acquired during the degree program, and how they might be         of direct marketing and the role of the database in locating
applied in practice. Students must obtain the approval of the     prospects, tracking customers, and building relationships. It
Major Coordinator prior to enrolling in this unit.                examines the components of direct marketing
Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator appproval:          telemarketing, personal selling, and direct response
Students are required to have completed a minimum of 192          advertising. As the main communication discipline of direct
credit points of approved study in advertising, marketing or      marketing, the emphasis is on direct response advertising.
public relations and a GPA of 4.0 or higher Credit points:        Students analyse the offer planning, strategy, creative,
12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                media, testing, and evaluation of direct marketing
  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010                campaigns.
SUM                                                               Prerequisites: AMB202, AMB220, AMB240, CTB240, or
                                                                  AMB249 Antirequisites: COB315 Credit points: 12
AMB318 Advertising Copywriting                                    Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
Prerequisites: AMB220 or COB308        Equivalents:               Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
AMB221 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                        AMB335 E-marketing Strategies
                                                                  Prerequisites: AMB240 or CTB240, and AMB201 or
AMB319 Media Planning                                             CTB201 Equivalents: AMB241 Credit points: 12
Prerequisites: AMB220 Equivalents: AMB222 Credit                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                         AMB336 International Marketing
                                                                  Prerequisites: AMB240, CTB240, AMB210, or IBB210
AMB320 Advertising Management                                     Equivalents: IBB213    Credit points: 12  Campus:
This unit takes the perspective of the Advertising Manager        Gardens Point and Caboolture Teaching period: 2010
and addresses the use of research in developing,                  SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
implementing, managing, and assessing a successful
advertising campaign. In Advertising Management, learners         AMB339 Advertising Campaigns
use the case method of learning to examine the advertising        Prerequisites: AMB320 and AMB330       Equivalents:
process from its place in the marketing mix to the                AMB321 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
formulation of objectives, strategy and budget to the             Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
development of creative and media tactics and their ongoing
evaluation. In addition, issues that impinge upon the             AMB340 Services Marketing
advertising campaign management process such as legal             This unit explores the special characteristics of services that
and ethical issues, globalisation and the client-agency           distinguish the marketing of services from goods. Topics
relationship are discussed.                                       include: the distinctive aspects of consumer decision-
Prerequisites: (AMB318 or AMB221) and (AMB319 or                  making relative to services and the implications for
AMB222) Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week               marketing strategy formation; the management of demand
 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                and supply; customer services and its influence on service
and 2010 SEM-2                                                    satisfaction; service quality management and measurement;
                                                                  internationalisation of the service sector and distribution
AMB330 Advertising Planning Portfolio                             modes for services that reflect the significant impacts of new
This advanced unit builds on the theoretical perspectives         technologies on service delivery.
and applied skills introduced to students in copywriting,         Prerequisites: AMB240 or CTB240, and AMB201 or
media and advertising management. It explores important           CTB201 Antirequisites: MIB311 Equivalents: CTB340




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2815
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

  Credit points: 12  Contact hours: 3 per week                     units, introducing you to the strategic management of firms,
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  and engage you in the strategic choices which international
and 2010 SEM-2                                                     managers face in the international environment.’
                                                                   Prerequisites: AMB336, AMB303, IBB303, or IBB213
AMB350 Sales and Customer Relationship Management                  Equivalents: IBB300         Credit points: 12    Campus:
Theories related to marketing exchange and the concepts of         Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
consumer transactions and relationships and their relative         SEM-2
importance in different marketing contexts are examined.
The growth of customer relationship management including           AMB372 Public Relations Planning
the transition of consumers along the transaction-                 This unit introduces students to the public relations planning
relationship continuum and the development of                      process. Students build skills in planning by analysing the
accompanying marketing strategies is highlighted. A                components, execution and evaluation of contemporary
discussion of the relative emphasis on transactions and/or         public relations campaigns. The public relations planning
relationships in interfacing with the market provides a            process, partnered with theoretical concepts and ethical
platform for examining sales management including,                 considerations, is examined across practice contexts and
personal selling principles and ethics, the setting of sales       areas.
objectives, selling logistics, account and territory               Prerequisites: ((AMB263 or AMB260) and AMB264)) or
management, sales force planning, recruitment and                  (AMB261 and AMB262) Credit points: 12 Campus:
motivation and evaluation of sales performance.                    Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
Prerequisites: AMB240, CTB240, AMB202, COB207,                     SEM-2
MIB217, or AMB249 Antirequisites: MIB230 Credit
points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:          AMB373 Corporate Communication
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                    Corporate Communication provides students with the
                                                                   opportunity to build on and apply their understanding of
AMB353 Retail Marketing                                            public relations to an in-house corporate role. Students gain
This unit focuses on the dynamics of the retailing industry. It    an overview of an organisation relevant to the practice of
provides students with detailed knowledge of the various           public relations at a senior level in organisations by
approaches to how retail marketing is conducted nationally         investigating internal communication processes, corporate
and internationally from both an operational and a strategic       reputation, corporate social responsibility, organisational
perspective. The unit provides a balance of theory and             culture and change and issues and crisis management.
application in topics such as retail institutions and the retail   Prerequisites: (AMB263 or AMB260 and AMB264) or
life cycle, store location analysis, store layout, planning and    (AMB261 and AMB262) Equivalents: AMB360 Credit
design, merchandising, promotion and stock planning,               points: 12      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
franchising and industry trends.                                   SEM-2
Prerequisites: AMB240, CTB240, or MIB217
Antirequisites: MIB229, MIB310            Credit points: 12        AMB374 Global Public Relations Cases
Contact hours: 3 per week           Campus: Gardens Point          Global Public Relations Cases will apply the theoretical
                                                                   underpinnings of generic practice to specialist areas.
AMB359 Strategic Marketing                                         Exposure to real-world global situations and public relations
Emphasis of the capstone Marketing unit is on the role of          responses will improve students' familiarity with the public
marketing manager at the corporate and strategic business          relations discipline's practice and strengthen students'
unit/division levels. Students are exposed to a variety of         decision-making and critical thinking skills.
strategic marketing techniques and issues, and learn how to        Prerequisites: AMB372, AMB261, or AMB262
apply these in corporate planning and management. Topics           Equivalents: AMB370        Credit points: 12       Campus:
include: developing and critiquing strategic marketing             Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
planning models; recognising the importance of market              SEM-2
focus; determining what marketing strategy can realistically
be accomplished for a business; identifying underlying             AMB375 Public Relations Management
factors that must be considered in developing marketing            This unit develops student skills in the analysis of public
strategy for a market-oriented organisation; discussing            relations public relations programs in line with corporate
problems in successful implementation of marketing                 strategy, integrating long term planning with issue
strategy; and organising for successful strategy                   assessment and response. Students extend analytical,
implementation.                                                    interpretive and management skills in the public relations
Prerequisites: AMB340, and AMB335 or AMB241                        role.
Equivalents: AMB341         Credit points: 12     Campus:          Prerequisites: AMB372 and AMB373, or AMB360 Credit
Gardens Point and Caboolture Teaching period: 2010                 points: 12     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                               SEM-2

AMB369 International Business Strategy                             AMB379 Public Relations Campaigns
‘This unit focuses on the definition and implementation of         As the capstone unit, Public Relations Campaigns sees the
corporate strategy for worldwide operations. As the                student bring together the design, strategic planning and
capstone unit in the International Business major, it is           tactical preparation that underpins an effective public
designed to build upon the knowledge base of previous              relations campaign. Students research, develop and present




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2816
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

their plans for a real world client, enhancing their portfolio    under the direction of a supervisor. The readings integrate
prior to graduation.                                              and consolidate theory and research related to IMC and
Prerequisites: AMB374 or AMB370, and AMB201 or                    from other studies undertaken in the course. Students
CTB201 Equivalents: AMB361 Credit points: 12                      undertake a formal and systematic review of literature in a
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                 particular problem area of IMC related to their interests,
and 2010 SEM-2                                                    project or thesis. Students may also explore work covered in
                                                                  other specialisations.
AMN400 Consumer Behaviour                                         Prerequisites: AMN401         Antirequisites: CON416
This unit provides an introduction to the area of consumer        Credit points: 12       Contact hours: Supervision only,
behaviour and a forum for discussion of theory and research       Lecture in Week 1 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
in the field. The current state of consumer behaviour             period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
research will be reviewed and some of the emerging trends
in the area are explored through several avenues of               AMN405 Cases in Integrated Marketing Communication
assessment. The unit provides the environment for students        This unit provides students with the opportunity to explore a
to conduct their own research in areas that are relevant, of      range of topics related to the integration of the elements of
interest to them and reflect the interdisciplinary nature of      the promotional mix-advertising, personal selling, reseller
consumer behaviour.                                               support, publicity, direct marketing, and sales promotion.
Antirequisites: MIN419       Credit points: 12      Contact       Through the use of intensive case study analysis and
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  discussion, students will refine conceptual understanding
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 and analytical skills to explore such IMC topics as brand
                                                                  equity and IMC, IMC approaches to promotions
AMN401 Integrated Marketing Communication                         management, organisational issues related to structuring
Integrated marketing communication (IMC) is a new                 corporate IMC functions, environmental analysis and
discipline that seeks synergistic effect from integrating         database marketing to inform IMC planning, and IMC
traditional marketing communication disciplines. This unit        strategies and the development of corporate advantage.
explores the development of IMC, looking at reasons for           Prerequisites: AMN401 Credit points: 12 Contact
growth, barriers to implementation and organisation issues.       hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Students are introduced to the strategic foundations of IMC,      period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
from consumer behaviour, to marketing strategy, to IMC
campaign evaluation. The disciplines of advertising, public       AMN406 Project
relations, direct response and sales promotion are then           In this unit, students examine in detail a theoretical or
explored to highlight how each contributes to IMC planning.       empirical problem in one of the disciplines of advertising,
Antirequisites: CON421 Credit points: 12 Contact                  marketing, public relations, or integrated marketing
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  communication. the study is based in the published journal
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 literature of the discipline and can involve primary research
                                                                  and analysis. Students can develop a communication audit
AMN402 Events Marketing and Management                            of an organisation or a case study related to an organisation
                                                                  product or issue. Project supervision will be arranged by the
Antirequisites: AMN488, AMN489 Credit points: 12                  Unit Coordinator through consultation with the student and
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                   available staff members.
                                                                  Prerequisites: 96 credit points of approved prior studies in
AMN403 Marketing and Survey Research                              Advertising, Marketing and Public Relations units (AMN%
This unit provides a detailed overview of marketing research      units) Antirequisites: CON405 Credit points: 24
to support decision making in the areas of advertising,           Contact hours: 2-6 per week Campus: Gardens Point
integrated marketing communication, marketing and public          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
relations. The unit builds an advanced understanding of the       SUM
use of survey research to support the descriptive and
predictive information needs of management in such areas          AMN411 Independent Study
as consumer opinions and behaviour, and stakeholder               An opportunity for advanced level postgraduate students to
analyses. Students will explore issues related to survey          undertake short-term, individual studies focusing on a
research design, questionnaire development and                    problem area of advertising, marketing, public relations or
administration, sampling, measurement, data analysis              integrated marketing communication.
including descriptive and multivariate statistics and             Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator Approval
presentation of research results.                                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Antirequisites: MIN413        Credit points: 12     Contact       period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 AMN420 Advertising Management
                                                                  This unit empowers students to make effective management
AMN404 Readings in Integrated Marketing                           decisions within the advertising process. It examines the
Communication                                                     setting of advertising objectives, and the need for
The unit provides participants with the opportunity to make a     coordination of these with marketing, communication and
detailed exploration of the literature on a particular topic or   organisational objectives. It develops a sound
problem in the area of Integrated Marketing Communication         understanding of advertising regulations and ethics,




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2817
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

budgeting, research and campaign coordination. It further       applied approach, theoretical issues such as segmentation
examines management's participation in the creative, media      of international markets, life cycle, contingency and network
and production processes, and the contribution of               approaches to international market entry choice, and market
advertising management to the cohesion and creativity of        development and extension are addressed. Planning issues
the agency.                                                     cover the strategic marketing processes involved, including
Antirequisites: CON417 Credit points: 12 Contact                international market research, and their application to
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                regions and countries primarily in the Asia/Pacific region or
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                               Europe. Students are trained in the practical application of
                                                                these theoretical and planning aspects through the
AMN421 Contemporary Issues in Advertising                       development of an extensive international marketing plan.
This unit surveys the intellectual foundations of a number of   Antirequisites: MIN421 Equivalents: IBN421 Credit
contemporary issues emerging within the advertising             points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point
discipline and provides sophisticated, systematic               Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
explanations of their societal implications and
consequences. It also explores how these issues are             AMN432 Independent Study - International Business
addressed by business, government and organisation.             This unit enables students to pursue a specific interest
Prerequisites: AMN420           Antirequisites: CON412          beyond the content offered in existing units. In this unit
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:             students undertake a guided course of study in an aspect of
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010              international business approved prior to enrolment by the
SEM-2                                                           Subject Area Coordinator and developed in consultation
                                                                with an appointed supervisor. The unit may comprise, as
AMN422 Media Strategy                                           established by a learning contract, guided readings,
One of the ultimate determinants of the effectiveness of any    literature critiques, a research paper on a specific topic or a
advertising campaign is the media strategy. This unit           project requiring application of theory to practice. The
examines ways to improve efficiency in media planning,          agreed format of assessment may include a literature
buying, coordination and research. It examines concepts of      review, a research paper, a plan of action, an oral or written
media decision making, market targeting through the             examination or a combination of a selection of these items
creative use of media, and strategic planning. It explores      of assessment.
current media campaigns and encourages the development          Equivalents: IBN422           Other requisites: Subject to
of a more creative and integrated approach to media.            Approval of Subject Area Coordinator: Students are
Antirequisites: CON418 Credit points: 12 Contact                required to complete 96 credit points of approved studies
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                AMN433 Special Topic in International Business
AMN423 Strategies for Creative Advertising                      This is an 'open-ended' unit where the opportunity will be
This unit explores the substantive body of academic             available for staff and visiting scholars to offer a specialised
research on creative advertising. It follows the creative       program of study.
process, beginning with the development of creative             Antirequisites: MIN426 Equivalents: IBN426 Other
strategy and concluding with campaign evaluation. Through       requisites: Subject to Approval of Subject Area Coordinator
cases and presentations, student examine how copywriters         Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
think, the illumination of the 'big idea' and its execution
across the very diverse advertising media.                      AMN435 Communication, Negotiation and Leadership
Antirequisites: CON419 Credit points: 12 Contact                The unit serves as an introduction to effective leadership,
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                communication, and negotiation processes as fundamental
period: 2010 SEM-2                                              skills in today’s organisations. In particular, it focuses on the
                                                                increasing importance of such skills for Engineering, Built
AMN430 International Logistics Management                       Environment , Project management and other professionals
This unit introduces international logistics functions and      to bridge cultural boundaries and enhance organisational
develops a strategic approach to international business         performance in an increasingly globalised world.
transactions and integration focusing on supply chain           Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens
management. The unit introduces traditional and                 Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
contemporary logistics concepts and describes international
logistics operations including global transport systems,        AMN442 Marketing Management
inventory management, materials handling and information        The study of marketing, marketing systems and marketing
management. Global supply chain management cases and            management and marketing planning within contemporary
strategies are integrated throughout the unit.                  structure of social, cultural, political, economic, business
Equivalents: IBN410         Credit points: 12    Campus:        and organisational environment. Concepts are applied
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010              through the study and construction of a marketing plan,
SEM-2                                                           which involves market and sales analysis, target market
                                                                strategies, tactical decision planning, and implementation
AMN431 Marketing Internationally                                and control. Marketing management concepts are applied to
In this unit students are exposed to the theoretical and        virtual and physical markets and attention is given to a
planning aspects of marketing internationally. Through an       range of skills in finance, human resources, information and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2818
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

other skills needed by marketing managers in these               is placed on how corporate entities meet both regulatory
markets.                                                         and promotional requirements in communicating with
Antirequisites: MIN422   Credit points: 12 Contact               special interest groups including shareholders and
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 employees. Suitable communication tools are examined for
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                use in ongoing communication programs.
                                                                 Antirequisites: CON409 Credit points: 12 Contact
AMN443 Product and Service Innovation                            hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
This unit examines the dynamics of innovation and                period: 2010 SEM-2
development within the mix of core marketing activities of
organisations. Once establishing the integral role innovation    AMN461 Corporate Media Strategy and Tactics
plays in organisations, the unit also reviews the key stages     This unit examines theories underpinning mass media and
in the process of creating, developing and implementing          links these with the practice of public relations media tactics.
new product and service concepts including product, service      Students analyse techniques and skills used in liaison with
and market analysis, design, innovation, evaluation and          electronic media, print media, trade media and news media.
testing of ideas, branding and packaging, market testing         Producing and evaluating communication materials such as
and investment analysis.                                         news releases, features and media kits forms an important
Antirequisites: MIN423       Credit points: 12       Contact     part of this unit. Students develop strategic thinking through
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 analysis of contemporary media case studies.
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               Antirequisites: CON424 Credit points: 12 Contact
                                                                 hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
AMN444 Services Marketing                                        period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
This unit introduces a framework for studying services and
explores both strategic and operational issues including the     AMN462 Community Consultation and Engagement
design and delivery of services; the formulation of              This unit introduces students to key engagement strategies
communication strategies; definition, measurement and            of community information, consultation and participation.
implementation of customer focused marketing programs in         The unit develops student understanding of the theoretical
service industries; the establishment and maintenance of         foundations of engagement strategies and provides the
relationships with customers.                                    skills and knowledge for students to analyse community
Prerequisites: AMN442          Antirequisites: MIN424            engagement needs and establish engagement programs.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              Ethical practice is a key organising framework for this unit.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010               Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens
SEM-2                                                            Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

AMN445 Strategic Marketing Management                            AMN465 Public Relations Management
This is a capstone unit which aims to ensure students can        This unit provides learners with an overview of the theory
manage the complete marketing function at a senior level         and research that constitute the foundations of public
within a corporation, and includes assessing the marketing       relation practice. The unit provides a detailed inspection of
function's performance with appropriate tools to diagnose,       communication processes necessary for the management
assess, track and evaluate performance and to modify             of organisational relationships with publics. The unit focuses
processes to improve the function. Links between the             on such topics as issues management, organisational
marketing function and other functions of a business such        change, public opinion, and mass media effects in order to
as accounting, operations and human resources are drawn,         explore the foundations of contemporary public relations
so that the student would be in a position to move into top      management.
management if the opportunity arose.                             Antirequisites: CON415 Credit points: 12 Contact
Prerequisites: AMN442          Antirequisites: MIN425            hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
SEM-2                                                            AMN467 Public Relations Campaigns
                                                                 This unit provides a systematic exploration of the planning,
AMN447 Contemporary Issues in Marketing                          management and evaluation of public relations campaigns
This unit offers advanced study of topical issues and            and programs. The primary goal of the unit is to build a
emerging trends in marketing practice as a result of new         detailed understanding of existing theory and research that
technologies, current events and their impact on local,          informs the development and evaluation of public relations
national and international enterprises. In depth interaction     campaigns. The unit focuses on key problem areas of
with business and public policy leaders expands students         campaign management including strategy, design and
research, reflection and strategic thinking abilities.           evaluation.
Antirequisites: MIN407       Credit points: 12       Contact     Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                 AMN468 Issues and Crisis Management
AMN460 Corporate and Investor Relations                          This unit examines the strategic management of crisis
This unit reviews all aspects of the public relations function   communication including for organisations. A strategic
in communicating with corporate audiences. Specific focus        planning approach will be covered including organisation




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2819
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

analysis, issues identification, audience prioritisation,       Prerequisites: BSB111 or CTB111    Antirequisites:
strategy formulation, tactical planning and implementation      AYB223 Equivalents: AYB305 Credit points: 12
and evaluation. Pre-crisis issues in management will be         Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
addressed as well as proactive and defensive
communication strategies during crisis. The unit will           AYB219 Taxation Law
demonstrate the application of general communication tools      This unit introduces students to the statutory framework of
to a specialised area.                                          the Australian taxation system. Elements in the
Antirequisites: CON408 Credit points: 12 Contact                determination of taxable income and the levy of income tax
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                are examined including general and specific categories of
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              assessable income and allowable deductions, capital gains
                                                                tax and administration aspects of the tax system. The
AMZ435 Communication, Negotiation and Leadership                taxation of fringe benefits is also examined. The unit
                                                                concludes with a brief overview of the taxation of
Credit points: 12                                               partnerships, trusts and companies and the goods and
                                                                services tax. Emphasis is placed on developing students'
AYB114 Business Technologies                                    skills in problem solving through research and analysis of
This unit looks at the ways in which organisations adopt and    taxation issues.
use various electronic business applications in areas of e-     Prerequisites: BSB111 or CTB111            Antirequisites:
commerce, business-to-consumer, business-to-business            LWB364 Equivalents: AYB325 Credit points: 12
and intra-business relations. Business models and their         Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
impact in various industries are analysed, enabling students    and 2010 SEM-2
to assess the underlying business case, and determine the
model's viability in a competitive environment. The issues      AYB221 Computerised Accounting Systems
associated with front-end and back-end e-business               This unit provides an examination of the concepts,
applications are considered.                                    processes and issues relevant to computerised accounting
Antirequisites: BSB212, CTB212 Credit points: 12                systems including: accounting information systems; internal
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                     controls; design and development of computerised
                                                                accounting systems including general ledger and reporting
AYB115 Governance Issues and Fraud                              cycle, revenue cycle, expenditure cycle and payroll cycle;
This unit introduces students to a wide range of information    computer fraud, security and crime; accessing accounting
technology governance issues which confront business            information; and accounting in an electronic environment.
professionals during the implementation and operation of e-     Practical application of these concepts is enhanced by the
business strategies. It aims to provide e-business and IT       use of accounting software such as MYOB, spreadsheet
professionals with an understanding of current IT               software such as Excel, database software such as Access,
governance frameworks and to ensure they are familiar with      and interactive multimedia software such as Accounting
risk management, fraud detection and prevention, audit and      Information Systems Cycles.
legal issues that are relevant to an organisation's e-          Prerequisites: BSB110 or CTB110            Antirequisites:
business operations.                                            AYN443 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
Equivalents: BSB213        Credit points: 12      Teaching       Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              and 2010 SEM-2

AYB200 Financial Accounting                                     AYB225 Management Accounting
Financial Accounting examines of the accounting concepts        This unit introduces students to accounting systems and
and procedures relevant to both partnership and corporate       techniques that provide management at all levels with
structures within the context of the accounting profession's    information for use in planning, controlling and decision
conceptual framework and the relevant accounting                making. This can be contrasted with financial accounting,
standards and Corporations Law requirements. Topics             which provides summary financial information principally for
include: the formation, operation, financial reporting and      external users (ie shareholders, creditors, banks, etc).
disclosure for both partnerships and companies; accounting      Emphasis is placed on developing a range of accounting
for leases; and the professional role of accountants. The       systems (in particular product costing) which may be used
emphasis is on the effect of the different forms of ownership   in manufacturing firms, although the principles and concepts
on the financial statements.                                    used to develop such systems can be adapted to service
Prerequisites: BSB110 or CTB110                Equivalents:     organisations.
AYB121 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                  Prerequisites: BSB110 or CTB110 Credit points: 12
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010                Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
SUM                                                             Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

AYB205 Law of Business Entities                                 AYB227 International Accounting
This unit presents advanced topics in company law               International Accounting is designed to provide students
including protection of minority interests; prospectuses and    with an insight into, and an appreciation of, many of the
fundraising; company charges; insider trading; takeovers        accounting problems and issues faced in an international
and buy-backs; and tax law relating to financially troubled     business environment. Issues examined include:
companies.                                                      comparative international accounting systems and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2820
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

practices; cultural influences on accounting; international       experience the work that is performed by accountants,
financial reporting issues such as international business         which will enable them to more effectively learn and practice
combinations, intangibles, foreign currency transactions and      accounting discipline knowledge and graduate capabilities;
translation, comparative international analysis of financial      and to reflect on work experience as a form of learning.
statements; and global accounting issues in the twenty-first      Admission to this unit is by application and subsequent
century. The unit also examines the impact of international       approval by the Unit Coordinator.
harmonization of accounting standards on multinational            Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
corporations and the investment communities worldwide.            period: 2010 SUM
Prerequisites: BSB110 or CTB110, and BSB119 or
CTB119 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week                AYB301 Audit and Assurance
 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                This unit enables students to comprehend the key concepts
                                                                  of auditing as a discipline, to demonstrate the relationship
AYB230 Corporations Law                                           between auditing and the systems of accountability and to
The unit is intended to equip students with a basic               demonstrate the differences between manual and EDP
understanding and knowledge relevant to the environment           audit processes. The unit builds on the knowledge of
of legal entities, particularly corporations. It also seeks to    accounting and accounting standards acquired in prior units
provide students with sufficient basic understanding of the       by enabling students to understand in detail the audit
legal structure of business associations to enable them to        process (including professional auditing standards and
recognise the appropriate structure for particular                techniques) which leads to the auditor providing an opinion
commercial situations.                                            on the financial reports of various types of entities. Ethics
Prerequisites: BSB111 or CTB111 Credit points: 12                 and auditor's liability are also covered.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                        Prerequisites: AYB221, and AYB340 or AYB220 Credit
                                                                  points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:
AYB232 Financial Institutions Law                                 Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010
This unit deals with the regulation of banks and non-bank         SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
financial institutions, the financial institutions' scheme, the
banker-customer relationship, laws relating to cheques and        AYB302 Project
other negotiable instruments, negligent advice by financial       The project is an analytically based applied or theoretical
institutions and other possible grounds of liability in the       study of a problem/issue in Accounting. Students will
dealings of financial institutions with customers.                develop and write a research paper on the application of a
Prerequisites: BSB111 or CTB111                  Equivalents:     specific body of disciplinary work and/or develop a specific
AYB312         Credit points: 12                                  industry case study. This unit will give students experience
                                                                  in identifying, researching and critically analysing
AYB240 Superannuation Regulation and Practice                     information relevant to a business problem or issue.
This unit introduces students to the Australian                   Students will then synthesise that information in order to
superannuation system and the regulatory framework under          evaluate potential solutions, make recommendations or
which it operates. The unit aims to develop students'             otherwise effectively address the problem or issue.
knowledge and understanding of the superannuation                 Developing and executing comprehensive and systematic
system to equip graduates seeking career opportunities in         research into an issue relevant to the private and/or public
the superannuation industry, or other areas of business           sectors is an essential part of undergraduate education in
dealing with superannuation-related matters affecting             the discipline of Accounting.
organisations and/or individuals.                                 Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Prerequisites: BSB110 or CTB110, and BSB111 or                    period: 2010 SUM
CTB111     Credit points: 12    Teaching period: 2010
SEM-1                                                             AYB311 Financial Accounting Issues
                                                                  This unit introduces students to the nature of accounting
AYB250 Personal Financial Planning                                theory and integrates theory with practice to assist in the
This unit introduces students to the fundamental aspects of       understanding of major Australian and International
the financial planning process, the legal framework               accounting issues. The following topics are addressed:
governing the financial planning industry and the                 positive and normative theories of accounting; the external
responsibilities of financial planners. The unit will also        reporting framework including international harmonisation
expose students to alternative strategies of wealth creation      and the conceptual framework; definition, recognition and
while taking into consideration taxation, superannuation and      measurement of assets, liabilities, equity, revenues and
social security issues.                                           expenses; asset revaluations; intangibles; leases and
Prerequisites: (BSB111 or CTB111) and (BSB110 or                  employee entitlements. Accounting in specific industries
CTB110) and EFB210. EFB210 can be enrolled in the same            such as construction, extractive industries and
teaching period.        Antirequisites: AYB335, EFB230,           superannuation funds is also examined. This unit complies
EFB339 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                    with the new international accounting standards.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                       Contracting theory is used
                                                                  Prerequisites: AYB340 or AYB220 Credit points: 12
AYB300 Accountancy Work Integrated Learning                       Contact hours: 3.5 per week Campus: Gardens Point
The unit fosters learning through work related experience.        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Students will be given an extended opportunity to




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2821
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                 Accountancy Capstone co-ordinates several parts of the
AYB320 Advanced Taxation Law                                     accountancy degree that have already been studied by
This unit examines the principles governing the taxation         students. At the same time some new concepts are
tr eatment of var iou s bus i nes s enti ti es i nc l u ding     introduced for each topic. The unit attempts to simulate the
partnerships, trusts, companies and superannuation funds         real world where the professional advisor/consultant is
from a domestic and international perspective. The unit          confronted with unstructured multi-disciplined problems on a
provides students with an understanding of other                 day-to-day basis.
considerations which affect the choice of an appropriate
business structure from a taxation perspective, including        Based on the Problem-Based Learning (PBL) methodology,
rollover relief and the CGT small business concessions, the      students will learn the process of how to deal with the
importance of legitimate tax planning and the distinction        problems typically faced by the professional
between tax avoidance and tax evasion and some of the            advisor/consultant. These problems require students to
more simple aspects of international taxation between            work together in teams, research issues, gather information
Australia and its major trading partners. The unit also covers   and form conclusions.
an analysis of the GST , a review of types of supplies under     Prerequisites: (AYB220 or AYB340 and AYB311), OR
the Act and the concept of creditable acquisitions. Specific     (AYB220 or AYB340 and AYB321)             Antirequisites:
issues such as the GST implications of real property, the        AYN520 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
margin scheme,GST planning strategies and the GST                 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
avoidance provisions are also covered.                           and 2010 SEM-2
Prerequisites: AYB219 or AYB325 Credit points: 12
Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  AYB340 Company Accounting
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                This unit includes: the preparation of consolidated financial
                                                                 statements; an overview of the statutory requirements that
AYB321 Strategic Management Accounting                           dictate the format and content of published financial reports
Strategic management accounting develops a theory of             of companies; the requirements of the Corporations Act
organisations that provides an understanding of the              2001 and the major disclosure orientated accounting
information requirements of management to facilitate the         standards; accounting for income tax; accounting for the
strategic planning, decision-making and control necessary        acquisition of assets (including entities); accounting for
for the achievement of their objectives. Topics include:         investments in associates; accounting for foreign currency
developing effective performance-evaluation systems and          transactions arising from international trading and financing;
compensation plans; examining how managers can design            and the translation of the results of foreign operations.
organisations to motivate individuals to make choices that       Prerequisites: AYB200 or AYB121 Credit points: 12
increase firm value; managing transfer-pricing disputes          Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
among divisions; developing an understanding of new              and 2010 SEM-2
management accounting practices, including activity-based
costing (ABC), the balanced scorecard (BSC), and                 AYB341 Forensic and Business Intelligence
economic value added (EVA); and appreciating the                 This unit focuses on providing skills in forensic and business
research on the benefits and problems with ABC, BSC and          intelligence through the use of SAS technologies. The unit
EVA.                                                             assists students to analyse large data sources and report
Prerequisites: AYB225        Credit points: 12   Contact         their findings to assist managerial decision making. Forensic
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 and business intelligence issues and corporate decision
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                making processes are emphasised. This unit provides
                                                                 students with an important skill base in supporting corporate
AYB338 Accountancy Work Placement                                decision making and investigation in a business
This unit fosters learning through work related experience.      environment.
Students will be given the opportunity to experience the         Prerequisites: AYB114, BSB124, or BSB114                Credit
work that is performed by accountants and will enable them       points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
to more effectively learn and practice accounting discipline     2010 SEM-2
knowledge and graduate capabilities.
                                                                 AYN410 Business Law and Ethics
For additional important information about this unit             This unit provides an introduction to business law and to
please refer to the current unit outline.                        morality in the business context. It inlcudes the following:
                                                                 the legal framework for business interpretation of statutes;
Other requisites: An application, interview and subsequent       law of torts; contract law and agency; morality and how it
approval by the unit coordinator is required to enrol, in        works as an aspect of the business community; the origins
addition to the completion of AYB200 & AYB221& AYB219;           of moral belief; and the motives that lead people to abide by
OR AYB114 & AYB341; OR other units approved by the               what they believe to be morally right and to persuade others
Subject Area Coordinator. Credit points: 12 Campus:              to do likewise with special emphasis on business aspects of
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010               morality.
SEM-2                                                            Antirequisites: GSN412, GSN422 and GSZ412 Credit
                                                                 points: 12       Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:
AYB339 Accountancy Capstone                                      Gardens Point




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2822
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  Prerequisites: AYN416    Credit points: 12 Contact
AYN411 Audit and Assurance                                        hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Topics in this unit include: the audit environment; legal         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
liability of auditors; professional ethics; the study and
evaluation of audit planning and programming, evidence,           AYN418 Financial Accounting 3
internal control theory and review techniques; audit program      This unit introduces students to the concepts and theories
applications; audit in CIS environment and evaluation of CIS      that underlie financial reporting and disclosure practices.
controls; computer-assisted audit techniques; computer            The regulatory environment and factors influencing
fraud; audit sampling techniques; audit reporting.                accounting policy choices provide a framework for
Prerequisites: AYN416         Credit points: 12     Contact       examining the financial effects and behavioural implications
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  of applying different accounting methods to specific
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 accounting issues. Particular emphasis is placed on both
                                                                  the application of specific accounting techniques/rules and
AYN412 Company Law                                                the conceptual/theoretical issues associated with alternative
The unit introduces the law relating to the establishment,        accounting methods.
operation and dissolution of business association; the forms      Prerequisites: AYN416         Credit points: 12     Contact
of business associations, partnerships, trusts, companies         hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
and voluntary associations. It also focuses on companies:         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
incorporation requirements, classification, corporate
governance, share capital and management issues.                  AYN424 International Accounting
Prerequisites: AYN410        Credit points: 12      Contact       This unit is designed to provide students with an insight into,
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  and an appreciation of, many of the accounting problems
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                and issues faced in an international business environment.
                                                                  The unit examines issues including: accounting systems in
AYN414 Cost and Management Accounting                             the global environment; international patterns of accounting
This unit introduces students to techniques that provide          development including cultural influences on accounting;
management at all levels with information for use in              comparative international accounting systems and
inventory valuation, planning, controlling and decision-          practices; the pressures for international accounting
making. The unit's major focus is on product costing              harmonisation and disclosure; international disclosure
systems for manufacturing firms.                                  trends and financial analysis; global accounting issues into
Corequisites: AYN416      Credit points: 12     Contact           the twenty-first century.
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
                                                                  SUM
AYN415 External Reporting Issues
Prerequisites: AYN417 and AYN418           Credit points: 12      AYN426 International Capital Markets Law and
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                       Regulation
                                                                  This unit enables students to learn about the legal
AYN416 Financial Accounting 1                                     environment of business in Australia, including issues such
This unit provides an introduction to financial accounting        as the global financial crisis and securitisation (including
within the context of the accounting profession's conceptual      securitisation of water, engery and carbon emissions);
framework, relevant accounting standards and the                  Trusts for asset protection, superannuation, investment and
requirements of the Corporations Law. Topics include: the         tax; Capital, including instalment warrants, margin lending
accounting cycle for both service and merchandising               arrangements, stapled securities; Dividends; Company
entities: the preparation of general purpose financial reports:   meetings; Disclosure and fundraising (equity and debt);
cash management and control; non-current assets; the              Managed investments and financial services regulation;
formation, operation, and financial reporting requirements        Insider trading; Mergers and acquisitions; corporate
for companies; and statement of cash flows.                       restructuring (including schemes and private equity);
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               Financial Distress - bankruptcy; creditors' schemes;
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                receivers; administration, liquidations; Registration of
SEM-2                                                             business names; Partnerhsips, joint ventures and hybrids;
                                                                  Non-profit organisations; and Accountants as expert
AYN417 Financial Accounting 2                                     witnesses in Court.
This unit covers the preparation of consolidated financial        Prerequisites: AYN410 or AYN456 or (GSN412 and
statements; an overview of the statutory requirements that        GSN472)         Credit points: 12
dictate the format and content of published financial reports
of companies; the requirements of the Corporations Act            AYN433 Research Topics in Accounting
2001 and the major disclosure orientated accounting               This unit introduces Honours, Higher Degree Research and
standards; accounting for income tax; accounting for the          other Postgraduate students to a broad range of accounting
acquisition of assets (including business entities);              literature. It is designed to explore various theories and
accounting for investments in associates; the termination of      research methodologies that are applied in accounting
a company's life and the accounting procedures                    research through assigned weekly readings and assigned
necessitated by winding up/liquidation.                           research tasks. The assigned readings include




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2823
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

contemporary research in financial accounting,                 just information to assist them. This unit focuses on
management accounting, auditing and corporate                  providing skills in forensic and business intelligence through
governance.                                                    the use of SAS technologies to examine large data
Prerequisites: AYN417 and AYN418 Credit points: 12             resources to assist managerial decision making.
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                Applications for financial forensics and business intelligence
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                    are emphasised.
                                                               Prerequisites: AYN443 Credit points: 12 Campus:
AYN438 Taxation Law and Practice                               Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
This unit introduces students to the statutory framework of
the Australian taxation system. Elements in the                AYN454 Forensic Accounting and Investigation
determination of taxable income and the levying of income      This unit provides students with a knowledge of critical
tax are examined including general and specific categories     factors that contribute to fraud and corporate failure, and
of assessable income and allowable deductions, capital         forensic examination. Students develop an understanding of
gains tax and administration aspects of the tax system. The    the risks of fraud and corporate failure occurring and an
taxation of fringe benefits is also examined. The unit         appreciation for the subsequent forensic review and
concludes with a brief overview of the taxation of             litigation processes that may follow.
partnerships, trusts and companies and the goods and           Prerequisites: AYN417 and AYN418 Credit points: 12
services tax. Emphasis is placed on developing students'       Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
skills in problem solving through research and analysis of     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
taxation issues.
Prerequisites: AYN410 or AYN456 Credit points: 12              AYN456 Business and Corporations Law
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                This unit will introduce students to the Australian legal
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                     environment and develop students' knowledge and
                                                               understanding of the basic principles of business law and
AYN442 Superannuation and Wealth Management                    the Austrlaian corporations legislation. Students will be
The complex regulatory environment in which retirement         encouraged to develop their research and analytical skills
income policies operate, gives rise to a need for              relevant to contemporary business and corporate practice.
accountants and other business professionals to have           Antirequisites: AYN410 and AYN412 Credit points: 12
coprehensive knowledge and understading of wealth               Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
management issues. This unit introduces students to            and 2010 SEM-2
personal wealth management, in particular, the Australian
strategies. The knowledge and skills developed in this unit    AYN460 Accountancy Work Placement
are essential for accounting professionals working in any      This unit fosters learning through work related experience.
areas of practice associated with the administration or        Students will be given the opportunity to experience the
auditing of superannuation funds, advising employers about     work that is performed by accountants which will enable
superannuation, or providing individuals with financial        them to more effectively learn and practice accounting
planning services.                                             discipline knowledge and graduate capabilities. Admission
Prerequisites: AYN416 and EFN406            Corequisites:      to this unit is by application and subsequent approval by the
AYN438 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                 unit coordinator.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                               For additional important information about this unit
AYN443 Electronic Commerce Cycles                              please refer to the current unit outline.
This unit examines the concepts, processes and issues
relevant to computerised accounting systems including:         Other requisites: An application, interview and subsequent
accounting information systems; internal controls; design      approval by the Unit Coordinator is required to enrol in this
and development of computerised accounting systems             unit. In addition to completion of the following units: AYN417
including general ledger and reporting cycle, revenue cycle,   & AYN418. Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
expenditure cycle and payroll cycle; computer fraud,            Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
security and crime; accessing accounting information; and
accounting in an electronic environment. Practical             AYN461 Accountancy Work Integrated Learning
application of these concepts is enhanced by the use of        This unit fosters learning through work related experience.
accounting software such as MYOB, spreadsheet software         Students will be given the opportunity to experience the
such as Excel, database software such as Access, and           work that is performed by accountants which will enable
interactive multimedia software such as Accounting             them to more effectively learn and practice accounting
Information Systems Cycles.                                    discipline knowledge and graduate capabilities. Admission
Prerequisites: AYN416          Antirequisites: AYB221,         to this unit is by application and subsequent approval by the
AYN402 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week             unit coordinator.
 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1             Other requisites: An application (via a website), a short
and 2010 SEM-2                                                 resume, an interview and subsequent approval by the Unit
                                                               Coordinator is required to enrol. In additiona, completion of
AYN453 Financial Forensics and Business Intelligence           the following units: AYN417 & AYN418 Credit points: 24
As result of having to make increasing numbers of urgent,       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
strategic, high-risk decisions, management need more than




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2824
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                   real world problems. The 'real world' focus of the unit ties
AYN505 Financial Analysis and Business Valuation                   strategically into QUT's charter and provides our students
This unit is about the analysis of financial information arising   with a potential advantage in seeking employment.
primarily from the financial reports of entities. Fundamental      Prerequisites: AYN417 and AYN418           Antirequisites:
analysis techniques are examined in detail with particular         AYB339 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
emphasis on the application of these techniques in equity          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
(share) valuation decisions. The unit comprises three
related parts. Part one outlines the four basic steps in the       BEB100 Introducing Professional Learning
fundamental analysis framework; business analysis,                 This unit will introduce students to a range of skills and
accounting analysis, financial analysis and prospective            knowledge sets required to support professional practice in
analysis. The next part combines these skills in addressing        design, engineering and urban development disciplines. It
the question of valuation, while the final section of the unit     will include information literacy and communication skills
applies the skills in several different contexts, such as credit   and knowledge development. In addition, the unit will
analysis, security analysis, mergers and acquisitions and          provide orientation to design, engineering and urban
financial policy decisions.                                        development professions through an introduction to their
Prerequisites: AYN417 and AYN418 and EFN406                        history, their place in society, the importance of ethical
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                conduct to their practice and to the particular qualities of
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                          professional knowledge especially with regard to practice
                                                                   knowledge. The importance of integrated scholarship and
AYN506 Strategic Management Accounting                             collaborative links with other professions will be highlighted.
Strategic Management Accounting develops a theory of               Equivalents: BNB007, CNB190, PSB414 Credit points:
organisations that provides an understanding of the                12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
information requirements of management to facilitate
strategic planning, decision-making and control. This unit         BEB110 Organising and Managing Project Team
prepares students for a world of unstructured problem-             Project managers face the challenges of operating in a
solving and develops skills in managerial decision-making          project environment characterized by high levels of
by the use of current research articles to ascertain how           uncertainty, cross-cultural teams, and global competition for
managers can design organisations to motivate individuals          competent human resources. These challenges can be met
to make choices that increase firm value. Topics include:          by developing a clear understanding of human factors in
the management of control systems; performance                     project management and by effective use of the human
evaluation and compensation incentives; transfer pricing.          resource management skills that are required to inspire
New management accounting practices, activity-based                project stakeholders to work together in order to meet
costing, the balanced scorecard, and economic value                project objectives. This unit introduces the management of
added, are evaluated using the latest research.                    human resources in project, from planning, acquiring,
Prerequisites: AYN414 and AYN417 Credit points: 12                 developing and managing project team.
Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                 period: 2010 SEM-1

AYN507 Governance Issues in Accounting                             BEB111 Managing Project Quality
This unit adopts an accounting perspective to examine              This unit is one of four within the BEE minor in Project
issues relating to sound corporate governance,                     Collaboration and is designed to provide you with
accountability and transparency. Topics covered include the        appropriate knowledge and skills needed for your
following: the role of the board of directors and board            involvement in delivering projects in professional
committees; internal control and risk management; audit            organisations in the public and private sectors, by ensuring
committees, internal and external audit; duties of directors       that the achieved project quality outcomes accord with client
a nd ma nagem ent; c odes of c onduc t and e thics;                requirements and satisfy customer expectations.
compensation issues; conflict of interest and insider trading.     Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Prerequisites: AYN417 and AYN418 Credit points: 12                 Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                        BEB112 Principle of Project Management
                                                                   Project Management is the overall planning, control and
AYN520 Integrated Issues in Professional Practice                  coordination of a project, from inception to completion,
The Accountancy profession has repeatedly stressed the             aimed at meeting a client’s requirements in order that the
need for accounting university graduates to be 'work ready'        project will be completed on time within authorized cost and
and able to deal with and solve unstructured, multi-               to the required quality standards. The aim of this unit is to
disciplined problems. This unit is a deliberate attempt to         provide the key concepts and foundation knowledge in
address this concern for students who enter the accounting         project management, and to describe, clarify, and formalise
profession through the Master of Business (Professional            project management process.
Accounting) - Advanced course and enables students in the          Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Master of Business (Accounting) courses to further develop         Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
their team work, research and problem-solving skills. The
unit simulates issues faced by a professional                      BEB113 Managing Project Cost
advisor/consultant by presenting students with simulated




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2825
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Cost is a major metric of a successful project management.        Year 1 units or EN40 Year 1 & 2 units is assumed
This unit introduces the process of managing project cost         knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per
which includes planning, estimating, budgeting, and               week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010
controlling costs so that the project can be completed within     SEM-1
the approved budget.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               BEB212 Advanced Collaboration
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         In a real environment designers need to collaborate with
                                                                  others using a range of design tools provided by different
BEB114 Project Financing                                          software vendors. In this unit you will develop an
Project is growing in complexity and size. Many projects          understanding of interoperability and methods of maximising
never get off the ground due to insufficient financing. It is     the benefits of information exchange across a range of
therefore necessary for project managers to know the              design tools.
sources and cost of project funds in order to package a           Prerequisites: BEB210       Credit points: 12     Contact
financially viable project for approval. This unit introduces     hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
capital budgeting, project finance, and risk analysis. It         period: 2010 SEM-2
covers the capital allocation framework, project cash flows,
cost of capital, financial risk analysis, and how various types   BEB213 Sustainable Design Systems
of projects are financed.                                         A range of sustainability tools will be covered that support
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  environmental impact analysis, economic analysis and
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                social impact assessment, within a holistic approach to
                                                                  design. The capabilities of the tools will be discussed and
BEB200 Introducing Sustainability                                 then used to build up appropriate workflows that support
This unit will address issues of sustainability from a number     integrated assessment for sustainability. These will be
of perspectives thus providing students with a variety of         applied to a comprehensive design problem to reinforce the
lenses on the ways in which the human-made environment            students understanding.
impacts on the future of human settlement. The unit will          Assumed knowledge: Working knowledge of 3D CAD
include an introduction to sustainability from a variety of       software for the student's discipline and completion of DE40
perspectives, including indigenous and other cultural             Year 1 units or EN40 Year 1 & 2 units is assumed
perspectives, and from ecological, economic and                   knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per
technological perspectives. It will demonstrate to students       week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010
the ways in which contrasting, and sometimes conflicting,         SEM-2
ideas about sustainability are prioritised and how these
priorities contribute to the impact that design, engineering      BEB701 Work Integrated Learning 1
and urban development professions have on a sustainable           This unit aims to provide you with the opportunity to learn in
future.                                                           a workplace environment. It will involve attendance,
Equivalents: PSB422           Credit points: 12       Contact     participation, observation, critical reflection, and report
hours: 3 per week         Campus: Gardens Point                   writing on workplace activities. The emphasis of your critical
                                                                  reflection and report writing will be on identifying and
BEB210 Introduction To Collaboration                              describing aspects of professional relevance incorporating:
This unit introduces students to the foundational aspects of      collaboration and teamwork; work place, health and safety;
collaboration within the design and documentation of              professional conduct; ethical responsibility, and other
artefacts, using Building Information Modelling (BIM)             aspects of your work place experience.
approach. Focusing on multidisciplinary collaboration during      This unit may form part of your (compulsory) course core
the complete life cycle of a built environment facility. This     (as required by professional accrediting bodies e.g.
unit is an approach to the theory and practice of BIM             Engineers Australia, Australian Institute of Building, Royal
software, exploring the translation from Computer Aided           Institution of Chartered Surveyors), or it may be one of
Design (CAD) to BIM. This unit is also the foundation for         several work integrated learning (WIL) units (selected as
BEB212 Advanced Collaboration.                                    part of a Minor).
Assumed knowledge: Working knowledge of 3D CAD                    Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
software for the student's discipline and completion of DE40      period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
Year 1 units or EN40 Year 1 & 2 units is assumed
knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per                 BEB702 Work Integrated Learning 2
week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010                  This unit aims to provide you with the opportunity to
SEM-1                                                             continue to learn in a work place environment. It will involve
                                                                  attendance, participation, observation, and reflection on
BEB211 Parametric Design Systems                                  activities negotiated with the work place supervisor. The
This subject introduces students to the use of parametric         emphasis of your critical reflection for this unit is to explicate
geometry systems that are used in early stages of design.         the culture of the organisation you work for via the profile it
These are the systems used by major design firms such as          presents to its employees, clients and the public and critique
Zaha Hadid and Frank Gehry (architecture), SOM                    the role of an individual in a work place and how this relates
(architecture/engineering) and Arup (engineering).                to other employees in meeting the organisations aims and
Assumed knowledge: Working knowledge of 3D CAD                    objectives.
software for the student's discipline and completion of DE40      Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2826
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 practice-led research and research-led practice and
                                                                  provides them with the opportunity to use practice-based
BEB703 Work Integrated Learning 3                                 projects as vehicles for further developing discipline
This unit will provide you with the opportunity to consolidate    knowledge as well as advanced critical enquiry skills. In
and extend your learning through a work placement and             undertaking the unit, students will collaborate with a project
associated projects. It will involve some on-campus               supervisor and prepare an interim and final report and
attendance at lectures and online tutorials as well as            seminar on the project.
participation in, observation of, and reflection on activities    Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
undertaken during the work placement. The emphasis in the         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
unit is on the critical reflection of academic learning and its
application in practice. This is supported through an             BEB707 Work Integrated Learning 7
emphasis on the development of high order observation             This unit is normally undertaken as the first unit of a second
skills and critical reflection skills. The outcomes of your       WIL Minor. While the first WIL Minor emphasises the
learning will be recorded in your e-portfolio. Most students      context of practice and its relationship to academia, the
undertaking this unit will do so as part of a WIL Minor.          second WIL Minor focuses on the participation of students
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  in work in a more proactive and leading way thereby
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 providing the opportunity for sophisticated, collaborative and
                                                                  reciprocal learning and outcomes for all concerned. In this
BEB704 Work Integrated Learning 4                                 context, this unit introduces students to the notion of
As with the previous WIL units, this unit involves                practice-led research and research-led practice and
participation in a work placement, associated projects and        provides them with the opportunity to use practice-based
on-campus lectures and seminars to further extend and             projects as vehicles for further developing discipline
consolidate students’ learning and preparation for                knowledge as well as advanced critical enquiry skills. In
professional practice. The emphasis in this unit is on            undertaking the unit, students will collaborate with a project
developing a broader appreciation of the issues impacting         supervisor and prepare an interim and final report and
on industry, the nature of academic and practice knowledge        seminar on the project.
and how they can be productively integrated to respond to         Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
the needs of and the challenges facing professional               period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
practice. The unit also gives explicit attention to the
continuing development of graduate capabilities including         BEB708 Work Integrated Learning 8
oral communications skills. This unit is normally undertaken      This unit is normally undertaken as the first unit of a second
as the last unit in the first WIL Minor.                          WIL Minor. While the first WIL Minor emphasises the
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  context of practice and its relationship to academia, the
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 second WIL Minor focuses on the participation of students
                                                                  in work in a more proactive and leading way thereby
BEB705 Work Integrated Learning 5                                 providing the opportunity for sophisticated, collaborative and
This unit is normally undertaken as the first unit of a second    reciprocal learning and outcomes for all concerned. In this
WIL Minor. While the first WIL Minor emphasises the               context, this unit introduces students to the notion of
context of practice and its relationship to academia, the         practice-led research and research-led practice and
second WIL Minor focuses on the participation of students         provides them with the opportunity to use practice-based
in work in a more proactive and leading way thereby               projects as vehicles for further developing discipline
providing the opportunity for sophisticated, collaborative and    knowledge as well as advanced critical enquiry skills. In
reciprocal learning and outcomes for all concerned. In this       undertaking the unit, students will collaborate with a project
context, this unit introduces students to the notion of           supervisor and prepare an interim and final report and
practice-led research and research-led practice and               seminar on the project.
provides them with the opportunity to use practice-based          Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
projects as vehicles for further developing discipline            period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
knowledge as well as advanced critical enquiry skills. In
undertaking the unit, students will collaborate with a project    BEB801 Project 1
supervisor and prepare an interim and final report and            This unit is usually taken in the final year of study. Students
seminar on the project.                                           complete an individual project involving the application of
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  skills and knowledge attained during the earlier years of
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 their degree program. For some students, this unit will be
                                                                  taken one of two 'project' units related to the same student
BEB706 Work Integrated Learning 6                                 project; in such cases this unit may be a pre-requisite or co-
This unit is normally undertaken as the first unit of a second    requisite to the second unit (or a follow-on from the first
WIL Minor. While the first WIL Minor emphasises the               unit). The final ‘deliverable’ for this unit may vary for each
context of practice and its relationship to academia, the         discipline and details will be provided in lectures/tutorials
second WIL Minor focuses on the participation of students         and on the Blackboard website.
in work in a more proactive and leading way thereby               Equivalents: CEB411, CEB420, CNB434, EEB781-1,
providing the opportunity for sophisticated, collaborative and    EEB889-1       Credit points: 12        Contact hours: 2 per
reciprocal learning and outcomes for all concerned. In this       week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010
context, this unit introduces students to the notion of           SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2827
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


BEB802 Project 2                                                 BEN610 Project Management Principles
This unit is usually taken in the final year of study, and is    This unit serves as an introduction to project management
only taken by students completing a two unit project.            as a fundamental skill for all postgraduate coursework
Students complete an individual project involving the            students in built environment and engineering. It offers an
application of skills and knowledge attained during the          overview of the framework, processes and key knowledge
earlier years of their degree program. This unit will be taken   areas of project management.
as the second of two 'project' units related to the same         Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
student project.                                                 Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Equivalents: CEB415, EEB782-2, EEB889-2                Credit
points: 12 Contact hours: 2 Campus: Gardens Point                BEN710 Sustainable Practice in Built Environment and
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                       Engineering
                                                                 Sustainability has become a global agenda that impacts
BEB901 Retrofitting for Sustainability                           upon our work and everyday life. The unit will introduce
THIS UNIT IS OFFERED IN ODD-NUMBERED YEARS                       principles, challenges and skills for dealing with a diversity
ONLY.                                                            of trans-disciplinary issues in sustainable development. By
This unit will provide students with an opportunity to           introducing critical sustainability theory and challenging best
examine in depth current data on the condition of built and      practices, this unit will prepare you for the impending
natural environments and the wellbeing of people living          changes that are necessary in all built environment and
within these environments, worldwide and in Australia.           engineering disciplines.
Special attention will be given to problems observed in the      Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
built environment, such as greenhouse gas emissions,             Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
population increase, over consumption and resource
depletion including water shortages, coastal degradation         BEN810 Research Methods For Built Environment and
and urban sprawl.                                                Engineering
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
                                                                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching
BEB902 Greening the Built Environment                            period: 2010 SEM-1
THIS UNIT IS OFFERED IN EVEN-NUMBERED YEARS
ONLY.                                                            BEN910 Integrated Project
This unit presents the challenges and opportunities for built    Problems that confront professionals are ill-defined and
environment professionals to contribute to a sustainable         complex. The ability to define a problem, and collect and
society. It introduces a paradigm shift in environmental         analyse relevant information using appropriate research
design from reducing negative environmental impacts to           methods is essential to professional practice. From a
generating net positive impacts. It shows how, with a new        learning perspective, one of the most effective ways of
approach to design, development can be a sustainability          achieving this is to consolidate and extend previously
solution. Positive Development would increase overall social     gained skills through an activity that is relevant to industry
and natural capital beyond that which existed on site before     and, where possible, is associated with a specific
settlement. Building design principles and eco-technologies      workplace.
are surveyed that address sustainability issues at the level     Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
of buildings, building components and materials. In addition,    period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
green practitioners will explain how they have dealt with
impediments to sustainable development in an evening             BEN920 Integrated Project
lecture series.                                                  Problems that confront professionals are ill-defined and
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 complex. The ability to define a problem, and collect and
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               analyse relevant information using appropriate research
                                                                 methods is essential to professional practice. From a
BEB904 Eco-Innovation for Sustainability                         learning perspective, one of the most effective ways of
THIS UNIT IS OFFERED IN EVEN-NUMBERED YEARS                      achieving this is to consolidate and extend previously
ONLY.                                                            gained skills through an activity that is relevant to industry
This is one of the units in a Minor in Sustainability designed   and, where possible, is associated with a specific
to equip you to address fundamental social, ecological and       workplace.
economic challenges facing society using a systems design        Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
approach. This unit focuses on ‘eco-innovation’, which           period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
includes institutional, technological and spatial design
solutions that increase the ecological base, human health,       BEZ610 Project Management Principles
well-being and equity as well as reducing total resource         This unit serves as an introduction to project management
consumption and waste. New strategies are explored which         as a fundamental skill for all postgraduate coursework
can help find leverage points where small actions or             students in built environment and engineering. It offers an
investments generate system-wide improvements.                   overview of the framework, processes and key knowledge
                                                                 areas of project management.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point            Teaching      Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2828
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5TP7                                                            respond to the opportunities, challenges and risks of
                                                                conducting business across politically, economically and
BSB110 Accounting                                               culturally diverse environments. An authentic country
Accounting data is the basis for decision making in any         feasibility study is undertaken to help identify where a firm
organisation. Accordingly, the aim of this unit is to provide   can find opportunities both in terms of actual and potential
students with a basic level of knowledge of modern financial    markets and the location for value-adding activities. The unit
and managerial accounting theory and practice so that they      aims for students to have developed a comprehension of
can understand how accounting data is used to help make         the nature and role of globalisation and the drivers of
decisions in organisations. The unit covers financial           international business, a. knowledge of the competitive
procedures and reporting for business entities, analysis and    forces and challenges confronting all business as a
interpretation of financial statements and planning, control    consequence of globalisation processes and an awareness
and business decision making.                                   of the additional knowledge and skills required of
Antirequisites: BSD110, CNB293, UDB342                          management to operate business internationally across a
Equivalents: CTB110           Credit points: 12      Contact    diversity of environments.
hours: 3 per week           Campus: Gardens Point and           Antirequisites: BSB116, BSB112 Equivalents: CTB119
Caboolture Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2               Credit points: 12         Contact hours: 3 per week
and 2010 SUM                                                    Campus: Gardens Point and Caboolture               Teaching
                                                                period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
BSB111 Business Law and Ethics
This unit integrates the concepts and principles of business    BSB123 Data Analysis
law with the theories and applications of business ethics.      The ability to collect, analyse, manipulate, understand and
The unit makes extensive use of cases in law and ethics to      report data is an important skill in any work environment.
develop knowledge and skills that enable students to            This is particularly true in business where learning to deal
analyse, apply and evaluate the legal principles and ethical    with randomness, variation and uncertainty is a vital skill for
decision-making processes relevant to modern business           anyone intending to apply their knowledge. This unit is
practice.                                                       designed to ensure that students gain the basic tools
Antirequisites: AYB120 Equivalents: CTB111 Credit               necessary to allow them to develop this skill. Students will
points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:      also gain an introduction to many of the quantitative
Gardens Point and Caboolture Teaching period: 2010              techniques which will be used throughout their further
SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                  studies in their chosen discipline.
                                                                Antirequisites: BSB122, MAB101, EFB101, BSB117,
BSB113 Economics                                                CTB122, MAB233 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens
This unit introduces students to the key economic concepts      Point and Caboolture        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1,
and their practical applications. It comprises twelve topics    2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
each focusing on a current economic issue. Microeconomic
topics include demand and supply, elasticity, production and    BSB124 Working in Business
cost theory and market structure. Macroeconomic topics          This unit will help you to kickstart your study and your
include measuring GDP, inflation and unemployment,              career in business regardless of your specific discipline. Not
money and banking, and fiscal and monetary policy.              only does "Working in Business" give you an understanding
Antirequisites: BSD113 Equivalents: CTB113 Credit               of where business has come from and where it is headed,
points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:       but you will also gain insights into yourself and how you can
Gardens Point and Caboolture Teaching period: 2010              develop as both a student and professional in the business
SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                  world. It covers an overview of business, the important
                                                                issues for working as a professional in an organisation, and
BSB115 Management                                               also gives you the opportunity to reflect on your own skills,
The unit provides an introduction to the theories and           preferences and career options so you can plan a future
practice of management and organisations. Emphasis is on        that suits you.
the conceptual and people skills that are needed in all areas   Antirequisites: BSB114, CTB114, HHB113                 Credit
of management and in all areas of organisational life. The      points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point and Caboolture
unit acknowledges that organisations exist in an                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
increasingly international environment where the emphasis       SUM
will be on knowledge, the ability to learn, to change and to
innovate. Organisations are viewed from individual, group,      BSB126 Marketing
corporate and external environmental perspectives.              This introductory subject examines the role and importance
Antirequisites: BSD115 Equivalents: CTB115 Credit               of marketing to the contemporary organisation. Emphasis is
points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:      placed on understanding the basic principles and practices
Gardens Point and Caboolture Teaching period: 2010              of marketing such as the marketing concept, market
SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                  segmentation, management information systems and
                                                                consumer behaviour. The unit explores the various
BSB119 Global Business                                          elements of the marketing mix, with special reference to
This unit examines the drivers of globalisation and the         product, price, distribution, and promotion, including
diversity of country markets at an introductory level. It       advertising and public relations. By way of introduction only,
develops the skills and understanding to identify and           key issues relating to services marketing, e-marketing and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2829
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

strategic marketing are also canvassed.                            banking, and fiscal and monetary policy.
Antirequisites: BSB116 Equivalents: CTB126 Credit                  Antirequisites: BSB113 Credit points: 12 Contact
points: 12     Contact hours: 4 per week  Campus:                  hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Gardens Point and Caboolture Teaching period: 2010                 period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010 13TP3
SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
                                                                   BSD115 Management
BSB200 Project                                                     The unit provides an introduction to the theories and
Students will be given the opportunity to develop and write a      practice of management and organisations. Emphasis is on
formal analytical study of a specific theory area or develop       the conceptual and people skills that will be needed at all
an industry case study. Students will select the topic in          areas of management and in all areas of organisational life.
conjunction with a supervisor and prepare a formal plan for        The unit acknowledges that organisations exist in an
obtaining answers to the research question on the business         increasingly international environment where the emphasis
problem. A full report will be subitted at the conclusion of the   will be on knowledge, the ability to learn, to change and to
semester, which will cover all of the objectives set out in the    innovate. Organisations are viewed from individual, group,
original proposal.                                                 corporate and external environmental perspectives.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   Antirequisites: BSB115 Credit points: 12 Contact
period: 2010 SUM                                                   hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
                                                                   period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010 13TP3
BSB302 Project 2
Students will develop either a detailed case study or a            BSD119 Global Business
special project related to their discipline area (either:          This unit integrates two rapidly expanding areas of business
Advertising, Marketing, Public Relations, Economics,               studies: international business and e-business. Doing
Finance, Management, Human Resource Management or                  business across international borders is facilitated by e-
International Business). Students will work individually with      business technologies. This unit explores the nature and
a supervisor to develop and execute a comprehensive and            models of international business and e-business and how e-
systematic study of an issue relevant to their study program.      business technologies facilitate international business and
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   add value to the business. It develops the skills and
period: 2010 SUM                                                   understanding to identify and respond to the opportunities,
                                                                   challenges and risks of conducting business across
BSB311 Innovation Commercialisation Strategies                     politically, economically and culturally diverse environments.
Students study strategies and approaches used in industry          Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
and government organisations for the research,                     Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2
development and commercialisation of biotechnology                 and 2010 13TP3
innovations. The unit offers the opportunity to read widely as
well as in depth about the commercialisation of molecular          BSD124 Working in Business
biology and biotechnology research. Theoretical concepts           This unit will help you to kickstart your study and your
are integrated with prepared case studies prior to guest           career in business regardless of your specific discipline. Not
speaker seminars.                                                  only does Working in Business give you an understanding
Prerequisites: BSB310 or MGB223 Credit points: 12                  of where business has come from and where it is headed,
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                    but you will also gain insights into yourself and how you can
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                        develop as both a student and professional in the business
                                                                   world. It covers an overview of business, the important
BSD110 Accounting                                                  issues for working as a professional in an organisation, and
Accounting data is the basis for decision making in any            also gives you the opportunity to reflect on your own skills,
organisation. Accordingly, the aim of this unit is to provide      preferences and career options so you can plan a future
students with some basic knowledge of modern financial             that suits you.
and managerial accounting theory and practice so that they         Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
can understand how accounting data is used to help make            Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2
decisions in organisations. The unit covers financial              and 2010 13TP3
procedures and reporting for business entities, and the
analysis and interpretation of financial statements for            BSD126 Marketing
planning, control and business decision making purposes.           This introductory unit examines the role and importance of
Antirequisites: BSB110 Credit points: 12 Contact                   marketing to the contemporary organisation. Emphasis is
hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                    given to understanding the basic principles and practices of
period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010 13TP3                      marketing such as the marketing concept, market
                                                                   segmentation, marketing information systems and
BSD113 Economics                                                   consumer behaviour. The unit explores the various
This unit introduces students to the key economic concepts         elements of the marketing mix, with special reference to
and their practical applications. It comprises 12 topics each      product, price, distribution, promotion. Promotion includes
focusing on a current economic issue. Microeconomic topics         advertising and public relations. By way of introduction only,
include demand and supply, elasticity, production and cost         key issues relating to services marketing, strategic
theory and market structure. Macroeconomic topics include          marketing and marketing planning are also canvassed.
measuring GDP, inflation and unemployment, money and               Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2830
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2            understanding of the theoretical contexts in which field
and 2010 13TP3                                                  studies and qualitative research methods have developed
                                                                and the techniques that define the approach. Students
BSN005 Introduction to Academic Research                        develop the ability to analyse, conduct, and evaluate
This unit presents a pathway for coursework students into       qualitative research in discipline areas related to business.
higher degree research. It will provide students with the       The unit provides a basic preparation for the development of
opportunity to produce a high quality journal article (as       a project, thesis or dissertation proposal based on the use
primary author) under the supervision of an experienced         of qualitative research.
researcher. The student will report on research outcomes        Antirequisites: CON500 Credit points: 12 Contact
through their participation in an existing research project.    hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to        period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
draft a literature review drawing largely on provided sources
of literature; analyse provided data within a suitable          BSN414 Quantitative Research Methods
theoretical framework; identify and justify the choice of an    Quantitative Research Methods is a postgraduate unit
appropriate journal to target for publication; complete the     designed to introduce students to a range of quantitative
journal article as primary author such that it meets all        research methods and their application to different research
technical requirements for submission to the identified         questions and types of quantitative data. Throughout the
journal.                                                        unit, students will be exposed to a wide range of quantitative
Other requisites: Subject to Course Coordinator Approval:       research issues including survey and index development,
240 credit points of UG study with a GPA of 5.5>; pre-          factor analysis, multiple regression, experimental data
approval of Course Coordinator; subject to supervisor           collection and analysis, ANOVA and MANOVA, structural
availability and completion of an agreed learning contract.     models, secondary data collection and analysis, and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Teaching period:             longitudinal data analysis. Each lecture will be conducted in
2010 SUM-2 and 2010 SEM-1                                       computer laboratories to allow students the opportunity to
                                                                develop their quantitative research skills using SPSS and
BSN404 Project 1                                                AMOS with data provided by lecturers.
This unit is designed to permit the student to undertake a      Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
research project, subject to the approval of the Course         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Coordinator.
Antirequisites: MKN101, MKN102, MKN103             Credit       BSN501-1 Dissertation
points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:               Students undertake a study of an issue as the culmination
2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                             of their honours program. The dissertation must have a well-
                                                                developed conceptual foundation and include a primary
BSN405 Project 2                                                research component.
This unit is designed to permit the student to undertake a      Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
research project, subject to the approval of the course         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
coordinator.
Antirequisites: MKN101, MKN102, MKN104             Credit       BSN501-2 Dissertation
points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:               Students undertake a study of an issue as the culmination
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SUM                                         of their honours program. The dissertation must have a well-
                                                                developed conceptual foundation and include a primary
BSN406 Project 3                                                research component.
This unit is designed to permit the student to undertake a 24   Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
credit point research project, subject to approval of the       period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
course coordinator.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                BSN501-3 Dissertation
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                     Students undertake a study of an issue as the culmination
                                                                of their honours program. The dissertation must have a well-
BSN409 Research Project                                         developed conceptual foundation and include a primary
This is to produce a major piece of applied research. The       research component.
research project provides the opportunity to apply and          Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
reinforce the education and knowledge gained from the           period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
course by research report, case study or application of
technology. The final project must demonstrate an ability to    BSN501-4 Dissertation
identify and research a complex business problem in             Students undertake a study of an issue as the culmination
accountancy or banking and finance or a related discipline.     of their honours program. The dissertation must have a well-
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point                         developed conceptual foundation and include a primary
                                                                research component.
BSN412 Qualitative Research and Analytical                      Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Techniques                                                      period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
This unit provides a detailed overview of qualitative
research to support decision-making in business disciplines.    BSN502 Research Methodology
The primary purpose of this unit is to develop a detailed




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2831
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The purpose of this study is to provide students with a range      BSN600-4 Thesis
of ideas and methods that enable them to analyse, evaluate         This is the major component of a research Masters and
and conduct research in discipline areas related to                consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical
business. It provides an essential and basic preparation for       issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each
the development of a thesis or dissertation proposal. Areas        semester on their progress to date and, in the final
of study include research paradigms, analysis and criticism,       semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is
research design, data collection and data manipulation,            expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical
interpretation and presentation.                                   foundation for the exploration of a significant communication
Antirequisites: BSB400 Credit points: 12 Contact                   topic using primary research data. The thesis report should
hours: Flexible Mode          Campus: Gardens Point                be approximately 50000 words.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                         Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point

BSN503 Research Seminar                                            BSN600-5 Thesis
In this unit students prepare detailed literature reviews          This is the major component of a research Masters and
relevant to the thesis or dissertation proposal. Students are      consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical
required to prepare and present a detailed seminar paper           issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each
describing and explaining the results of their review and its      semester on their progress to date and, in the final
relevance to the thesis or dissertation proposal. The unit is      semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is
in two parts: the first provides a series of lectures from staff   expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical
advising as to the requirements of a thorough, well-directed       foundation for the exploration of a significant communication
literature search and review; the second consists of a series      topic using primary research data. The thesis report should
of seminars from students presenting their findings.               be approximately 50000 words.
Credit points: 12         Contact hours: Flexible Mode             Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
and 2010 SEM-2                                                     BSN600-6 Thesis
                                                                   This is the major component of a research Masters and
BSN600-1 Thesis                                                    consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical
This is the major component of a research Masters and              issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each
consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical       semester on their progress to date and, in the final
issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each             semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is
semester on their progress to date and, in the final               expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical
semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is            foundation for the exploration of a significant communication
expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical                topic using primary research data. The thesis report should
foundation for the exploration of a significant communication      be approximately 50000 words.
topic using primary research data. The thesis report should        Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
be approximately 50000 words.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                            BSN600-7 Thesis
                                                                   This is the major component of a research Masters and
BSN600-2 Thesis                                                    consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical
This is the major component of a research Masters and              issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each
consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical       semester on their progress to date and, in the final
issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each             semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is
semester on their progress to date and, in the final               expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical
semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is            foundation for the exploration of a significant communication
expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical                topic using primary research data. The thesis report should
foundation for the exploration of a significant communication      be approximately 50000 words.
topic using primary research data. The thesis report should        Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
be approximately 50000 words.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                            BSN600-8 Thesis
                                                                   This is the major component of a research Masters and
BSN600-3 Thesis                                                    consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical
This is the major component of a research Masters and              issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each
consists of a substantial study of an applied or theoretical       semester on their progress to date and, in the final
issue. Students are expected to present a seminar each             semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is
semester on their progress to date and, in the final               expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical
semester, on the outcomes of their study. The thesis is            foundation for the exploration of a significant communication
expected to have a sound conceptual and theoretical                topic using primary research data. The thesis report should
foundation for the exploration of a significant communication      be approximately 50000 words.
topic using primary research data. The thesis report should        Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
be approximately 50000 words.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                            CLB001 Records Management
                                                                   This unit introduces the paper-based and electronic records
                                                                   and information systems operating within and between




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2832
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

organisations and the impact that changes in                     education. You will plan for literacy development in a range
communication technology have had on these systems.              of contexts, and examine how strategic practice is linked to
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              particular theories of language and literacy development.
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                         Prerequisites: CLB006 Credit points: 12 Campus:
                                                                 Kelvin Grove and Caboolture         Teaching period: 2010
CLB003 Administrative Procedures                                 SEM-1
This unit includes an analysis of business environments in a
variety of industries: communication practices,                  CLB010 Accounting and Business Management
communication flows, functions and operational procedures,       Curriculum Studies 2
and the influence and impact of communication technology.        This unit is the second in a suite of three complementary
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              units which can be undertaken in Business Education. It has
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         been designed to expand on previous planning and
                                                                 teaching strategies with a major focus on assessment.
CLB004 Foundation: Language Design and Theory                    Students will examine the QSA Senior Accounting and
This unit examines literacy from contemporary perspectives.      Business Organisation and Management Syllabi to
Literacy education has tended to make an artificial divide       understand mandatory aspects of each syllabus. This unit
between the printed word and visual information.                 will prepare students for their professional role as a teacher
Increasingly, contemporary literate practices combine            of secondary business education subjects, in particular,
multiple text forms employing a range of media and               Accounting and Business Organisation and Management.
technologies to communicate. Texts are spoken, written,          Prerequisites: CLB051 Credit points: 12 Campus:
visual imagery and other symbolic forms, and are presented       Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
in multimedia combinations and digital interactive contexts.
This unit examines the complex simultaneity of texts,            CLB013 Business and Communication Technologies
delivery modes and media that have specific and more             Curriculum Studies 2
general, social and cultural meaning.                            This unit is the second in a suite of three complementary
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              units which can be undertaken in Business Education. It has
Kelvin Grove and Caboolture        Teaching period: 2010         been designed to expand on previous planning and
SEM-2                                                            teaching strategies with a major focus on assessment.
                                                                 Students will examine the QSA Senior BCT Syllabus to
CLB005 Foundation: Wellness and Active Citizenship               understand mandatory aspects of the syllabus and will
This unit explores the links between a holistic notion of        prepare students for their professional role as a teacher of
health and wellness and the practice of active citizenship. It   secondary business education subjects, in particular, BCT.
investigates the connections between human wellness,             Prerequisites: CLB051 Credit points: 12 Campus:
behaviour and particular social, cultural, civic, economic and   Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
environmental relationships that characterise communities
at particular times and places. Students are encouraged to       CLB018 English Curriculum Studies 1
critically analyse such connections and utilise their            This introduction to English teaching in secondary schools,
knowledge and understanding to develop a sense of                provides an indispensable foundation on which English
purpose about wellness and active citizenship in an              Curriculum Studies II and III are built. Students will develop
increasingly globalised world.                                   an understanding of the theories of language and texts that
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              underpin secondary English curriculum and pedagogy and
Kelvin Grove and Caboolture         Teaching period: 2010        which condition students learning within English
SEM-2                                                            classrooms. Students will have opportunities to apply their
                                                                 learning to their field observations and to plan to put theory
CLB006 Teaching Reading and Writing                              of language, texts and learners into practice for English
New basics emerge in literacy education. The privileged          teaching.
status of print as the almost exclusive basis to literacy has    Assumed knowledge: 24 credit points of English discipline
diminished. Postmodern media culture is powerful and             studies is assumed knowledge.           Credit points: 12
pervasive, and knowledge communication today is as much          Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
through multimedia as it is through the single medium of
print. This unit acknowledges that children now form their       CLB020 English Curriculum Studies 3
early concepts about literacy from textual environments that     This unit provides opportunities to develop a theorized
are considerably more complex than for those of their            understanding of the Queensland English Syllabus for
predecessors. Contemporary language and literacy                 Years 11 and 12, Senior English Communication (SAS) and
education must base its practices on texts from a range of       the Senior English Extension (Literature) Syllabus, and to
technologies, involving different media, and in recognition of   implement this understanding by analysing and developing
diverse contexts and social purposes for communicating.          senior English programs, teaching and assessment
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove and Caboolture            strategies that are appropriate for the needs and interests of
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                     diverse learners in particular sociocultural contexts.
                                                                 Prerequisites: CLB019 Credit points: 12 Campus:
CLB007 Learning Literacy by Design                               Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
You are required to engage with socio-critical and inclusive
principles and practices relating to language and literacy




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2833
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CLB021 English as a Second Language Curriculum                   Prerequisites: CLB051 or CLB054 Credit points: 12
Studies 1                                                        Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Effective ESL practitioners require a knowledge and
understanding of the many factors that impact on the             CLB036 LOTE Curriculum Studies 1
effective learning of a second (or an additional) language       This unit allows students to develop an understanding of the
and on learning curriculum content through an additional         language learning process and their awareness of the place
language. They also need to know how these factors               of languages in the school curriculum. Students will be
influence planning for learning and how they can be              encouraged to become reflective learners/teachers who can
managed to maximise learning outcomes. In this first             analyse the contexts in which they work, are familiar with
curriculum unit, students will engage with some of the           policy and curriculum issues and are able to make soundly-
theory that influences approaches to teaching English as an      based professional judgments designed to maximize
additional language across the curriculum. Students will         learning for all students.
engage with the documents that impact on planning for ESL        Assumed knowledge: 48 credit points of appropriate LOTE
teaching and learning eg ESL Framework of Stages and             discipline studies is assumed knowledge. Credit points:
NLLIA ESL Bandscales.                                            12    Campus: Kelvin Grove         Teaching period: 2010
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              SEM-1
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                 CLB038 LOTE Curriculum Studies 3
CLB023 ESL Curriculum Studies 3                                  This unit builds on the two previous units and explores in
This unit introduces the theoretical and practical knowledge     greater depth a range of practical and theoretical issues in
and skills required by an effective practitioner in the          the area of LOTE curriculum development and
complex social environment of the classroom.                     implementation.
Prerequisites: CLB022 Credit points: 12 Campus:                  Prerequisites: CLB037 Credit points: 12 Campus:
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                         Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1

CLB024 Film and Media Curriculum Studies 1                       CLB042 Primary LOTE Curriculum Studies
This unit is designed to develop competencies needed for         Develops an understanding of the second language learning
planning and teaching in junior secondary Media (Years 8-        process and awareness of the place of languages in the
10). Students will be introduced to the current curricular       primary school curriculum. Students will analyze the
directions and frameworks for junior media (1-10) and its        contexts in which you work, deal confidently with policy and
applications across the curriculum. The unit will build on the   curriculum issues and make soundly-based professional
understandings and skills students developed in the unit         judgments designed to maximize learning for all students.
Teaching and Learning Studies I and II and relate also to        Assumed knowledge: At least four LOTE discipline units,
Field Studies I. This should assist in preparing students for    and language study ongoing is assumed knowledge.
the further Field Studies components of the course.              Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Assumed knowledge: 24 credit points of Film and Media            period: 2010 SEM-1
discipline studies is assumed knowledge. Credit points:
12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove                CLB045 Becoming a Second Language User
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                     This unit aims to develop understanding of the processes of
                                                                 second language acquisition from both a practical and
CLB026 Film and Media Curriculum Studies 3                       theoretical perspective. Students will gain an insight into the
This unit allows students to apply technological concepts        attributes of second language users and the issues facing
and skills in senior and junior media studies and across         them in contemporary education.
other curriculum areas. The unit helps students understand       Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove
and design pre-production texts investigating the role of
technologies in the senior curriculum.                           CLB049 The Global Teacher
Prerequisites: CLB025 Credit points: 12 Campus:                  This unit enhances the skills of educators to design
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                         curriculum and pedagogy in ways that address global
                                                                 citizenship and educational and human rights.
CLB031 History Curriculum Studies 2                              Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
This unit provides opportunities to develop an                   period: 2010 SEM-1
understanding of teaching and learning in History and
Studies of Society and Environment (SOSE).                       CLB050 Movies and Popular Culture
Prerequisites: CLB054 Credit points: 12 Campus:                  This unit analyses and explores the way contemporary
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         thought about society and culture emerges in fictional film
                                                                 and television. Although this unit can be studied as an
CLB034 Legal Studies Curriculum Studies 2                        independent unit, it is also designed to complement other
The second of three complementary units in Legal Studies         units which focus on film and media and on media literacy
Curriculum. Units are designed to help prepare students for      and education.
a professional role as a teacher of secondary school Senior      Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Legal Studies, and also to prepare them to teach in lower        period: 2010 SEM-1
secondary subjects which are law-related, particularly the
Civics syllabus of SOSE.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2834
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

CLB051 Business Education Curriculum Studies 1                   Equivalents: HHB106, HHB108   Credit points: 12
This is the first of three complementary units in the teaching   Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
of Business Education. The three units have been designed        and 2010 SEM-2
to help prepare you for a professional role as a teacher of
lower and senior secondary school Business Education             CLB103 Interpreting the Past
subjects (Accounting Business Management, Business               For the purposes of this unit, 'history' will be taken to mean
Communication Technologies, Economics, Legal Studies,            a set of practices developed by professional historians to
and ICT. In this first unit, the focus will be on curriculum     produce knowledge about the past. The study of these
development and teaching approaches in Lower Secondary           practices promotes understandings of how historians set
Business and ICT Education.                                      about their work, the rules that govern their methods, the
Assumed knowledge: 24 credit points of Business                  reliability of historical knowledge and the value of history
Education discipline studies is assumed knowledge.               socially and culturally.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               Equivalents: HHB121   Credit points: 12 Campus:
                                                                 Kelvin Grove  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
CLB053 Business Education Curriculum Studies 3
This unit, the final of three complementary units in the         CLB105 Australia and the South Pacific
teaching of Business and ICT Education, will develop further     This unit is based on a critical study of the evolving
your professional knowledge and skills as a learner-focused      relationship between Australia and the Pacific Islands. The
educator and skilled curriculum developer. The unit explores     key issue in this unit is: does Australia have a Pacific
relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements          history?
essential for teachers of Business and ICT Education in the      Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
twenty-first century classroom.                                  period: 2010 SEM-2
Prerequisites: CLB010 or CLB013 or CLB034            Credit
points: 12       Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove               CLB106 Modern China
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                      The unit provides students with the knowledge of how
                                                                 China, formerly a Dynastic Empire, was disempowered by
CLB054 Social Education Curriculum Studies 1                     Western Imperialism, only to obtain independence through
This is the first of three complementary units in Social         the governmental embrace of Communism. The role of
Education curriculum aimed at preparing you to teach Social      powerful individuals in determining China's destiny, and an
Science subjects in the lower secondary school. This unit        understanding of how the country's fortunes changed over
focuses on recent developments within the curriculum area        time are additional features of the content.
of social education, with particular reference to the field of   Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Studies of Society and Environment (SOSE)  a national           period: 2010 SEM-1
Key Learning Area. It explores the theoretical context for
these curriculum areas, and places emphasis on the links         CLB108 Nations and Nationalism in Modern Europe
between theory and practice.                                     This unit will develop an understanding of matters pertinent
Assumed knowledge: 24 credit points of discipline studies        to the evolution of nationalism in Europe in the modern era.
from any of the following is assumed knowledge: Social           This will include the influence of social movements and
Science, History, Geography, and Legal Studies. Credit           cultural and economic issues.
points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period:
2010 SEM-1                                                       Equivalents: HHB260   Credit points: 12 Campus:
                                                                 Kelvin Grove  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
CLB056 Social Education Curriculum Studies 3
This is the third of three complementary units in Social         CLB109 World Regions
Education curriculum. The aim of this unit is to provide you     This unit offers an introductory geographical overview of
with opportunities to develop an understanding of the ways       global regions. This is an excellent basis from which to
in which new policies and initiatives have impacted on           develop an understanding of complex interrelationships
teaching and learning in social sciences and specific            between regions and nations. The integrated knowledge
discipline studies in the senior school.                         gained is of current and practical value to professionals in
Prerequisites: CLB031 or CLB028 or CLB034 or CLB040              many fields requiring a knowledge of international affairs
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove              including teachers, planners, journalists, business
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                      managers and travellers and people in general.

CLB101 Australian Society and Culture                            Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove             Teaching
This unit is designed to provide overseas and Australian         period: 2010 SEM-1
students with an understanding of Australian culture and
values. It offers insights and understandings about issues       CLB111 Environmental Hazards
that divide Australians as well as events and circumstances      This unit takes a geographical perspective to investigate the
that unite the nation.                                           characteristics and distribution of environmental hazards,
                                                                 patterns of risk and vulnerability, and how people perceive,
                                                                 manage and adjust to hazardous environments.
                                                                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2835
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

period: 2010 SEM-2                                                development, professional implications of significant policy
                                                                  initiatives related to second language learners, and issues
CLB112 South East Asia in Focus                                   in analysis, assessment and cross-cultural communication.
Australia's interaction with Southeast Asia, including our        Participants will also investigate language demands of their
most populous nearest neighbour, Indonesia, continues to          own area of specialisation and develop appropriate teaching
increase in significance. This unit examines aspects of           techniques and resources.
Southeast Asian geography, environment, society and               Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
culture, in a contemporary framework.                             period: 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                CLB401 Cultural Diversity And Education
                                                                  This unit explores the multicultural nature of Australian
CLB113 Australian Geographical Studies                            society and its educational approaches to addressing the
Australia faces challenging problems and changes in               needs of cultural diversity. Participants will analyse the role
relation to its changing population, socio-economic               of the school and the teacher with respect to schooling and
development and environmental sustainability. Many of             pluralism. Students will learn how to identify and challenge
these problems, relating to land-use and settlement               various forms of discrimination, and recognise the kinds of
patterns, migration trends, resource and hazard distribution,     social, curriculum, and classroom management policies
regional socio-economic structure, remoteness and                 which are sensitive to the needs of students from diverse
accessibility etc, have a geographical basis.                     socio-cultural backgrounds.
The aim is to describe and analyse, Australia's natural and       Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
social landscapes, their interaction, and the changes             Kelvin Grove
occurring in them from a geographical perspective
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                   CLB402 Issues In Indigenous Education
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                This unit addresses the following topics: factors influencing
                                                                  the position of Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders in
CLB320 Studies In Language                                        Australian society; government policies; indigenous cultures
This unit addresses the following topics: the language basis      and education; current initiatives; participation of indigenous
in current approaches to the teaching of English; nature and      communities in policies and programs.
function of language; the dynamics involved in interactive        Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
situations; the appropriateness of language forms used in         External
various social contexts; the educational implications of
linguistic diversity within the community; the recognition of     CLB441 Children's Literature
the developmental features of adolescent language.                This unit provides students with the opportunity to extend
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               their knowledge of children's literature written by both
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                 Australian and overseas writers. It examines traditional and
SEM-2                                                             emerging genres, develops critical approaches to texts, and
                                                                  considers ways of using children's literature in the
CLB321 Writing Workshop                                           classroom.
The student, as writer, uses all the language modes in            Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
social contexts (either genuine or simulated) to lead to          External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
writing in a range of situations. Engagement in these writing
situations is designed to bring about personal understanding      CLB446 Grammar in the Classroom: Theories and
of the following: the nature of the writing process; the          Pedagogies
influence of audience and purpose on the final written            Over the past twenty years, linguistic studies have
product; the range of genres (or forms) falling within the        increasingly informed the development of language
writing activity.                                                 curriculum, the assessment of language, and the processes
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               of language and literacy learning in schools. Over the same
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                          time the need for teachers to have systematic knowledge of
                                                                  language and how it works has been recognised. In much of
CLB323 Teaching Adolescent Literature                             Australia this systematic approach to describing language
This unit addresses the following topics: scope and nature        comes principally from the systemic functional school of
of young adult literature; strategies for evaluation and          linguistics. This unit provides an organised, contextualised
selection; recent research into adolescents' reading needs,       introduction to that linguistic model through workshop
interests and responses; using young adult books in the           sessions involving the writing and reading of a range of
curriculum.                                                       genre. In this unit, students will learn to critically evaluate
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               texts, their purposes and the language resources employed
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                          by writers.
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
CLB347 Teaching English as an Additional Language                 Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
This elective unit for students in all teaching specialisations
will develop understanding of specific language and learning      CLB452 Media Literacy And The School
needs of students for whom English is a second language. It       The unit aims to equip future teachers with an
deals with differences in first and second language               understanding of media literacy that they can apply to their




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2836
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

own professional growth and incorporate into an educational     This unit considers the range of approaches to second
environment. Aspects of media techniques and practices,         language learning and the theories of language and learning
relationships between culture and meaning; nature of an         which underpin them: theories of language and learning and
audience, and concepts of agents and industry will be           their implications for TESOL; the social context of learning
explored.                                                       and its impact on methodological decision-making; current
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:             approaches and methods in TESOL; the roles of teachers
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        and learners in the TESOL classroom.
                                                                Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
CLN601 Cyberlearning                                            Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
This unit addresses the challenges, opportunities and           SEM-2
implications for learning and teaching in dynamic,
information-rich online environments. It enables students to:   CLN613 Second Language Curriculum Design Options
critically and creatively engage with contemporary concepts,    This unit introduces the factors that influence teachers in the
technologies and practices for diverse educational,             development of language programs. It includes analysis of
professional and information contexts, including school         the following areas: learner profiles and needs; aims and
libraries; participate in an online learning community;         objectives; processes and criteria for selecting
collaborate in the design, development and evaluation of        methodology; content selection and sequencing; choice and
online learning resources.                                      evaluation of materials and resources.
Credit points: 12 Campus: External Teaching period:             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
2010 SEM-1                                                      Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
                                                                SUM-1
CLN603 Designing Spaces for Learning
This unit provides a foundation for understanding the           CLN615 Directed Reading In Second Language
complex relations among space place and learning                Education
pedagogies appropriate to the design of innovative,             This unit provides an opportunity for teachers and others
adaptable supportive spaces for learning in future-oriented     involved in TESOL to review current research articles to
educational contexts.                                           gain an overview of developments in TESOL/Applied
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and            Linguistics and to explore one or two personal interest areas
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                            in greater depth.
                                                                Assumed knowledge: You must discuss the unit with the
CLN604 Globalisation and Educational Change                     course coordinator. The course coordinator will grant you
This unit explores how different paradigms interpret            approval to enrol Other requisites: You must discuss the
globalisation, global change and the implications for           unit with the course coordinator. The course coordinator will
education. It undertakes a comparative analysis of the          grant you approval to enrol. Credit points: 12 Contact
impact of globalisation on schooling, higher education and      hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
the work of multilateral agencies in education across           period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
different national and local contexts. Also compared are the
impacts of local, national and global forces on the shaping     CLN616 Language Assessment In TESOL
of cultural identities and citizenship. It discusses the        This unit introduces the theories and practices in program
implications of internationalisation and new learning           evaluation, language testing and proficiency assessment. It
technologies for future conceptions of education, for work      examines and evaluates standardised tests and instruments
preparation and for citizenship responsibilities, and uses a    that are used to assess the English language proficiency of

Iutures
 perspective to discuss the extent to which            speakers for whom English is a second language.
national education policies are meeting future educational      Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
needs.                                                          Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:             SEM-2
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                CLN618 Technology And Second Language Learning
CLN608 Second Language Acquisition                              The twentieth century saw a rapid change in the technology
Research into second language acquisition is providing new      available to language teachers. This unit explores the
insights into the complex processes involved in natural and     creative teaching potential of this technology in areas such
instructed language development. This unit extends              as computer enhanced language learning (CELL),
participants knowledge of research into, and theories of,       interactive multimedia (including CD-ROM and video disc)
second language acquisition, and explores pedagogical           and the use of linear video, word processing and audio
implications and the relevance of research and theories to      materials. The unit will also explore access to and
the enhancement of second language acquisition and              pedagogical uses of electronic communication such as
learning.                                                       email, list servers and bulletin boards.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010               Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
SEM-2
                                                                CLN619 Functional Grammar And Discourse
CLN612 Principles Of Second Language Methodology                When we use language to enact our everyday lives, to
                                                                teach and to learn, we use discourses to do so. Through




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2837
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

this unit, students develop both the knowledge and the tools
to analyse how discourses, comprising texts, make meaning        CLN642 Grammar For Teachers
linguistically. Students will analyse and discuss how            This unit assists language teachers develop a better
meaning is constructed through interacting socio-cultural        understanding of grammar and its place in the teaching and
contexts and texts. Studies include the relationships among      learning of a second language. Participants will develop
discourse, genre, register and text, involving the role of       their own language awareness and explore a range of
coherence and cohesion in text level meaning, of transitivity,   strategies and techniques for the effective integration of
mood and theme/rheme in clause level meaning, and of             grammar instruction into language programs.
nominal, verbal and prepositional groups in group level          Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
meaning. Significant linguistic features of written and          Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
spoken language are identified and discussed.
Other requisites: You must discuss the unit with the course      CLN646 Learning Hubs
coordinator. The course coordinator will grant you approval      The unit provides a research based, theoretical and
to enrol. Credit points: 12                                      practical context for exploring organisational, pedagogical,
                                                                 technological and professional dimensions of school
CLN620 Language And Culture                                      libraries and other information services for prospective
This unit explores the relationship between language and         teacher-librarians information professionals and other
culture drawing on insights from linguistics, sociolinguistics   educators.
and cultural theory. It analyses the co-constitutive nature of   Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet Teaching period:
language and culture, and examines how this relationship         2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
can be explored in the TESOL context.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              CLN650 Information-Learning Nexus
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                         This unit supports the critical, ethical and creative
                                                                 engagement of teacher-librarians, educators and
CLN621 Principles of English as a Foreign Language               information professionals with a diverse array of information,
(EFL) Methodology                                                concepts, technologies, social networks, resources and
International students preparing to become English               practices pertinent to contemporary information-learning
language teachers in EFL contexts require knowledge of           environments. The unit develops conceptual and strategic
current approaches to and issues in English language             approaches to enable independent and connected learning
methodology. The key principles and concepts involved in         via libraries and other information-rich learning sites.
language teachers’ decision-making relate to: theories of        Credit points: 12        Campus: Internet and External
language, theories of language learning and teaching and         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
social and cultural factors which influence both teachers and
learners in language classrooms. This unit responds to the       CLN651 Multiliteracies and Communication: Purpose,
demand for more specifically EFL-oriented teacher                Context and Audience
preparation which caters to recent graduates from overseas       The digital revolution in communication and information
contexts who have not yet begun their professional careers       technologies has created new forms of literacy that have
as EFL teachers.                                                 helped to produce a globalised world and text exchange that
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  is more complex than it has ever been. The unit aims to
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                provide you with opportunities to develop theoretical and
                                                                 applied literacies knowledge for a range of purposes and
CLN622 Professional Practice in the EFL Context                  audiences and to apply multiliteracies pedagogy across
International students wishing to become EFL (English as a       professional contexts.
Foreign Language) teachers in their home contexts but            Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove and External
have no prior teaching experience require a foundational         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
orientation to both general classroom practice and EFL
teaching strategies. This unit is designed to provide this       CLN653 Disciplinary Literacies
primary orientation and introduction to the core principles      To be literate within subject disciplines requires much more
and practices associated with teaching English in EFL            than reading and writing different genres. It is important to
contexts.                                                        explore a variety of designs of meaning such as audio,
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  visual, spatial, gestural and linguistic as they pertain to
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                particular texts or media within disciplines. Disciplinary
                                                                 literacies are not only about learning established
CLN641 From Theory To Practice - Practical                       knowledge, but also about questioning it, relating it to life-
Applications In The TESOL Classroom                              worlds and offering alternatives as new knowledge is
This unit focuses on Communicative Language Teaching             produced.
(CLT). It extends students' knowledge of the general trends      Credit points: 12
in methodology learned in CLN612, by providing a
theoretical basis for CLT and various opportunities to apply     CLN654 Grammar, Text Types and Modes of Delivery
the theoretical framework to classroom practice.                 This unit provides opportunities to investigate grammatical
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              knowledge appropriate to a range of singular and
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SUM-1                         multimodal text types and to (de)construct text according to
                                                                 that knowledge. Participants will explore their own




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2838
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

multimodal text interests through advanced studies in               External   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
grammar.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and                CLP402 Business Education Curriculum Studies 1
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                This is the first of three complementary units in the teaching
                                                                    of Business Education. The three units have been designed
CLN655 Contexts and Issues in Vocational Education                  to help prepare you for a professional role as a teacher of
This unit examines theoretical frameworks for                       lower and senior secondary school Business Education
understanding vocational education in international, national       subjects (Accounting Business Management, Business
and local contexts. The educational and political nature of         Communication Technologies, Economics, Legal Studies,
VE is explored, along with its impact on administrators,            and ICT. In this first unit, the focus will be on curriculum
registered training organisations and other businesses. VE          development and teaching approaches in Lower Secondary
policies and procedures are now integral to most post-              Business and ICT Education.
compulsory educational settings throughout the developed            Assumed knowledge: 48 credit points of appropriate
world.                                                              Accounting/Business Management or Business
Credit points: 12       Campus: Internet and External               Communication Technologies or Legal Studies or
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                         Information Communication Technology discipline studies is
                                                                    assumed knowledge.           Credit points: 12      Campus:
CLN657 The Creative Public Educator                                 Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
For public education to effectively engage with the                 and 2010 SEM-2
challenges, risks and rewards posed by our globalised, ICT-
enabled highly innovative society, public school teachers           CLP403 Business Education Curriculum Studies 2
and administrators will need new professional knowledges            (Business Communication and Technology)
and skills and the capacity to engage actively in                   This unit is the second in a suite of three complementary
pedagogical innovation and curriculum design. Only through          units which can be undertaken in Business Education. It has
such creative approaches will the work of public school             been designed to expand on previous planning and
teachers and administrators remain relevant, vibrant,               teaching strategies with a major focus on assessment.
meaningful and accountable in contemporary contexts.                Students will examine the QSA Senior BCT Syllabus to
Credit points: 12       Campus: Internet and External               understand mandatory aspects of the syllabus and will
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                         prepare students for their professional role as a teacher of
                                                                    secondary business education subjects, in particular, BCT
CLN659 Children's Literature: Criticism and Practice                Prerequisites: CLP402 (can be enrolled in the same
School libraries and classrooms are spaces where multi-             teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet
literacies and multi-modal textualities are constant and ever-      and Kelvin Grove      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and
increasing presences in the daily and educational lives of          2010 SEM-2
students and staff. This unit provides teachers and teacher-
librarians with a range of tools, strategies, and approaches        CLP404 Business Education Curriculum Studies 2
for the critical analysis of children's literature, which in turn   (Accounting and Business Management)
will enable them to communicate critically with students and        This unit is the second in a suite of three complementary
stakeholders in classrooms and libraries                            units which can be undertaken in Business Education. It has
Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                       been designed to expand on previous planning and
                                                                    teaching strategies with a major focus on assessment.
CLP400 Middle Years: Multiliteracies                                Students will examine the QSA Senior Accounting and
This unit provides students with the opportunity to develop         Business Organisation and Management Syllabi to
concepts of themselves as life-long learners and to                 understand mandatory aspects of each syllabus. This unit
demonstrate capacities as effective communicators across            will prepare students for their professional role as a teacher
media through engagement with critical and socio-cultural           of secondary business education subjects, in particular,
principles of language and literacy education. The unit             Accounting and Business Organisation and Management.
models curriculum development principles, inclusivity and           Prerequisites: CLP402 (can be enrolled in the same
reflective practices that involve problem-based learning.           teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and                and Kelvin Grove      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                 2010 SEM-2

CLP401 Middle Years: Transdisciplinary Arts and SOSE                CLP406 Legal Studies Education Curriculum Studies
This unit aims to enhance students
 understanding of the            This unit is the second in a suite of three complementary
nature of SOSE and the ARTS as curriculum areas and to              units which can be undertaken in either the Business
highlight the advantages of bringing these areas of learning        Education or Social Education streams. It has been
together. It also aims to provide the opportunity to engage         designed to expand on previous planning and teaching
with the relevant syllabus and curriculum documents by              strategies with a major focus on assessment. Students will
translating goals and outcomes into innovative middle-years         examine the QSA Legal Studies Syllabus to understand
teaching units.                                                     mandatory aspects of the syllabus. This unit will prepare
                                                                    students for their professional role as a teacher of
                                                                    secondary Legal Studies.
Credit points: 12      Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and           Prerequisites: CLP402 or CLP414 (can be enrolled in the




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2839
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

same teaching period)     Credit points: 12  Campus:           points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove           Teaching period:
Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1          2010 SEM-1
and 2010 SEM-2
                                                               CLP413 Languages Education Curriculum Studies 3
CLP407 Business Education Curriculum Studies 3                 This unit focuses on the development of effective language
This unit, the final of three complementary units in the       programs and assessment practices for secondary
teaching of Business and ICT Education, will develop further   students, including Senior assessment and outcomes-based
your professional knowledge and skills as a learner-focused    assessment in a variety of contexts. This unit aims to
educator and skilled curriculum developer. The unit explores   support you in expanding your teaching repertoire so that
relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements        you can provide all learners with an effective learning
essential for teachers of Business and ICT Education in the    environment based on a critical awareness of good
twenty-first century classroom.                                professional practice.
Prerequisites: CLP403, CLP404, CLP406, or MDP455
(can be enrolled in the same teaching period)        Credit
points: 12       Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove             Prerequisites: CLP411 (can be enrolled in the same
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                     teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin
                                                               Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
CLP408 English Education Curriculum Studies 1
An introduction to English teaching in secondary schools,      CLP414 Social Education Curriculum Studies 1
providing an indispensable foundation for subsequent           This is the first of three complementary units in Social
English Curriculum Studies. You will develop an                Education curriculum aimed at preparing you to teach Social
understanding of language learners, and of the theories of     Science subjects in the lower secondary school. This unit
language and texts which underpin secondary English            focuses on recent developments within the curriculum area
curriculum and pedagogy and which condition students
          of social education, with particular reference to the field of
learning within English classrooms. You will have              Studies of Society and Environment (SOSE)  a national
opportunities during your field studies to conduct inquiry-    Key Learning Area. It explores the theoretical context for
oriented language-focused observations of a range of           these curriculum areas, and places emphasis on the links
students, evaluate their language learning needs and devise    between theory and practice.
appropriate learning experiences for them.                     Assumed knowledge: 48 credit points of appropriate
Assumed knowledge: 48 credit points of appropriate             Geography or Legal Studies or History or Social Education
English discipline studies is assumed knowledge. Credit        discipline studies is assumed knowledge. Credit points:
points: 12       Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove             12     Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove           Teaching
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                     period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

CLP410 English Education Curriculum Studies 3                  CLP415 Social Education Curriculum Studies 2
In this unit, you will develop and implement your              (Geography)
understanding of the range of disciplinary approaches (such    This is the second of three complementary units to be taken
as Literary and Cultural Studies, Film and Media Studies,      in the Social Education stream. This unit has been designed
and sociolinguistics) which contribute to secondary English    specifically to prepare you for a professional role as a
curriculum and pedagogy. The policy context is the             teacher of geography in the years of secondary school. It
Queensland English Syllabus for Years 11 and 12, Senior        will build on the planning and teaching strategies developed
English Communication (SAS), the Senior English                in your first curriculum studies unit. In this second
Extension (Literature) Syllabus, and school to work            curriculum unit you will explore in depth theories that
transition programs. You will learn to evaluate and develop    influence approaches to teaching in geography and ways of
English work programs for students in the post-compulsory      catering for diversity in the classroom.
years.                                                         Prerequisites: CLP414 (can be enrolled in the same
Prerequisites: CLP409 (can be enrolled in the same             teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet,
teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet,           Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1          and 2010 SEM-2
and 2010 SEM-2
                                                               CLP416 Social Education Curriculum Studies 2
CLP411 Languages Education Curriculum Studies 1                (History)
Languages Education Curriculum Studies 1 aims to develop       This is the second of three complementary units in Social
your understanding of the language learning process and        Education curriculum designed to prepare you for a
your awareness of the place of languages in the school         professional role as a teacher of Senior Social Science
curriculum. This unit will focus on developing your            subjects in the secondary school. This unit builds on the
understanding of language learning, the place of languages     focus of your first curriculum studies unit and extends your
and literacies in the school curriculum and the role of the    knowledge and understanding of the nature of history and
language teacher in developing linguistic and cultural         historical inquiry developed in the History Curriculum
awareness.                                                     Elective.
Assumed knowledge: 72 credit points of appropriate             Prerequisites: CLP414 (can be enrolled in the same
language discipline studies or native speaker of the           teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet,
language to be taught is assumed knowledge.         Credit     Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2840
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

and 2010 SEM-2                                                      The aim of this unit is to provide you with principles and
                                                                    practices about (i) the nature of Film and Media Curriculum
CLP417 Social Education Curriculum Studies 2 (Senior                in specific discipline areas and across the curriculum (ii)
Social Science)                                                     how lower secondary students learn about Film and Media,
This is the second in a suite of three complementary units          and the curriculum documents that are used to support this
which are undertaken in the Social Education Stream. This           (iii) how to provide quality planned experiences and
unit has been designed to prepare you for a professional            supportive environments for learning.
role as a teacher of secondary school Senior Social Science         Assumed knowledge: 48 credit points of appropriate Film
subjects. The aim of this unit is to provide you with               and Media discipline studies is assumed knowledge.
opportunities to develop an understanding of teaching and           Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
learning and assessment in the social sciences within the           period: 2010 SEM-1
senior secondary school.
Prerequisites: CLP414 (can be enrolled in the same                  CLP424 Film and Media Education Curriculum Studies 3
teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet,                The aim of this unit is to provide you with principles and
Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1               practices related to (i) video and media production from pre
and 2010 SEM-2                                                      to post production (ii) secondary school media production
                                                                    and the challenges students face (iii) strategies for
CLP418 Social Education Curriculum Studies 3                        successful group collaborative learning and project work.
This is the third of three complementary units in Social            Prerequisites: CLP423 (can be enrolled in the same
Education curriculum. The aim of this unit is to provide you        teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin
with opportunities to develop an understanding of the ways          Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
in which new policies and initiatives have impacted on
teaching and learning in social sciences and specific               CLP425 Primary English: P-7
discipline studies in the senior school.                            The aims of this unit are to provide you with opportunities to
Prerequisites: CLP406, CLP415, CLP416, or CLP417 (can               build knowledge and skills for teaching diverse groups of
be enrolled in the same teaching period) Credit points:             students to comprehend and construct text. You will use
12    Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and External                   contemporary perspectives to design engaging experiences
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                          and environments that promote effective literacy practices
                                                                    for students in the primary years of schooling. As your
CLP419 Social Education Curriculum - Senior History                 personal and professional literacy skills are crucial for
The aim of this elective unit is to provide you with                teaching, a further aim of the unit is for you to develop your
opportunities to develop an understanding of teaching and           own literacy capabilities
learning in history. You will investigate how learning through      Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
historical inquiry develops specific historical understandings      period: 2010 SEM-1
and skills that are the foundations for historical literacy. This
unit provides opportunities for you to critique how recent          CNB402 Investment Theory
developments in historical education are impacting upon             Construction Managers need to understand how property is
curriculum development and teaching approaches in Senior            valued and the different aspects of land that affect the
Ancient and/or Senior Modern History.                               value. This unit includes content on concepts of valuation,
Assumed knowledge: 48 credit points of History discipline           types of landed property, income, and ownership costs and
units is assumed knowledge.             Credit points: 12           capitalisation rates. Students are also provided with
Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and External Teaching                concepts of investment theory including NPV, IRR and
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                  MIRR.
                                                                    Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
CLP421 Primary Lote Curriculum Studies                              Gardens Point
This unit is designed for students who have completed or
are completing relevant language studies in Chinese,                CNB408 Advanced Building and Civil Construction
French, German, Japanese, Italian or Indonesian and are             This unit focuses on non-standard buildings and structures
intending to work as LOTE teachers in the primary sector.           in terms of constructability, construction methodology,
The aim of this unit is to develop your understanding of the        planning, estimating, scheduling and site organisation.
second language learning process and your awareness of              Significance of temporary works and the inherent need for
the place of languages in the primary school curriculum.            planning and safety are included. Students study in detail
You will also be encouraged to become reflective                    the methods and equipment employed in the construction of
learners/teachers able to analyse the contexts in which you         earthworks, heavy foundations, steel fabrication and
work, deal confidently with policy and curriculum issues and        erection, marine and water retaining structures, roadworks
make soundly-based professional judgments designed to               and bridges, mechanical erection and electrical structures.
maximize learning for all students.                                 The unit concludes with the broader issues of environmental
Assumed knowledge: 72 credit points in Language studies             management, construction weather forecasting and the
is assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12 Campus:                     management and social issues of work in remote locations.
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                    Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:
CLP422 Film and Media Education Curriculum Studies 1                Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2841
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  Gardens Point
CNB409 Professional Practice 1
Professional experience forms an integral part of the             CNB481 Construction Dispute Management
academic program, allowing the students the opportunity to        A claim or dispute may arise between an owner and a
put into practice accumulated theory and simulated practical      contractor in contract negligence, nuisance or trespass
work. The aim of this unit is to facilitate students gaining      relating to the performance of commercial or domestic
relevant professional experience and varied management            building work. Rights and obligations exist in the
knowledge and skills in approved employment for a                 performance of building work and participants should use
minimum of 100 days. A diary and logbook are to be                appropriate techniques to avoid and manage disputes. This
completed and signed by employer. A key learning feature          unit helps students develop the skills required to avoid and
of this unit is the identification of a problem at the students   manage disputes. It includes the following: analysis of
employment and the preparation of a case study report on          reasons that disputes occur; sources of disputes; statutory
an actual development project, providing direct insight into      obligations to rectify defects; formal dispute resolution
the task of problem solving and delivering real projects.         through tribunal and courts system; pro-active dispute
                                                                  avoidance techniques; preparation and presentation of a
Credit points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week       Campus:      claim/response to a claim; role of an expert witness in
Gardens Point                                                     disputes; and costs of disputes and wa
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
CNB424 Specialist Measurement
Measurement is a core skill amongst building professionals.       CNB482 Measurement 4
This skill is particularly important to students in relation to   Measurement is a core skill amongst building professionals.
the production of quantified documents for the purposes of        This skill is particularly important in relation to the
tendering and estimating. This unit is offered in the final       production of quantified documents for the purposes of
year of the course due to the unusual and advanced nature         tendering and estimating. This unit covers the following: an
of the construction technology to be measured. The unit           examination of the latest software used in the generation of
covers the following: unusual building works; civil               quantities, estimates and capital cost/life cycle cost plans
engineering works including earthworks, roadworks and             including advanced CAD applications; measurement used
piling; heavy engineering works including                         to produce financial asset management statements
refinery/processing plant, mining and offshore platforms.         including due diligence and sinking funds; and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               measurement and assessment of environmental impact of
Gardens Point                                                     buildings.
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
CNB425 International Construction
In this unit students examine history, culture, language,         CNB490-1 Research Dissertation
government and business structure and practices,                  To produce a written dissertation on a topic of their choice,
construction methodology, construction management, and            students will embark on a research project culminating in its
general business practices in a country or countries other        presentation. Progression will be closely monitored and
than Australia, specifically those where issues and practices     assistance provided by individual supervisors who will guide
differ from common Australian practice. An optional student-      the student through the process.
funded international trip may be offered (likely to be 2-4        Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
weeks) to allow students to experience first-hand the
country studied during the semester allowing students to          CNB490-2 Research Dissertation
immerse themselves in the culture and further enhance their       To produce a written dissertation on a topic of their choice,
language skills. Students will be involved in site visits and     students will embark on a research project culminating in its
workshop (studio) type activities during the tour.                presentation. Progression will be closely monitored and
                                                                  assistance provided by individual supervisors who will guide
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:      the student through the process.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point

CNB433 Dissertation A                                             CNN442-1 Dissertation
This unit allows students to explore underlying theory, and       Students develop the skills necessary for conducting
maximise the opportunity to investigate and develop an area       independent research by completing a dissertation on a
of personal interest. The focus is on the following: research     chosen topic under the guidance of an appointed
methodology; data collection and analysis; information            supervisor. The approved research topic must be in an area
literacy; information retrieval skills; literature review and     related to project management or property development.
research proposal writing activities; Statistical analysis is     The unit also incorporates lectures in research
also included: introduction to statistics including the role of   methodology, and information retrieval skills.
statistics; data types and properties; data reduction and         Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
pictorial presentation; numerical description of data such as     period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
population and samples; descriptive statistics; measure of
central tendency; measures of dispersion; grouped data and        CNN442-2 Dissertation
misuse of descriptive statistics.                                 Students develop the skills necessary for conducting
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               independent research by completing a dissertation on a




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2842
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

chosen topic under the guidance of an appointed
supervisor. The approved research topic must be in an area        DAB210 Architectural Design 2
related to project management or property development.            This unit offers a focused introduction to the field of design
The unit also incorporates lectures in research                   through engagement with the explicit process of design as
methodology, and information retrieval skills.                    applied to architecture. It uses developmental exercises to
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  enhance student perceptions of the built environment in a
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 problem based learning environment. Architectural design
                                                                  as a manageable process in explored through a number of
CNP551 Project Human Resource Management                          exercises and design projects. Discrete steps in the process
The most valuable and possibly expensive resource a               of architectural design are made explicit through staged
project manager has is people. The manager needs to know          activities that build to a complete design project. Orthogonal
how to maximise this resource by working with all those           drawing exercises, freehand sketching, presentation
involved in the project. This unit introduces students to         graphics, and model making all form part of the unit content.
theory and skills in project management as they are applied       Teaching and learning activities are spread across lectures,
to managing the people aspects of projects. Theories will be      tutorials, and studio based activities.
examined as they apply to practical issues. In addition to        Prerequisites: DAB110 Equivalents: ADB002 Credit
lectures on the human aspects of project management, an           points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus:
important component of this unit is experiential learning         Gardens Point          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
through group dynamics and workshops.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               DAB220 Placemaking in Architecture
Gardens Point                                                     The unit aims to promote students' awareness of concepts
                                                                  of environmental psychology such as territory, community,
CTB300 Internship                                                 privacy, personal space and spatial perception from a
Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator approval and        variety of cultural perspectives. It also includes an
96 credit points of prior studies    Credit points: 12            introduction to the ways in which architecture is practiced
Campus: Caboolture Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and                and the concept of professionalism as it pertains to
2010 SEM-2                                                        architectural practice. Further the unit explores social and
                                                                  cultural relationships between people and the institutions of
CTB301 Project                                                    society through the study of introductory sociology, cultural
                                                                  analysis and political economy. Teaching and learning
Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator approval and        activities are spread across lectures, tutorials, and studio
96 credit points of prior studies. Credit points: 12              based activities.
                                                                  Assumed knowledge: DEB102 is assumed knowledge.
CTB302 Special Topics                                             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
In this unit, students follow a specialised program agreed to     Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
by the academic staff member and the student. It may
involve in-depth examination of an issue of importance,           DAB310 Architectural Design 3
supervised work based experience, or the completion of a          This intermediate level unit in architectural design uses
significant work related project such as a business plan or       developmental exercises to enhance student perceptions of
programming assignment.                                           the built environment in a problem based learning
Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator approval and        environment. Design problems of increased complexity are
96 credit points of prior studies.       Credit points: 12        tackled through a process of abstraction, experimentation,
Contact hours: Arranged with Course Coordinator                   representation, imagination, and testing. Advanced
Campus: Caboolture                                                orthogonal drawing, freehand sketching, presentation
                                                                  graphics, documentation techniques, and model making all
DAB110 Architectural Design 1                                     form part of the unit content. Teaching and learning
This unit offers a broad introduction to the field of design as   activities are spread across lectures, tutorials, workshops
applied to architecture. It uses developmental exercises to       and studio based activities.
enhance student perceptions of the built environment in a         Prerequisites: DAB210 Equivalents: ADB003 Credit
problem based learning environment. Analysis of the               points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:
constructed environment leads to a number of design               Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
projects that engage with issues of context, tectonics,
planning, form, and spatial quality. Orthogonal drawing           DAB325 Architecture in the 20th Century
exercises, freehand sketching, presentation graphics and          Designers in any discipline should possess the ability to
model making all form part of the unit content. Teaching and      appreciate the history of art, design and architecture. In
learning activities are spread across lectures, tutorials, and    addition, they should be able to analyse developments in
studio based activities.                                          design history from multiple perspectives. This unit is a
Prerequisites: DEB103 or DLB130 or DNB101 or DTB101.              survey course of the history and theory of architecture from
DEB103 can be studied in the same teaching period as              the beginning of the 20th century to the present. Teaching
DAB110 Equivalents: ADB001 Credit points: 12                      and learning takes place through three forms of structured
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                   activity: lectures, tutorials, and online.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                       Assumed knowledge: DAB220 is assumed knowledge.
                                                                  Equivalents: ADB011            Credit points: 12   Contact




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2843
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point              Teaching      materials, common construction practices used in dwellings,
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                 single storey and class 10 buildings. Comparison of building
                                                                   systems and their effect on domestic building design will be
DAB330 Integrated Technologies 1                                   explored in detail. Students will be introduced to the
This is the first discipline-based unit in the Technology and      construction aspects of the BCA including its housing
Science design stream, through the introduction and                provisions and associated codes for all types of buildings to
application of the architectural principles for Environmental      assist to achieve the requirements for building approvals.
Design (including sustainability, lighting, and acoustics),        Assumed knowledge: DAB330 is assumed knowledge.
Construction, and Structures. It introduces students to the        Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
basic technologies and sciences associated with                    Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
architectural practice and in particular technical skills
required for simple design projects.                               DAB510 Architectural Design 5
                                                                   This unit offers a focused intermediate level investigation
Thermal characteristics of building materials, bioclimatic         into the field of design as applied to architecture. It uses
chart analysis, climate and climatic elements as                   developmental exercises to enhance student perceptions of
environmental factors influencing architectural design, basic      the built environment in a problem based learning
climatic regions and climate responsive building design,           environment. A particular emphasis is placed on the
solar heating and cooling of buildings, thermal performance        introduction of knowledge and skills to design a
analysis, environmentally sustainable building materials,          technologically enhanced architectural space with the aid of
colour, natural and artificial lighting, ventilation, and          digitally mediated tools and methods while design theory,
condensation will be forming the Environmental Design              sustainability, sociology, history and critique, as they all
topics.                                                            apply to architectural design, all form part of the unit
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:                content. Design projects require synthesis of a range of
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                          abstract issues to achieve focused architectural proposals.
                                                                   Teaching and learning activities are spread across lectures,
DAB410 Architectural Design 4                                      tutorials, and studio based activities.
This unit offers an intermediate level investigation into the      Prerequisites: DAB410 Equivalents: ADB005 Credit
field of design as applied to architecture. It uses                points: 12       Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus:
developmental exercises to enhance student perceptions of          Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
the built environment in a problem based learning
environment. Complex design problems deal with issues of           DAB525 Architecture and the City
social context, ethics, values, as well as the physical            This unit aims to give a comprehensive overview of issues
constraints of site, materials, climate, and technology.           and techniques relevant to architectural design at an urban
Design projects require the management of conflicting              scale. Teaching and learning activities are spread across
constraints to achieve optimal design proposals.                   lectures, tutorials, and studio based activities.
Precedence, typologies, research and analysis, and                 Assumed knowledge: DAB325 and DAB420 are assumed
representation techniques all form part of the unit content.       knowledge. Equivalents: ADB013 Credit points: 12
Teaching and learning activities are spread across lectures,       Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
tutorials, and studio based activities.                            Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: DAB310 Equivalents: ADB004 Credit
points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:         DAB530 Integrated Technologies 2
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   The aim of the structure segment of the unit is to familiarize
                                                                   students with the qualitative influences of structural systems
DAB420 Architecture, Culture and Space                             on the design development of buildings. In particular the
Architecture is, arguably, a measure of a community's              possibilities and limits of building structure are explored in
cultural mores; it reflects the attitudes, values and beliefs of   relation to architectural intention through the use of
its period. In this unit students are introduced to the diverse    exemplar. The aim of the construction segment is to
architectural traditions of Australasia, and an appreciation of    familiarize students with various construction systems used
architecture through the understanding of Asian cultures, as       in medium-rise commercial buildings. Here the emphasis is
well as the development of architectural culture through the       on the criteria to be used for the selection of appropriate
processes of historical colonial expansion into the region. It     systems and their associated materials.
will give students an overview of both the history and             Assumed knowledge: DAB330 and DAB435 are assumed
current trends of Australian architecture and locate it within     knowledge. Equivalents: ADB024 Credit points: 12
the context of the larger Asia-Pacific region. Teaching and        Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
learning is conducted through problem-based learning with          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
supporting lectures and tutorials.
Assumed knowledge: DAB220 is assumed knowledge.                    DAB610 Architectural Design 6
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:                This unit will develop greater complexity in architectural
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                          design skills in an urban context with a focus on ethical and
                                                                   sustainable design solutions and practice. This requires the
DAB435 Architectural Technology 1                                  synthesis of issues, ideas, knowledge and techniques of
The unit will explore various forms of domestic construction       architectural design as a holistic practice.
with particular reference to general properties of building        Prerequisites: DAB510 Equivalents: ADB006 Credit




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2844
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

points: 12   Contact hours: 4 per week  Campus:                    all form part of the unit content. Design projects require
Gardens Point   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        synthesis of a range of abstract issues to achieve focused
                                                                   architectural proposals. Teaching and learning activities are
DAB635 Architectural Technology 2                                  spread across lectures, tutorials, and studio based activities.
It is a fundamental task of architectural design to achieve        Equivalents: ADB009, ADB067, ADN067 Credit points:
the comfort requirements of the users. This unit aims to           12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
promote students’ understanding and awareness of the                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
control of indoor conditions through the effective design and
integration of building services. Students will participate in a   DAN110 Architectural Theory and Research 1
simulated office practice, producing Building Code of              This unit offers an advanced exploration of digital generative
Australia compliant construction documentation for low-rise        processes for the development
buildings.                                                         of conceptual, formal and tectonic ideas articulating
Assumed knowledge: DAB435 is assumed knowledge.                    architectural concerns and extending investigations
Equivalents: ADB025           Credit points: 12        Contact     undertaken in the Masters Studios.
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   Equivalents: ADB051         Credit points: 12        Contact
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                 hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                   period: 2010 SEM-1
DAB710 Architectural Design 7
This unit offers an advanced level investigation into the field    DAN125 Contemporary Architectural Culture
of design as applied to architecture, with particular focus on     This unit provides the opportunity for the students to
Urban Design issues that come to bear in the design of a           become aware of and to debate the innovative and
building.                                                          advanced projects and critical thinking in the international
On completion of this unit you should be able to;                  field of architecture of the contemporary time. It provides the
demonstrate, through your project work, your understanding         framework in which the student can locate individual
of cities and an awareness of the forces shaping their             research and design activities. It prepares the student to
development. Demonstrate that you have developed critical,         make informed and creative decisions in professional life.
analytical and speculative research skills applicable to           Teaching and learning takes place through three forms of
urban situations. Adopt a reasoned position in relation to an      structured activity: lectures, tutorials, and online.
architectural problem and to argue, speculate and design           Equivalents: ADN014, ADB014              Credit points: 12
from that position. Demonstrate judgement that enables the         Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
identification of design opportunities at an urban scale that
inform architectural design decisions.                             DAN135 Advanced Topics in Architectural Technlogy 1
Prerequisites: DAB610 Equivalents: ADB007 Credit                   The unit aims to promote student understanding of
points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:        advanced techniques for the design of environmentally
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                   friendly, sustainable, and healthy high-rise buildings. It will
                                                                   foster an understanding of the design and advanced
DAB810 Architectural Design 8                                      techniques for natural day lighting of deep interiors and to
This unit offers an advanced level investigation into the field    promote detailed understanding of advanced construction
of design as applied to architecture, with particular building     techniques for high-rise and special structures. In all these
type or architectural topic. The unit draws on the breadth of      areas the unit aims to promote understanding of the way in
knowledge students have attained through the process of            which these advanced technologies influence the design
their architectural education.                                     and procurement of buildings together with an integrated
On completion of this unit you will be able to: Demonstrate        overview of high-rise building services, promoting
your understanding of the design process. Demonstrate              awareness of the coordination role of specialist building
your development of a range of critical, analytical and            consultants, and the legal requirements of building services.
speculative research skills applicable to architectural design     Equivalents: ADB026          Credit points: 12       Contact
projects. Establish a defensible position in relation to an        hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
architectural problem and to speculate, design and argue           period: 2010 SEM-1
from that position. Demonstrate your development of
judgement that enables the identification of opportunities         DAN200 Master Studio B
that inform architectural design decisions.                        This unit offers a focused high level investigation into the
Prerequisites: DAB710 Equivalents: ADB008 Credit                   field of design as applied to architecture through the
points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:        investigation of a complex design problem as a final project
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   to demonstrate high level design proficiency. It uses
                                                                   developmental exercises to enhance and extend student
DAN100 Master Studio A                                             perceptions of the built environment in a problem-based
This unit offers a focused high level investigation into the       learning environment. Design projects require synthesis of a
field of design as applied to architecture through the             range of abstract issues to achieve focused architectural
investigation of a complex design problem. It uses                 proposals, explored and developed to a professional
developmental exercises to enhance student perceptions of          standard.
the built environment in a problem based learning                  Prerequisites: DAN100 Equivalents: ADN053, ADB053
environment. Design theory, sustainability, sociology,              Credit points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week
history and critique, as they all apply to architectural design,   Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2845
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                 underpinnings of urban and regional planning through an
DAN220 Architectural Theory and Research 2                       investigation of a variety of ideas about planning. It also
This unit allows you to research a specialist architectural      links ideas about the nature and purpose of planning with
topic of your choosing; based on the research proposal of        ideas about professional ethics. Because it is based on
the pre-requisite unit (DAN110). The unit requires               utilising students' previous experience it comes in a later
professional standards of practice for the research and          semester of the course.
analysis of data, and tutorial guidance will be tailored to      Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
your own project. Research and analysis work will be
presented in a written mini-thesis and at an end-of-semester     DBP414 Regional and Metropolitan Policy
conference.                                                      Relevant and effective regional and metropolitan policies
Prerequisites: DAN110 Equivalents: ADN052 Credit                 must draw upon a wide range of knowledge and skills
points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:       integrating regionalism, demography, economics, human
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  activities, central place theory, regional resource evaluation,
                                                                 social organisation and public administration. These operate
DAN230 Advanced Studio in Integrated Technologies                and need to be understood at both global and regional
This unit offers a high level investigation into the field of    scales. The resulting synthesis must be applied within
design as applied to architecture, with particular emphasis      specific regions. In order to achieve this, the unit is
on the integration of technological solutions in architecture,   designed to focus and apply material from diverse
as a form of ‘output’ from the design process. It engages        disciplines and locations to current regional and
with the application of innovative building construction and     metropolitan policy issues in South East Queensland.
environmental control systems and their development              Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
through detailed design and contract documentation
processes.                                                       DBP415 Professional Practice or Research Project
Prerequisites: DAN135        Credit points: 12      Contact      This unit offers students the choice of undertaking a
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 supervised individual research project or a structured period
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               of professional practice. The two are offered in the one unit
                                                                 in order to encourage synthesis between research and
DAN245 Professional Practice                                     professional activities. Both activities are most appropriate
This unit investigates the business and practice of              in the final semester of the course, allowing students to
architecture. It provides a detailed understanding of the        build on and integrate their previous experience. This unit
organisation, structure and management of an architectural       also provides a stepping stone for students continuing on to
office, defining and examining the range of activities and       the Master of Urban and Regional Planning by providing
professional services undertaken within the office from          either a first stage to an advanced research project or an
contractual engagement to the completion of an                   introduction to an advanced professional practice project.
architectural project. The unit reviews the laws and statutory   Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
regulations that control the practice of architecture.
Equivalents: ADN033, ADB033              Credit points: 12       DBP417 Comparative Planning
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  This unit focuses the comparative dimension within the
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      course by introducing students to the practice of urban and
                                                                 regional planning in specific locations and contexts either
DBP407 Environmental Planning and Management                     through attendance on a field course or at an approved
This unit seeks to introduce students to the theories,           conference.
processes and tools of environmental planning and                Credit points: 0 Campus: Gardens Point
management. The unit provides the student with a basic
understanding of a range of environmental issues and             DBP502 Professional Practice or Research Dissertation
concerns relevant to planning issues and problems. It            This unit is the central element of the Master of Urban and
addresses the broad range of planning decisions that affect      Regional Planning. Because the Masters is intended for
the environment.                                                 students with advanced professional or advanced academic
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                          intentions, this unit allows either for professional
                                                                 development through a period of mentored professional
DBP410 Research Methods in Planning                              practice or research development through supervised
This unit introduces students to the range of research           individual advanced research. The two are combined into a
methods available to them as planners and provides a             single unit in order to encourage synthesis between
critical format in which they can assess the efficacy and        research and professional activities. The unit is an
suitability of these methods. It also provides practical         extension of the study completed in DBP415 Professional
experience in using relevant methods and techniques to           Practice or Research Project in the Graduate Diploma in
address current planning issues.                                 Urban and Regional Planning. The unit will normally be
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point                          linked to the student/staff seminars in DBP503 Masters
                                                                 Seminar.
DBP412 Planning Theory and Ethics                                Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Students learn about the conceptual basis to their               period: 2010 SEM-1
profession and are inculcated with a sound basis of
professional ethics. This unit explores the theoretical




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2846
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DEB100 Introducing Professional Learning
This unit will introduce students to a range of skills and       DEB201 Digital Communication
knowledge sets required to support professional practice in      This unit introduces students to the foundational aspects of
design disciplines. It will include information literacy and     digital design communication, placing generic design in
communication skills and knowledge development. In               context and focusing on multidisciplinarity in the stages of
addition, the unit will provide orientation to design            the design process. This unit is an approach to the theory
professions through an introduction to their history, their      and practice of digital media, exploring the translation from
place in society, the importance of ethical conduct to their     manual to digital media in design communication and
practice and to the particular qualities of professional         presentation.
knowledge especially with regard to practice knowledge.          Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
The importance of integrated scholarship and collaborative       Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
links with other professions will be highlighted.
Equivalents: BEB100          Credit points: 12      Contact      DEB500 Participatory Methods and Practices in Design
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 This unit is the disciplinary practice-focussed unit within the
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               ‘Design for Community Engagement and Participation’
                                                                 minor set.
DEB101 Introducing Design                                        After completing the introductory/ professional studies in
Please note: this unit is only available to First Year DE40      human services, this practically oriented unit will introduce
students.                                                        you to a range of participatory design methods and allow
                                                                 you to contextualize these skills by applying them to resolve
This unit offers a uniquely broad introduction to the field of   community-based design scenarios of direct relevance to
design as applied across the design disciplines. It uses         the built environment professions.
exercises to enhance student perceptions of the natural and      Prerequisites: HHB212 or HHB216 Credit points: 12
human made environments in a problem based learning              Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
context. The unit is block taught over several weeks during
the semester and will include students from a range of           DEB601 Collaborative Design
design disciplines participating in a four day field trip        The experience of cross-disciplinary design collaboration is
(students unable to attend participate in an alternative         considered a significant aspect of the preparation of design
program). Students work individually and in cross-               students for future professional practice. This unit provides
disciplinary teams in a stimulating and immersive                such an experience through a collaborative design studio.
environment. This unit covers content of problem solving,        Collaboration will be addresses and fostered by students
team work, visualisation and communication, and                  working on a design studio project that facilitates cross-
environmental awareness.                                         disciplinary collaboration and introduces them to various
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:              forms of collaboration. Through the projects student will be
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        exposed to the discourse of design disciplines other than
                                                                 their own while at the same time being able to build on
DEB102 Introducing Design History                                discipline specific skills, knowledge and attitudes.
This unit encompasses a broad survey of the history of           Assumed knowledge: First and second year DE40 design
design from the civilizations of antiquity to the opening of     units is assumed knowledge Credit points: 12 Contact
the 20th century – including architecture, industrial design,    hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
interior design and landscape architecture. It is a first year   period: 2010 SEM-2
foundation unit and serves as preparation for more detailed
and specialized studies in history and theory in subsequent      DEB701 Design and Research
years. Key designs, ideas and artefacts and the aesthetic,       This unit is a core unit common to architectural studies,
environmental, technological, socio-cultural and political       landscape architecture, industrial design and interior design.
factors that related to their production will be analysed.       The unit is project based and introduces students to
Equivalents: ADB931         Credit points: 12       Contact      research methods and methodologies that have relevance
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 in design practice. It also provides a foundation for higher
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               degree research. The content covered in this unit includes:
                                                                 • philosophical context of research in, of and through design
DEB200 Introducing Sustainability                                • qualitative research incorporating methodologies and
This unit will enable you as a graduating Built Environment      methods of relevance to design
and Engineering professional to take active and positive         • research rigour and ethics
steps to transform professional practice in ways that            • developing a research plan
promote the sustainability of our planet, our economy and        • literature searching and review
our society. As future professionals in the fields of Design,    • data gathering and analysis
Urban Development and Engineering Systems, you will              • research dissemination and reporting
need to understand and apply the concepts of sustainability      Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
in your professional practice if we are to achieve sustainable   Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
development in the 21st Century.
Equivalents: BEB200         Credit points: 12       Campus:      DEB801 Professional Practice
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  This unit introduces and consolidates key issues in
                                                                 discourses about the design professions: the differences




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2847
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

between discipline and professional knowledge, the               This unit introduces spatial design and place-making theory
organisation and roles of the regulatory and professional        in tandem with design research and inquiry methods. It is
bodies that govern the professions, the cultural context for     structured to provide groundwork of knowledge in the ways
contemporary design practice, and the values and attitudes       in which people use, perceive and value places and
which govern professional practice. Teaching and learning        environments. Further, it encourages students to apply
takes place through a variety of structured activities:          design skills to place-making. Design research
lectures, tutorials, seminars, workshops and online.             methodologies are explored as a way of further engendering
Assumed knowledge: Assumed knowledge is completion               critical thinking about the way designers engage in critical
of years 1 to 3 of DE40 Equivalents: ADP21           Credit      landscape architectural practice.
points: 12     Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:        Prerequisites: DEB103 or DAB110 or DNB101 or DTB101.
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   DEB103 can be studied in the same teaching period as
                                                                 DLB130 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
DEN510 Urban Design and Theory Studio A                           Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
This unit lays a theoretical foundation for postgraduate
coursework and practice in urban design and other                DLB210 Landscape Design 2
professions involved in producing the built environment. It      This design studio introduces landscape design within the
provides a critical view of the theory and practice for urban    context of the urban environment. Basic design concepts
design as a basis for the development of specialist              such as space, effects and qualities are explored. It also
knowledge in this field, both within this unit and other units   introduces the use of plants as a design material. There is a
within this urban design program.                                concentration on communication and graphic skills in the
Equivalents: PSP452          Credit points: 12       Contact     development of a personal design process. These
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 preliminary explorations provide a foundation for later
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               design studios.
                                                                 Prerequisites: DLB130 Equivalents: PSB421 Credit
DEN511 Theory Research Project A                                 points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:
Students will research urban design theory, drawing on           Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
literature and case studies from around the world to develop
their knowledge in this area and contribute to the School of     DLB230 Landscape Horticulture
Design’s research data base. This unit links to learnings        This design unit, supported by an introduction to plant
developed in DEN510.                                             ecology, explores three themeses: (a) toxic remediation of
Equivalents: PSN211          Credit points: 12      Contact      waste and contaminated land and treatments including
hours: 2 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 physical interventions and the role of environmental artists;
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               (b) perma/horti/agri-culture - sustainable productive
                                                                 horticultural design and management and the ethno-
DEN520 Urban Design and Theory Studio B                          botanical and traditional organic horticultural practices that
This unit comprises an urban design studio focussed on           are the foundation of 'permanent agriculture'
exploring issues relating to our greater region, i.e. South      ('Permaculture'); and (c) landscape art in Australia -
East Asia and the Pacific Rim.                                   Indigenous and Non-indigenous landscape art,
                                                                 environmental art and land art. Continued development of
The studio, allows for the synthesis of knowledge and skills     graphics skills in design exploration and communication is
from other units in the course. It offers a problem-based        integrated into the program. It is block taught in the second
learning experience that engages with advanced urban             half of the semester.
design issues. The unit focuses on the design management         Equivalents: PSB442         Credit points: 12        Contact
of the transformation and incremental development of             hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
existing urban/suburban/town/fringe areas. This area of          period: 2010 SEM-2
urban design activity has to mediate between existing
development patterns, ownership patterns, development            DLB310 Landscape Design 3
trends, diverse community aspirations, and professional and      This unit introduces you to the theory behind spatial design
institutional practices.                                         and place-making. It also introduces design research and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:              inquiry methods. In particular, it encourages you to examine
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        the ways that people use, perceive and value places and
                                                                 environments. The unit teaches you to explore design
DEN521 Theory Research Project B                                 research methodologies, and apply design skills to place-
Through this unit you will develop your research knowledge       making.
and capabilities in the context of Urban design.. Knowledge      Prerequisites: DLB210        Credit points: 12       Contact
from this unit will be developed in parallel with DEN520 and     hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
demonstrated through application within the design studio.       period: 2010 SEM-1
Equivalents: DBP501          Credit points: 12       Contact
hours: 2 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 DLB330 Landscape Ecology
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               An understanding of physical geography, geomorphology
                                                                 and the theoretical concepts of landscape ecology as a
DLB130 Landscape Design 1                                        spatial analysis and design tool underpin this unit. It
                                                                 concentrates on understanding spatial and functional




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2848
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

heterogeneity in all landscapes from the 'natural' to the           architectural profession are also investigated. .Incorporated
'developed' by recognising that they share a similar                into this landscape design focus will be an examination of
structural and functional model. The unit comprises three           past and contemporary design criticism and the role that
content strands: (a) Landscape Structures; (b) Landscape            landscape architects play in this regard.
Systems and Processes; and (c) Landscape Development.               Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
These theoretical concepts studied in each of these strands         Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
are applied in the analysis and redesign of a dynamic real
world landscape.                                                    DLB530 Landscape Construction 2
Equivalents: PSP263         Credit points: 12     Contact           This studio will build on the work of DLB510 Landscape
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    Design 5. The unit introduces the properties and use of
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                  materials encountered in landscape construction and the
                                                                    processes of resolving and communicating design decisions
DLB410 Landscape Design 4                                           as construction documentation. It includes principles of
In this unit, students will investigate an urban landscape in       applied science and mechanics relating to the stability of
order to explore, understand and apply the principles and           site elements; graphic (manual and digital) skills required to
processes of site planning. These include: the development          explore construction problems and communicate required
of a project brief, the understanding and articulation of site      outcomes. It will require students to undertake effective
user needs, the undertaking of a site appraisal, the                research and evaluation of technical data and techniques
development and analysis of design concept options, and             available to the construction industry in seeking valid
the final development of a site plan.                               solutions to construction problems. The unit will be block
Prerequisites: DLB310 Equivalents: PSB441 Credit                    taught in the second half of the semester.
points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:         Prerequisites: DLB430       Credit points: 12        Contact
Gardens Point         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                    period: 2010 SEM-1
DLB430 Landscape Construction 1
This studio is complementary to DLB410 Landscape Design             DLB630 Landscape Construction 3
4. The core of landscape architecture is the design of              This unit will build on the work of previous design resolution
controlled change to landscapes. Design implementation              units to take the student into the realm of construction of
requires the re-construction of the existing landscape into         larger scale landscape elements. Topics include: the
new forms. Landscape Construction 1 continues the                   principles and practice of water sensitive urban design;
landscape design process at a finer scale of detail and             design and construction of golf courses, swimming pools;
precision to resolve site regrading, management of surface          and artificial lakes and earth dams; scope of contract
water and preparing sites for planting new landscapes. It is        documents; defining extent of works; set-out of works –
inextricably linked to the processes of maintenance and             horizontal and vertical; site clearing, demolition and
management and is therefore one of the core skills                  environmental protection and noise control. The unit will
landscape architects apply in order to meet sustainability          also advance the principles and practice of contract
objectives. This unit will develop technical graphic skills         documentation including writing contract and construction
associated with manual and digital design communication.            specifications.
Equivalents: PSB434          Credit points: 12     Contact          Prerequisites: DLB530         Credit points: 12      Contact
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                  period: 2010 SEM-2

DLB510 Landscape Design 5                                           DLB645 Landscape Practice and Law
This design unit builds on Landscape Design 4 and extends           This unit develops understanding of government and non-
the theoretical and applied understanding of site analysis,         government institutions that affect land and building
planning and design processes. It develops skills in the            development together with a more detailed understanding of
artful, orderly, efficient, aesthetic, and ecologically sensitive   specific legal and quasi-legal frameworks having influence
arrangement of constructed objects and spaces on a site             on professional practice. Topics include: property with
and their integration with the site’s features, systems, spirit     special reference to land ownership; land development
of place and satisfying the needs and values of its intended        applications under the Integrated Planning Act, tort, duty of
users. Emphasis will be on the development of site specific         care and the basis for professional liability; introduction to
design outcomes. Application of appropriate graphic                 intellectual property; construction statutes, regulations,
communication in all forms will be integrated into the              codes including the Building Code of Australia, standards
program. The unit will be block taught in the first half of the     and protocols, consultancy and construction contracts, and
semester.                                                           practice guides and law relating to practice.
Prerequisites: DLB410           Credit points: 12       Contact     Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                    DLB710 Landscape Design 6
DLB525 History and Criticism of Landscape Design                    This design unit explores contemporary theories and
This unit examines landscape design throughout the ages,            practices of landscape design and their application through
providing an historical context for exploring contemporary          problem-based learning in a real world community project.
design approaches. The origins of the landscape                     Concepts and theories including landscape urbanism,




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2849
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

landscape strategy, and new theories and practices               design elements and principles; introduction to product
associated with water landscapes will be investigated and        visualisation techniques including concept sketching and
applied through the lens of resilience theory. Skills in         marker rendering; design process and concept
strategic planning and detailed design at a large and            development; basic model making techniques; design
complex scale will be developed and applied in a selected        presentation.
real world landscape from the urban, peri-urban and rural
landscape spectrum.                                              Prerequisites: DEB103 or DAB110 or DLB130 or DTB101.
Prerequisites: DLB510      Credit points: 12     Contact         DEB103 can be studied in the same teaching period as
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 DAB101 Equivalents: ADB201 Credit points: 12
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
                                                                 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
DLB730 Landscape Design 7
This design unit explores contemporary theories and              DNB201 Industrial Design 2
practices of landscape architecture through the conceptual       This unit continues with the development of visual and
development of a speculative project for real world              creative thinking within the context of industrial design with
application. Students will undertake a national and              special emphasis on the development of product form.
international literature and exemplary project review,           Through projects students will be exposed to: aesthetic
together with site research, to establish a project brief and    aspects of products; design process and concept
conceptual design for a medium to large-scale strategic          development; product visualisation techniques including
landscape design project. Theoretical positions and              concept sketching and marker rendering; model making and
presentation methods developed in DLB730 will be informed        basic photographic documentation skills; design
by investigations into the conditions of climate change and      presentation.
water formed landscapes.
Prerequisites: DLB510Credit points: 12 Contact hours:            Prerequisites: DNB101 Equivalents: ADB202 Credit
4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                points: 12    Contact hours: 4 per week  Campus:
2010 SEM-1                                                       Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

DLB810 Landscape Planning and Policy                             DNB202 Product Usability
Many landscape architects work in broad scale landscapes         The professional designer designs principally for others and
nationally and internationally. Catchments are recognised        not primarily by personal preference. Therefore an
as a critical scale for regional environmental planning and      understanding of the breadth of physical and cognitive
this unit addresses a selected catchment as a case study to      needs and capabilities of people is vital to the development
investigate the complex systems that comprise the social,        of useable products. This unit provides the basis for a user-
economic and biophysical fabric of the landscape. Regional       centred design philosophy built upon an understanding of
issues are challenged by interpreting, visualising and           people and their capabilities and knowledge and experience
communicating their multi-dimensional character and              to integrate advanced human factors and usability concepts
complexity of overlapping jurisdictions and conflicting          into the industrial design process. The content covered in
management responsibilities. The unit integrates higher          this unit includes: anthropometrics; principles of physical
level applications, including GIS and the like, to critical,     and cognitive ergonomic requirements of special needs
creative and analytical thinking, problem identification and     groups; human error; usability principles; usability
solving in environmental planning.                               evaluation methods and user testing techniques.
Prerequisites: DLB330 and DLB645              Equivalents:
PSP273 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week               Prerequisites: DNB101 Equivalents: ADB212 Credit
 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2               points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week  Campus:
                                                                 Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
DLB830 Landscape Design 8
This unit is the final design studio in the landscape            DNB301 Industrial Design 3
architecture course and develops urban design skills and         This unit offers creative opportunities to design and develop
knowledge on a project in the con-urbation of South-East         new and innovative products in the field of industrial design.
Queensland, through a staged process leading to an               It uses design research and methodologies found in
advanced landscape design outcome. The final design              biomimicry (study of nature’s principles) to inspire new ideas
presentation will be to a jury invited from academic staff and   for future (green) markets. It proposes innovative design
practice and a public exhibition of the collected work.          thinking in keeping with sustainable practices both in the
Prerequisites: DLB730          Credit points: 12     Contact     built and natural environments. Analysis of future global
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 markets lead to design projects that engage with issues of
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               context, biometics, technology and design principle
                                                                 transfers from nature; all form part of the unit content.
DNB101 Industrial Design 1                                       Learning and teaching activities are spread across lectures,
Industrial design revolves around the creation of products       tutorials, workshops and studio based practices.
that satisfy human needs within the constraints of industrial    Prerequisites: DNB101 Equivalents: ADB203 Credit
and commercial production. This involves the manipulation        points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus:
of form with an understanding of structure, function, and        Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
beauty. Through projects students will be exposed to: basic




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2850
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens
DNB302 Computer Aided Industrial Design                         Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Once an Industrial Designer has completed the conceptual
design stage of a project the details required for              DNB501 Industrial Design 5
manufacture need to be resolved and prototypes made. It is      Experience design (or design for experience) is a design
at this stage that Computer Aided Design (CAD) is used. 3D      approach that aims to create appropriate experiences
CAD allows the details of the design to be resolved. Rapid      before, during and after product interaction. This unit
prototypes can be made directly from the CAD data for           introduces methods for enhancing the user experience.
design testing and verification. Modifications to the CAD       Through projects students will be exposed to:
data can be made quickly. Once the design is satisfactory,      • design process and creative thinking
the 3D CAD models can then be used to generate photo-           • user-product interaction
realistic images and engineering drawings so that the new       • user research and context study
product can be manufactured.                                    • design narratives
Equivalents: ADB245         Credit points: 12     Contact       • design ethics and culture
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                Prerequisites: DNB301 Equivalents: ADB205 Credit
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week      Campus:
                                                                Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
DNB303 Manufacturing Technology
Manufacturing technology is integral to industrial design and   DNB502 Industrial Design History, Theory and Criticism
is a basic knowledge requirement to build upon throughout       This unit provides students with the opportunity to become
the course. Design for manufacturing allows both the            aware of theoretical and historical discourse in industrial
analysis and application of manufacturing principles to         design and to debate innovative and advanced ideas and
product design and development. The knowledge gained in         critical thinking in the field internationally. It provides a
this unit allows the designer to develop a sound awareness      framework in which students can locate their individual
of the relationship between design and manufacturing. The       design activities. The content covered in this unit includes:
content covered in this unit includes: electronics; plastics;   • contemporary history of industrial design
production techniques in relation to different materials;       • relationship between social and technological change and
forming; finishing operations; production costs; technical      industrial design
documentation and communication.                                • contemporary design theory and discourse
Equivalents: ADB233          Credit points: 12       Contact    • criticism methodology
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                • writing about design
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              • learning to critique design
                                                                Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
DNB401 Industrial Design 4                                      Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Industrial design advances design knowledge gained in
DNB201 Industrial design 2.The unit introduces how various      DNB601 Industrial Design 6
design processes interact, in complex problems such as          Design for experience focuses design intent not on products
sustainable transportation systems. Through collaborative       as an end in themselves but in the experiences of the
projects students will be exposed to: design research;          people who use them. Going beyond this involves focusing
design innovation; communication skills; integration of         on the emotional aspects of experience. Through projects
design processes, manufacturing technologies and                students will be exposed to:
application transfer of design principle mechanisms to solve    • design process and creative thinking
real world problems.                                            • interaction design
Prerequisites: DNB201 Equivalents: ADB204 Credit                • socio-cultural trend analysis
points: 12 Contact hours: 4 Campus: Gardens Point               • design narratives
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                     • creativity and product innovation
                                                                • interdisciplinary teamwork
DNB402 Socio-cultural Studies                                   • design ethics and culture
An understanding of people and their cognitive and emotive      Prerequisites: DNB401 Equivalents: ADB206 Credit
relationship with the world is essential for designing          points: 12        Contact hours: 4 per week       Campus:
responsive products and environments. This unit                 Gardens Point         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
encourages a diversity of knowledge to gain a broader
perspective of cultural economy and understand better the       DNB602 New Product Development
designer's interaction with society and diverse cultures. The   The unit will focus on the introduction of new products into
content covered in this unit includes: psychological            the market. It will provide the students with an overview of
implications of everyday human-artefact interactivity;          the relationship between product design and
environmental and cultural perception; psychological            commercialisation. It will provide an overview of strategy
implications and attitudes imbedded in product semantics        development where the aim is to meet consumer
and symbolics; personal space and territoriality; the role of   expectations, whilst achieving corporate objectives. The
designer in responding to the manifestations and dictates of    major topics covered in this unit include:
society including market forces, political determinants and     • new product development process
socio-cultural relationships within a modern/post modern        • idea generation
context.                                                        • strategic planning




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2851
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

• introduction to marketing                                       • apply in depth research outcome to product design
• product screening and evaluation                                • apply usability testing in the relevant stages of design
• commercialisation and post launch review                        process
Equivalents: ADB235         Credit points: 12        Contact      • develop design in collaboration with other relevant
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching      professions
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                • manage large projects
                                                                  • communicate at a professional level visually, orally and in
DNB701 Industrial Design 7                                        writing
This unit introduces an advanced product and system               This unit is corequisite to Research and Innovation 1 and
design as relevant to industrial design. It provides students     serves as the foundation for higher research degrees.
knowledge about the various contexts that impact on               Prerequisites: DNB701 and DNB702             Corequisites:
products – from usability to business to manufacturing.           DNB801 Equivalents: ADP269 Credit points: 12
Thought the projects the students will be exposed to              Contact hours: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
• advanced design process and creative thinking                   period: 2010 SEM-2
• knowledge integration within various contexts
• understanding industrial designer’s role within                 DTB101 Interior Design 1
collaborative projects.                                           This unit provides foundational material for the study of
Prerequisites: DNB501 Equivalents: ADB207, ADP207                 interior design. Students will be introduced to design theory,
 Credit points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week                methodology and aesthetics. Design will be explored as an
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                 interpretive process. Topics covered in the context of
                                                                  projects for the unit include: The studio as a way of learning;
DNB702 Human-centred Design Innovation                            Introductory design exercises exploring two and three
Human-centred innovation incorporates studies of the              dimensional elements as they relate to the interior design
dynamic relationships between people, products/artifacts          context; Freehand sketching, principles of perspective;
and systems, and their contextual environment. The unit will      Mechanical drawing, principles of scaled drawing;
introduce the ways research about people can contribute to        Presentation and visual communication skills;
product innovation, an essential aspect of industrial design.     Environmental issues and sustainability.
It will introduce how to integrate the applied research skills    Prerequisites: DEB103 or DAB110 or DLB130 or DNB101.
and knowledge that support the development of an                  DEB103 can be studied in the same teaching period as
innovative product or system. It also provides you with the       DTB101 Equivalents: ADB101 Credit points: 12
foundation for higher research degrees. The major topics          Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
covered in this unit include:                                     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
• human-centred innovation framework
• application of qualitative research methods to industrial       DTB201 Interior Design 2
design                                                            This unit introduces the student to design in three
• situating product/systems within the social framework           dimensional spaces of relevance to the practice of interior
• communication of research outcome.                              design and with a particular emphasis on the socio-cultural
Prerequisites: DNB601 Equivalents: ADP267 Credit                  relations between people and the environment. The unit
points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:        aims to foster an understanding of design not only as a
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  language of exploration and communication but also as an
                                                                  activity addressing person-environment interaction in a
DNB801 Research and Innovation 1                                  certain way. Topics covered in the context of projects for the
Applied research is key component of industrial design: this      unit include: Introduction to characteristics of design
unit will show you how to apply research outcomes to the          problems; Methods to generate and test design proposals;
design of products and systems and how to lead large              Creativity and innovation relative to contextuality;
projects. It also serves as the foundation for higher research    Presentation methods, techniques and materials used to
degrees. Your research will be centred on a project you           generate and communicate design ideas; Relevant design
select and you will be responsible for its leadership, in close   history.
collaboration with industrial design academic advisers who        Equivalents: ADB102         Credit points: 12       Contact
will guide your progress. The unit is built upon the units        hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Human-centred Design Innovation and Design Research               period: 2010 SEM-2
and is corequisite to Research and Innovation 2.
Prerequisites: DNB701 and DNB702               Corequisites:      DTB202 Design Technology
DNB802 Equivalents: ADP268 Credit points: 12                      In this unit students will acquire an understanding of the
Contact hours: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   interconnection between technological changes,
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                inventiveness, social context and interior design.
                                                                  Topics covered in this unit include: Interior design in relation
DNB802 Research and Innovation 2                                  to structural systems, materials, technologies and relevant
The aim of this unit is to assist students to integrate the       legislation with specific emphasis on domestic building
knowledge gained in previous semesters and to learn how           construction; Skills associated with observation, research,
to generate relevant, new knowledge to be applied during          and communication; Ergonomic principles, site measure,
the developmental phases of a design project. Through the         tracking examples of construction, identification of types of
individual project the students will be exposed to how to:        structures; Measurement and recording of building




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2852
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

environments and documentation incorporating 2D CAD.              be encouraged to define tasks, research possibilities,
Equivalents: ADB122     Credit points: 12       Contact           integrate theory and explore resolutions in a self-directed
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  manner. Topics covered in the context of projects for the
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                unit include: Design methodology skills; strategies;
                                                                  alternative processes; Documentation ranging from the
DTB301 Interior Design 3                                          conceptual to design development; Schedules and
The aim of this unit is to facilitate students to develop an      specification; Finishes, fittings and furnishings; Relevant
applied understanding of transition, interiority and building     design history; Relevant technological, psycho-social and
character in relation to interior design. This will be achieved   experiential theory; Environmental issues and sustainability.
through the integration of technological, psychosocial and        Prerequisites: DTB301 Equivalents: ADB104 Credit
experiential knowledge and theory with applied design             points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:
approaches. Student learning will be facilitated in an holistic   Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
approach to the design issues. Topics covered in the
context of projects for the unit include: Design methodology,     DTB402 Interior Systems
skills, strategies, alternative processes; Documentation          The aim of this unit is to promote the understanding and
ranging from the conceptual to design development;                awareness of the use and application of materials relevant
Finishes, fittings and furnishings; Relevant design history;      to the interior design industry. Topics covered in this unit
Relevant technological, psycho-social and experiential            include: Textile manufacture and application; Interior
theory; Environmental issues and sustainability.                  decorative finishes, properties and techniques; Building
Prerequisites: DTB201 Equivalents: ADB103 Credit                  codes and standards and specification relevant to material
points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week            Campus:     quality, performance and maintenance; Documentation and
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  specification of finishes and fittings; The relationship
                                                                  between design technology and material selection; The role
DTB302 Colour Studies                                             of contextual frameworks on designers' decisions in regard
This unit includes studies of the interdependence of light        to materials.
and colour, the physical properties of colour, the                Assumed knowledge: DTB202 is assumed knowledge.
psychological and cultural dimensions of colour, and colour       Equivalents: ADB153         Credit points: 12     Contact
and its relationship with expression and aesthetics as it         hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
applies to the interior design context. Topics covered in this    period: 2010 SEM-2
unit include: Colour properties, harmony and contrast;
Mixing and application of colour; Qualitative effects of colour   DTB403 Human Environment
and light on interior form and space; Symbolic, physiological     This unit addresses political and social theories related to
and psychological aspects of colour within historical and         interior design and development within the built
contemporary contexts.                                            environment. Students are introduced to contemporary
                                                                  theories of post-industrialism, post-colonialism and
                                                                  multiculturalism. Topics covered in this unit include:
Equivalents: ADB152   Credit points: 12              Contact      Requirements of special needs groups; Psychosocial issues
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching      and privacy, perception, personal space, territoriality and
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                way finding; The roles and responsibilities of design
                                                                  professionals, historically and in contemporary society;
DTB303 Technical Design                                           Cultural diversity.
In this unit students will acquire an understanding of the        Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
wide variety of commercial building interior systems related      Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
to the interior design industry. Topics covered in this unit
include: Materials and tectonics, drafting conventions,           DTB501 Interior Design 5
technical site analysis and recording methods, introduction       This unit is structured to assist students understand varied
to ergonomics, codes and standards, introduction to               approaches to design by choosing from a range of
commercial joinery and documentation techniques, and              research-led themes that address more complex physical
graphics and presentation approaches for communication.           technical and cultural contexts. This approach ensures that
In addition 2D CAD skills will be progressed within this unit.    an open, active and critical debate is sustained by the
Assumed knowledge: DTB202 is assumed knowledge.                   discipline on what constitutes interior design as an
Equivalents: ADB123         Credit points: 12       Contact       exploratory subject and creative endeavour, capable of
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  revealing new intellectual and formal concepts. The content
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                allows for new forms of knowledge and expertise to emerge
                                                                  through student projects.
DTB401 Interior Design 4                                          Prerequisites: DTB401 Equivalents: ADB105 Credit
The aim of this unit is to facilitate students to develop a       points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:
deep understanding of dual function relationships in interior     Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
design in relation to person-environment interactions. This
will be achieved through the integration of technological,        DTB502 Environments in Transition
psycho-social and experiential knowledge and theory               In this unit, the 19th century era will be used as a frame-of-
specific to those contexts. Learning will be facilitated in       reference for deconstructing both space and design artefact
order that a holistic approach is implemented. Students will      to understand the social and cross-cultural influences upon




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2853
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

design production. Various theoretical perspectives and
case studies will be used to explore this historical reference    DTB701 Interior Design 7
and further explore parallels with contemporary design            This unit provides students with the opportunity to pursue a
practice. In addition, it will introduce how the cross-cultural   topic of professional relevance. The project at this stage in
migration of ideas and design approaches can be creatively        the course will be highly complex requiring attention to a
translated and transformed to inform innovative design            diverse/conflicting range of macro and micro issues at an
outcomes particular to the contemporary context.                  advanced, in-depth and sophisticated level. Topics covered
Equivalents: ADP156             Credit points: 12     Contact     in this unit will be project directed.
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  Prerequisites: DTB601 Equivalents: ADP107 Credit
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                points: 12         Contact hours: 4 per week       Campus:
                                                                  Gardens Point         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
DTB503 Furniture Studies
This unit focuses on furniture as an integral element of an       DTB801 Interior Design 8
interior environment and of personal and cultural identity.       Everyday practice provides a context for research and
These aspects will be contextualised in an appropriate            opportunities to contribute in an explicit way to further
furniture design project.                                         practice and research. Learning in this unit is facilitated by a
Topics covered in this unit include:                              semester-long project that involves the application of a
• A focus on interaction factors such as visual cues and          research-through-practice methodology. The core content of
psychological responses                                           this unit will be the substantive and procedural aspects of a
• An historical analysis of the role of furniture in interior     project developed by the student in response to their
design                                                            interests, continuing education and professional
• Historic, contemporary and future trends                        requirements.
• Furniture design and documentation                              Prerequisites: DTB701 Equivalents: ADP108 Credit
Equivalents: ADB154           Credit points: 12     Contact       points: 12        Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus:
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  Gardens Point         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                  EAB001 Early Childhood Foundations 1: Historical and
DTB601 Interior Design 6                                          Comparative Perspectives of EC Education
The aim of this unit is to facilitate students to develop a       This unit examines the historical development of early
deep understanding of specialised interior design in relation     childhood services in Australia, and explores a range of
to person-environment interactions. This unit specifically        comparative perspectives on the care and education of
addresses issues relevant to the interior designer in             young children in different socio-cultural contexts in
practice. Students are provided with an opportunity to apply      Australia and in other cultures. To come to understand early
their developing skills and knowledge in an informed and          childhood education, it is important to consider the evolution
critical manner. Topics covered in the context of projects for    of key ideas that have influenced the development of the
the unit include:                                                 field over the past 150 years in western societies (Britain,
• Consideration away from main stream interior design             Europe, the United States and Australia). The unit
application eg interior design for transportation systems         encourages students to reflect critically on the changing
• Development of the characteristics to tackle ambiguous, ill-    beliefs and practices in relation to young children and
defined, ‘real-life’ simulated interior design problems           families in Australia over the twentieth century and to begin
• Relevant design history                                         to formulate a personal philosophy of early childhood care
• Environmental issues and sustainability                         and education.
• Relevant technological, psycho-social and experiential          Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
theory                                                            Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: DTB501 Equivalents: ADB106 Credit
points: 12        Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus:     EAB002 Early Childhood Foundations 2: Families and
Gardens Point          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                Childhoods in EC Education and Care
                                                                  Early childhood education and care interface with the lives
DTB602 Design in Society                                          of children and families in diverse contexts. This unit deals
This unit adopts a social science viewpoint in addressing         with the social constructions of families and childhoods, the
social and cultural aspects of significance to interior           social practices they adopt and the services in which they
designers. Some of theses aspects include action and              participate. An understanding of these conditions is
interaction, socialisation, ethnicity and race, control, and      necessary for early childhood educators to teach and lead
socio-cultural and indigenous issues of relevance to interior     effectively.
designers. Other topics covered in this unit include:             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
• Australia and the contemporary world                            Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
• Bureaucracy and organisations
• Mass media                                                      EAB003 Development and Learning in Early Childhood
• Technology                                                      This unit examines the major theories, features and
• Globalisation and regionalism                                   processes of early development. The pace and direction of
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               development are shaped by biological predispositions and
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         personal attributes, as well as by the interactions and
                                                                  experiences afforded to the child. Knowledge of contexts,




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2854
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

their impact on individual development, and an awareness
of the interrelationships between each area of development     EAB008 Early Childhood Language, Literacies and
is necessary in order to develop an understanding of how       Communication I
children think and learn. Early childhood teachers also        This is an introductory unit in which students examine
require a range of skills for observing and analysing          literacies from contemporary perspectives. The focus is on
behaviour in order to plan and organise appropriate            young children learning literacies in family and community
educational opportunities in early childhood settings.         contexts in the years prior to formal schooling. Students are
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:            encouraged to appreciate each child's journey as they
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                       encounter a range of multimodal practices that constitute
                                                               literacies.
EAB004 Development and Learning in Early Childhood             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
2                                                              Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
To facilitate learning during early childhood, teachers must
have a sound knowledge of the major theories, features and     EAB010 Early Childhood Language, Literacies and
processes of development. The units in the developmental       Communication 3
strand are underpinned by sociocultural theory, which takes    This unit focuses on enabling students to build
into account both the psychological and the social             competencies in planning classroom discourses and
mechanisms of development and learning.                        learning programs that will enable young children to
                                                               establish confident use of a repertoire of language, literacy
Development and Learning in Early Childhood will               and communications understandings and practices as a
foreground the social mechanisms of learning by discussing     basis for ongoing learning and cultural participation.
children's learning and development in a social context,       Prerequisites: EAB009 Credit points: 12 Campus:
integrating the social, emotional and cognitive elements of    Internet, Kelvin Grove and External       Teaching period:
learning. Knowledge of contexts and their impact on            2010 SEM-2
individual development is necessary in order to develop an
understanding of how children think and learn.                 EAB011 Early Childhood Curriculum: Arts 1
                                                               We are surrounded by visual images, in many cases much
Prerequisites: EAB003 Credit points: 12 Contact                more powerful than any other form of communication. It is
hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                important that we are aware of how these images are
period: 2010 SEM-1                                             working on us, and for that, we need to be visually literate.
                                                               Childhood cultures are made up of interwoven narratives
EAB005 Inclusion in Early Childhood Settings                   and commodities. The arts enable young children to give
This unit aims to promote an understanding and valuing of      form to thought, to develop multiliteracies for exploring and
inclusive educational programs and practices for working       expressing ideas and feelings through representation. This
with young children with special needs in diverse early        unit examines the characteristic features of the early
childhood settings. Students are expected to develop           childhood arts curriculum, its philosophical and theoretical
knowledge of behavioural and developmental                     underpinnings, beliefs about the nature of the learner, the
characteristics presented by young children with specific      child/teacher relationship, and the educational process.
needs, as well as understand principles and practices
related to assessment, planning and implementation of          Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove
educational programs for these children.                       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
External    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2            EAB012 Early Childhood Curriculum: Arts 2
and 2010 SUM                                                   Relevant theories, principles and philosophies are
                                                               presented and analysed as a basis for developing
EAB006 Leadership and Management in Early                      appropriate teaching strategies for a quality arts program in
Childhood Services                                             the early years. Desired outcomes will be achieved through
Early childhood settings, including primary schools, operate   descriptive, interpretive, analytic and expressive processes
by using site-based management practices that rely heavily     and shared knowledge between students and staff.
on participation by teachers, staff from all levels of the     Prerequisites: EAB011 Credit points: 12 Campus:
organisation, and parents. Early childhood teachers need       Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
excellent leadership and management strategies to
participate effectively in group decision-making for the       EAB013 Early Childhood Society Environment and
development of high quality programs and services. They        Health Education
also need an understanding of how management structures        This unit promotes a broad view of science. However, that
impact on programs and service provision. This                 includes the social sciences, health and environmental
understanding, together with a high level of personal power,   perspectives. Appropriate curriculum approaches that
helps individual teachers influence and lead decisions about   support a broader, more integrated view of science is a key
what happens in early childhood settings.                      goal.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and           Through this unit, students should achieve the following:
External     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2           develop a deepening of their own understandings of
and 2010 SUM                                                   concepts pertinent to science, studies of society and
                                                               environment, and health; learn to critique and broaden their




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2855
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

views of science; understand a range of appropriate inquiry-
based approaches relevant to these areas; learn to apply           EAB022 Early Childhood Science Education
these approaches to facilitate young children's learning in        This unit examines the importance of developing children's
the sciences.                                                      creativity, curiosity, problems solving skills and sense of
                                                                   wonder and appreciation of the environment, in the
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                exploration of science. The unit focuses on the different
Internet, Kelvin Grove and External  Teaching period:              approaches to teaching science and the development of
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                          positive attitudes for life long learning while taking into
                                                                   account children's cultural and diverse backgrounds.
EAB015 Early Childhood Science and Technology                      Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Education                                                          period: 2010 SEM-2
It is essential that children are provided with opportunities to
develop their abilities and interests by using a variety of        EAB023 Mathematical Explorations in Early Childhood
learning modes and that children have opportunities to             Mathematics is considered to be an essential learning area
develop concepts that are foundational to understanding in         in the early childhood curriculum, as preparation for life,
mathematics, and which form the basis of learning in all           work and critical participation in society. Mathematics can
curriculum areas.                                                  also provide personal enjoyment.
Students require understanding of how children apply active        Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
inquiry processes to tasks designed to further concept             period: 2010 SEM-2
development in mathematics. This unit will engage them in
learning about foundational concepts in mathematics and            EAB026 Early Childhood Community Arts Project
exploring ways in which teachers can develop appropriate           This unit has a focus on pedagogies, planning and
learning opportunities to encourage and foster their               assessment within the curriculum organisers of the New
development.                                                       Basics, the Preschool Curriculum Guidelines and the key
                                                                   learning areas. It aims to increase knowledge and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                understanding of how curriculum organisers and outcomes
Internet, Kelvin Grove and External  Teaching period:              can be used to plan intellectually challenging curricula for
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                          young children.
                                                                   Prerequisites: EAB012 Credit points: 12 Campus:
EAB016 Research in Early Childhood Education                       Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
This unit aims to foster critical understanding of research
with young children. The unit will provide opportunities for       EAB027 Early Childhood Mathematics Education 1:
students to become lifelong learners and effective                 Birth to Six Years
communicators.                                                     This unit aims to develop concepts that are foundational to
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                    understandings in early childhood mathematics, and to
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                 generally enhance students'understandings, attitudes,
                                                                   values and skills in relation to early childhood mathematics,
EAB017 The Early Childhood Professional                            supported by concrete materials and computer
This unit involves students in drawing together and                environments. This unit will also investigate teaching
analysing information from a variety of disciplines and            methods and key sequences for developing concepts and
historical perspectives with a view to developing an               skills for number, space, measurement, chance and data,
understanding and knowledge that will provide them with a          and patterns and algebra.
basis for creating and evaluating an integrated curriculum in      Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
early childhood settings.                                          External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 6TP2 and                EAB130 Negotiating Curriculum with Young Children
2010 6TP4                                                          This unit provides a sound understanding of the key
                                                                   concepts which underpin early childhood education, in
EAB021 Early Childhood Health, Safety, Nutrition and               relation to childcare, preschool, prep and lower primary
Wellness Education                                                 settings. Students begin to learn along with a community of
There is concern in the community about the general health         learners, and make links between research, theory and
of young children. Therefore it is important for students to       practice, each informing the other.
understand current health policies and practices for various       Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove
early childhood education settings. This includes the daily        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
food needs of young children and how to provide
appropriate everyday food education and social food                EAB363 Creating Curriculum With Young Children
experiences. The unit provides students with the knowledge         The concept of curriculum in early childhood education
to lead, plan, implement, and evaluate health practices in         evokes much discussion and debate. In this unit, more
services and to balance the nutritional needs of individual        encompassing concepts of curriculum for young children will
children. Personal health and health practices including           be considered in the light of theories and research that
preventative strategies are addressed.                             suggest that children construct their own knowledge. Ways
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                in which teachers and children can work together in creating
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                           a curriculum that is meaningful to children while meeting the




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2856
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

expectations of parents and society in relation to child care,   children becoming active participants in society and of
kindergarten/preschool and lower primary settings are            knowing and engaging in a range of literacy practices,
considered. Practical strategies for setting up supportive       rather than just learning a set of reading and writing "skills".
learning environments and methods for evaluating teaching        Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
and learning are included.                                       External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               EAP400 Early Years: Literacies
                                                                 In this unit you will examine literacy from critical
EAB364 Academic And Professional Communication                   contemporary perspectives - as a repertoire of
The unit includes the following: the development of an           contextualised social practices. You will gain insight into
understanding of the general processes of communication          different pathways children take to literacy as their learning
in an academic and professional contexts; application of         and development is shaped in family, community and school
information literacy skills to a range of print and electronic   contexts. A key focus is on helping you to understand early
sources; conventions for communicating using a range of          reading and writing processes in the print medium, as well
academic text-types using print and electronic media; key        as multimedia. You will learn to use the framework of four
concepts relating to the study topic: Families in Context.       literacy practices: code-breaker, text- participant, text-user
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              and text-analyst to explore operational, cultural and critical
Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                dimensions of literacy. You will build a repertoire of
                                                                 strategies that will allow you to meet the needs of diverse
EAB416 Early Childhood Art Education                             learners and create instructional events that connect with
This unit includes the following: historical and contemporary    the experi
trends in art education; philosophy and practice in early        Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
childhood visual arts education; in-depth exploration of         External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
young children's artistic development and learning;
assessment and evaluation of visual arts in early childhood;     EAP401 Early Years: Mathematical Understandings
methods of reporting and record-keeping; studio art              This unit aims to develop concepts that are foundational to
experiences; curating children's art exhibitions; public         understandings in early childhood Mathematics, and to
information about children's artistry; advocacy for improving    generally enhance your understandings, attitudes, values,
options for young children in the visual arts.                   and skills in relation to early childhood Mathematics. You
Assumed knowledge: 24 credit points of arts currciulum           will investigate teaching approaches, and key sequences for
units is assumed knowledge.            Credit points: 12         developing concepts and skills for various aspects of
Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus: Kelvin Grove         Mathematics education.
                                                                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
EAN601 Investigating Curriculum and Pedagogy in                  External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Early Childhood
The aims for this unit are to assist students in developing a    EAP402 Early Years: Arts and Humanities
critically-informed and research-based understanding of the      This unit aims to develop students
 capacities as scholars,
current issues that are under scrutiny in the field of Early     educators and researchers, through adopting a problem-
Childhood Education. Recognition and appreciation of             finding, problem-solving and inquiry-based approach to
gender, culture and customs are essential to the                 learning. Through engaging in their own inquiry-based
consideration of the issues, and students will make active       investigation of a social/ environmental issue, students learn
contributions to promoting codes of practice relevant to the     how the arts can be used as a learning and teaching tool.
specific professional area of education/learning.                Students will investigate Indigenous studies and SOSE
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and             through descriptive, interpretive, analytic and expressive
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2              processes, to share and create knowledge with students
                                                                 and staff.
EAN614 Arts and Sciences in Early Childhood                      Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
The unit challenges students, as leaders in early childhood      External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
teaching and learning, to interrogate a broad range of ideas,
principles and guidelines to assist them in making decisions     EAP403 Early Years: Science and Technology
about curriculum in the arts and sciences. It challenges         Education
students to engage with trans-disciplinary and cross-            This unit aims to extend your prior understanding of science
disciplinary knowledge and innovation.                           and technology education, and to enhance their
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet Teaching period:              understandings, dispositions and skills in relation to early
2010 SEM-1                                                       childhood science and technology education. It also aims to
                                                                 augment students
 understandings of teaching strategies,
EAN616 Language, Literacies and Communication in                 planning and evaluation for diverse groups of young
Early Childhood                                                  children in a variety of school and centre settings.
The focus of this unit is to help students to understand         Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
recent research-based practices for literacy learning and        External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
teaching in the years before compulsory schooling and the
early schools years. Emphasis is placed on a broad               EDB001 Teaching and Learning Studies 1: Teaching in
definition of literacy that highlights the importance of all     New Times




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2857
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Teaching today is being practised in a changing world. New       points: 12    Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove, External and
forms of culture and society have emerged in recent              Caboolture    Teaching period: 2010 6TP4
decades alongside new and more globalised diagrams of
economy, power and government. Schooling and education           EDB006 Learning Networks
in all domains are being affected by these shifts and            This unit explores the concept of learning networks:
transformations. Educational sites, for instance, are            interacting social and technical systems that lead to
becoming more differentiated and enterprising; learners          collective sense-making and knowledge construction.
themselves increasingly more diverse, active and                 Topics include the nature and use of Information and
autonomous. Teaching in New Times challenges students,           Communication Technologies (ICTs), learning theories and
in the early stages of their course, to develop an insightful    technologies and socio-technical practices in learning
and research-based conceptual framework, drawn from              networks.
social theory and cultural studies, so that they may respond     Antirequisites: CLB341, MDB385 Credit points: 12
to these transformations in an informed, ethical and             Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove and
professional manner.                                             Caboolture Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
Kelvin Grove and Caboolture         Teaching period: 2010        EDB010 Field Studies: Development and Learning in the
SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                             Teaching of English
                                                                 This unit has the dual purpose of promoting your own
EDB002 Teaching and Learning Studies 2: Development              personal and professional development as life long,
and Learning                                                     creative, autonomous learners, capable of reflection and
This unit has the dual purposes of promoting your own            high level thinking, and enabling you, as educators, to
personal and professional development as life long,              promote similar development in your learners. This unit will
creative, autonomous learners, capable of reflection and         contribute to the overall aims of the BEd by giving attention
high level thinking, and of enabling you, as educators, to       to two sets of teacher practitioner attributes. In the first set,
promote similar development in your learners. Pursuit of         emphasis is on your personal and professional development
these aims will involve an exploration of human                  in the course and the second set, the emphasis is on the
development, from personal and interpersonal perspectives,       attributes required of educators to facilitate learning in their
with sensitivity to socio-cultural contexts, and with a          students.
particular focus on the theory, research and practice which      Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
informs educators about how learners construct knowledge         period: 2010 SEM-1
and become creative, self-motivated thinkers and problem
solvers.                                                         EDB011 Early Childhood Field Studies 1: Development
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              and Learning in the Field
Kelvin Grove, External and Caboolture Teaching period:           Designated Unit.
2010 SEM-1                                                       This unit focuses on students' professional development as
                                                                 an educator, and reinforces the twin themes of teacher as
EDB004 Teaching and Learning Studies 4: Inclusive                researcher, and teacher as reflective practitioner. It provides
Education                                                        the first set of teaching experiences, in a graduated
This unit aims to develop students' understanding and            sequence over the course of the BEd. Students develop the
appreciation of the contributions that diversity, belonging      ability to plan, implement and evaluate effective
and trust make towards a quality learning environment for        teaching/learning programs in a wide range of settings for
all learners. Students will learn to engage in teaching a        children aged from birth to eight years.
broad range of students in diverse and inclusive ways            In this unit of the professional practices strand, students will
utilising pedagogies and curriculum practices that enhance       have opportunities to undertake activities designed to help
learning for all students and generate inclusive cultures        them refine an increasing number of strategies for teaching
within the school and classroom settings. Desired outcomes       and working collaboratively with children and their parents,
are achieved through descriptive, interpretative, analytic and   and with other professional colleagues.
expressive processes to share learning with fellow students      Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 20 days of supervised
and staff.                                                       field experiences in before-school setting            Campus:
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                 EDB012 Early Childhood Field Studies 2: Practising
EDB005 Teaching and Learning Studies 5: Professional             Education in the Field
Work of Teachers                                                 Designated Unit
Students will share the responsibility for shaping their         This unit focuses on students' professional development as
beginning career learnings through a process of                  an educator, and reinforces the twin themes of teacher as
professional induction with a number of key significant          researcher, and teacher as reflective practitioner. It provides
stakeholders. The process will be proactive, collaborative       the second set of teaching experiences, in a graduated
and self determined and students will need to become             sequence over the course of the BEd.
professionally responsible for developing a professional         In this second unit of the professional practices strand,
development program that best accommodates their needs           students will focus upon program planning and
at the close of the teacher education program.                   implementation in settings for children in lower primary.
Prerequisites: EDB033, EDB023, or EDB013           Credit        Students will focus upon teaching in lower primary school




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2858
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

classrooms, with an emphasis upon the development of              SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
knowledge of relevant policies and resources in curriculum
provision. An emphasis will be maintained on understanding        EDB023 Primary Field Studies 3: Inclusive Educational
Early Childhood approaches to curriculum.                         Practices
                                                                  Designated Unit.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               As a final year teacher education student you will actively
Internet, Kelvin Grove and External  Teaching period:             engage with the challenges and practices of inclusive
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                         education in the classroom and the broader educational
                                                                  setting. This field experience is designed for students to
EDB013 Early Childhood Field Studies 3: Diversity and             engage in teaching, learning and assessment practices in
Inclusivity                                                       their field, interacting with individual students, small groups
Designated Unit                                                   of students and whole class situations. Students will be
The aim in this unit is to develop professional support           required to design, implement and evaluate differentiated
relationships that early childhood practitioners must provide     teaching strategies, programs and assessment tasks in
for all children and their families, and an awareness of the      inclusive and critically reflective ways and in a manner that
need for the teacher to work as a member of the community         is responsive to the diverse nature of the students in
and as a partner with parents and other colleagues.               classes.
                                                                  Prerequisites: EDB022 Credit points: 12 Campus:
                                                                  Internet, Kelvin Grove and External
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove              Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SUM                                   EDB024 Primary Field Studies 4: Professional Work of
                                                                  Teachers - Induction into the Field
EDB014 Early Childhood Field Studies 4: Professional              Designated Unit.
Work of Teachers - Induction into the Field                       Learners remain central to the work of teams and must be
Designated Unit                                                   recognised as culturally and socially diverse as well as
This final early childhood practice unit is designed to provide   intellectually diverse. Within these constructs the graduating
a means of transition from the role of the tertiary student to    teachers are required to provide a range of educational
that of a professional early childhood practitioner who is        opportunities that facilitate high quality and meaningful
able to work across diverse settings. Students are                learning engagement for all students across differing
encouraged to engage in reflection about their professional       educational contexts and sectors. This unit is designed to
development and their future career paths and options.            fully immerse the pre-service teacher into the field with a
Prerequisites: EDB011, EDB012 and EDB013                Credit    view to scaffolding their repositioning as autonomous,
points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and External            critically reflective, inclusive professional teachers on
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                       completion.
                                                                  Prerequisites: EDB023 Credit points: 12 Campus:
EDB015 Internship (Early Childhood)                               Internet, Kelvin Grove, External and Caboolture
Designated Unit                                                   Teaching period: 2010 5TP2 and 2010 SEM-2
This unit aims to induct students into the professional work
of teachers. The aim is for students to apply the knowledge,      EDB025 Internship (Primary)
skills and understandings of teaching and learning that they      Designated Unit.
have acquired throughout the course in an extended time in        This unit aims to induct you into the professional work of
the workplace.                                                    teachers. The aim of this unit is for you to apply the
Prerequisites: EDB014 (Can be enrolled in same teaching           knowledge, skills and understandings of teaching and
period) Assumed knowledge: Completion of all units in             learning that you have acquired throughout the course in an
your course is assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12               extended time in the workplace.
Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and External Teaching              Prerequisites: EDB024 (Can be enrolled in same teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                 period) Assumed knowledge: Completion of all units in
                                                                  your course is assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12
EDB021 Primary Field Studies 1: Development and                   Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove, External and Caboolture
Learning in the Field                                             Teaching period: 2010 5TP3 and 2010 SEM-2
Designated Unit.
This unit focuses on students' professional development as        EDB031 Secondary Field Studies 1
an educator, and reinforces the twin themes of teacher as         Designated Unit.
researcher, and teacher as reflective practitioner. It provides   This unit focuses on the students' professional development
the first set of teaching experiences, in a graduated             as an educator, and reinforces the twin themes of teacher
sequence over the course of the BEd. Students develop the         as researcher, and teacher as reflective practitioner. It
ability to plan, implement and evaluate effective                 provides the first set of teaching experiences, in a
teaching/learning programs. This requires an understanding        graduated sequence over the course of the BEd. Students
of learner needs, curriculum knowledge, procedures for            develop the ability to plan, implement and evaluate effective
creating supportive classroom environments, and sensitivity       teaching/learning programs. This requires an understanding
to socio-cultural contexts.                                       of learner needs, curriculum knowledge, procedures for
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               creating supportive classroom environments, and sensitivity
Kelvin Grove and Caboolture        Teaching period: 2010          to socio-cultural contexts.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2859
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


Please note in Semester 2 this unit is ONLY available to
students who have previously failed the unit and have             Prerequisites: EDB034 (Can be enrolled in same teaching
received approval from the faculty to be enrolled in the          period) Assumed knowledge: Completion of all units in
alternate offering. This unit is not available to Visiting or     your course is assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12
Cross-Institutional students.                                     Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period:
Prerequisites: HMB231, HMB292, CLB018, CLB036,                    2010 5TP3 and 2010 SEM-2
CLB021, CLB051, CLB054, MDB015, MDB021, MDB031,
or PUB343 (can be enrolled in the same teaching period)           EDB036 Introduction To Education
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               This unit is early in the course to introduce foundational
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                 theories and practices in the design of curriculum, pedagogy
SEM-2                                                             and assessment that you will then build on throughout the
                                                                  remainder of your course.
EDB032 Secondary Field Studies 2                                  Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Designated Unit                                                   period: 2010 SEM-1
Through critical examination of the socio-cultural
dimensions of these sites, this unit aims to utilise aspects of   EDB038 Indigenous Australian Culture Studies
social enquiry to analyse the practice of teaching as a social    This unit encourages an appreciation of the two distinct
and cultural activity. At the same time, the unit aims to         indigenous cultures of Australia and how external forces to
develop students' pedagogical and curriculum skills as a          Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultures caused social,
teachers.                                                         economic and political changes. It looks at traditional family
Prerequisites: EDB031, and HMB331, HMB396, CLB019,                life and organisation.
CLB025, CLB037, CLB022, CLB010, CLB013, CLB016,                   Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
CLB028, CLB031, CLB034, CLB040, MDB010, MDB013,                   period: 2010 SEM-1
MDB016, MDB022, MDB025, MDB028, MDB453, or
PUB643 (can be enrolled in the same teaching period)              EDB039 Indigenous Politics and Political Culture
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and              This unit examines issues and influences underlying the
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                 world of indigenous politics: political representation; land
                                                                  rights; health; education; community development; criminal
EDB033 Secondary Field Studies 3                                  justice; culture and heritage. This unit has an Australian
Designated Unit.                                                  focus with New Zealand and North American comparisons.
Students will be required to design, implement and evaluate       Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
differentiated teaching strategies, programs and                  period: 2010 SEM-2
assessment tasks in inclusive and critically reflective ways
and in a manner that is responsive to the diverse nature of       EDB040 Indigenous Knowledge: Research Ethics and
the students in your classes. Students will be required to        Protocols
argue that their orientations to curriculum, teaching and         This unit provides students with a critical examination of the
assessment reflect practices that offer all students access to    major ethical and moral issues arising from the designing
quality learning experiences.                                     and conducting of research 'on/in' Australian Indigenous
Prerequisites: EDB032, and HMB431, HMB496, CLB020,                people/communities or issues. The unit examines the calls
CLB026, CLB038, CLB023, CLB053, CLB056, MDB017,                   by Indigenous researchers for the decolonising of research
MDB023, MDB033, or PUB743 (can be enrolled in the same            methods - a process which critically examines the historical
teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet               and philosophical bases of Western research and the
and Kelvin Grove       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and            frustrations of Indigenous researchers with various Western
2010 SEM-2                                                        paradigms, academic traditions and methodologies.
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
EDB034 Secondary Field Studies 4                                  period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Designated Unit.
This unit is designed to fully immerse the pre-service            EDB041 Indigenous Australia: Country, Kin and Culture
teacher into the field with a view to scaffolding their           This unit aims to expand understanding of issues of
repositioning as an autonomous, critically reflective,            importance to Indigenous people and to relate those issues
inclusive professional teacher on completion.                     to the practices in human service agencies. The Oodgeroo
Prerequisites: EDB033 Credit points: 12 Campus:                   staff and leaders from the Indigenous community will work
Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 5TP2              with staff from Social Work and Human Services in
and 2010 SEM-2                                                    presenting this unit.
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and
EDB035 Internship (Secondary)                                     2010 SEM-2
Designated Unit.
This unit aims to induct students into the professional work      EDB101 Introduction to Learning Facilitation
of teachers. The aim of this unit is to apply the knowledge,      To operate effectively in learning environments and to
skills and understandings of teaching and learning that           inform their marketability in the global workplace, adult
students have acquired throughout the course in an                learning professionals need to be aware of their own
extended time in the workplace.                                   capabilities, biases and preferred learning styles, skills and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2860
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

knowledge bases, and areas of potential. The unit will            thinking and communicating in a social context.
encourage the initiation and development of reflective            Credit points: 12    Campus: Internet and External
practice, critical analysis and information synthesis skills      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
which will be applied both personally and within the
professional area. Using externalization and internalization,     EDB350 English for Teachers
this unit will begin the student’s journey to become a self       This unit aims to continue the development of participants'
directed life long learner.                                       own language proficiency and intercultural competence and
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove               to further develop their understandings of the importance of
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                       effective and appropriate use of language in successful
                                                                  TESOL classrooms.
EDB102 Advanced Learning Facilitation                             Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Adult learning professionals must possess the micro-skills        period: 2010 SEM-1
and macro-strategies required to manage and conduct
semi-structured and unstructured learning experiences for         EDB351 TESOL Methodology 1
adult learners. The unit is designed to develop the students’     This unit is designed to help TESOL teachers to develop a
knowledge and skills in managing these sorts of processes         range of understandings so that they can plan and
of learning and to develop self-confidence. This is a             implement effective TESOL programs for young lelarners
practical unit which will enhance the skills and knowledge        and interpret and manage the classroom as a complex
that students require for personal and portfolio                  social environment for teaching and learning.
development. This Unit is designed to build on the skills and     Prerequisites: EDB350 (can be enrolled in the same
knowledge students have developed in these areas in               teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin
Introduction to Learning Facilitation.                            Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Prerequisites: EDB101 Credit points: 12 Campus:
Internet and Kelvin Grove                                         EDB352 Classroom-Based Reseach: TESOL
                                                                  Methodology 2
EDB103 Work Integrated Learning: Problem Based                    Language teachers are required to make informed
Using a problem based learning approach, this Unit                pedagogical decisions which are response to the learning
provides students with an opportunity to enhance their            needs of their students and to the curriculum frameworks of
understanding of a range of work practices and roles in           the context in which they work. This unit extends the
adult, organisational and community learning contexts by          understandings and strategies developed TESOL
undertaking an individualised or small team professional          Methodology 1 and encourages participants to expand their
project. Foci for the project could include: teaching and         pedagogical repertoire as they refind their own developing
learning; curriculum development and/or instructional design      teaching philosophy.
(including e-learning); consultancy and educational               Prerequisites: EDB350 and EDB351             Corequisites:
brokerage; organisational change and learning facilitation;       EDB353 Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove
international education; Indigenous education and training.       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
The Unit will also provide students with an opportunity to
extend their existing work contacts and to create new             EDB353 TESOL Materials and Curriculum Development
professional networks. Before commencing their                    Effective language teachers working with young children
professional project, students must satisfactorily complete a     need to be able to critically analyse, evaluate, develop and
compulsory module on risk management.                             generate course materials and activities that engage young
Prerequisites: EDB102, SPB102, and SPB103 Credit                  learners and support their language development in a
points: 12       Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove                principled and coherent fashion across the teaching period.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                       Prerequisites: EDB350 and EDB351              Corequisites:
                                                                  EDB352 Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove
EDB104 Work Integrated Learning: Action Research                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Using an action learning approach this Unit provides
students with further opportunities to enhance their              EDB355 Comparative Curriculum Study
understanding of a range of work practices and roles in           Students in this unit will consider varying orientations to
adult, organisational and community learning contexts by          curriculum as a framework from which they can understand
undertaking an individualised or small team professional          their own and others' education systems. In particular they
project. Foci for the project could be the same as or different   will be able to examine curriculum and contexts in Malaysia
from those pursued by the students in Work Integrated             and Australia
Learning: Problem Based. The Unit also provides students          Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
with further opportunities to extend their existing work          period: 2010 SEM-2
contacts and to create new professional networks.
Prerequisites: EDB103 Corequisites: SPB108 Credit                 EDB410 Introduction To Research Methods
points: 12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching                 This unit provides a foundation for understanding research
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                design and methods in education. It focuses on reading,
                                                                  understanding and evaluating educational research both
EDB200 Insights into Early Childhood Development                  within and across different paradigms and on enabling
The unit aims to develop knowledge and understanding of           students to develop their own plan for a small-scale
early childhood development with a focus on children's            research project. It includes the development of skills in




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2861
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

understanding, appreciating, and using the processes and
techniques of research. Students are made aware of the             EDB440 Independent Study
variety of research cultures and theoretical perspectives, to      This unit involves self-initiated and self-directed academic
become informed consumers of the research findings of              study in an area of educational management interest that
others.                                                            allows study either to a depth not possible in electives, or in
Other requisites: Entry to the Research Pathway is by              an area not covered by the course.
invitation from the Research Pathway Coordinator. Students         Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove and External
are required to have a GPA of 5.5 or above.           Credit       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period:                   SUM
2010 SEM-1
                                                                   EDB453 Secondary Professional Practice 4: Beginning
EDB411-1 Dissertation (Stage 1)                                    Teaching
This unit provides you with opportunities to develop               Designated Unit.
research skills that are increasingly important for teachers in    In this unit students synthesise the range of skills, attitudes
an era when schools, professional associations and other           and knowledge sources that they have experienced to
educational settings are becoming important sites of               ensure an effective transition into professional practice as
knowledge production.                                              beginning teachers, taking responsibility for the shaping of
Prerequisites: EDB410 (can be enrolled in the same                 educational practice from their own perspective and those of
teaching period) Other requisites: Entry to the Research           the learners. Emphasis is on planning and implementation
Pathway is by invitation from the Research Pathway                 of the total program. It includes 30 days of practice teaching
Coordinator. Students are required to have a GPA of 5.5 or         in a secondary school.
above.    Credit points: 12        Campus: Kelvin Grove            Prerequisites: EDB452 Credit points: 12 Campus:
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                         Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                   and 2010 SEM-2
EDB411-2 Dissertation (Stage 2)
This unit provides you with opportunities to develop               EDN602 Advanced Seminars
research skills that are increasingly important for teachers in    This unit provides for the special needs and interests of
an era when schools, professional associations and other           students. Small groups of students interact at an advanced
educational settings are becoming important sites of               level with specialists or visiting scholars in seminars,
knowledge production.                                              conferences and research projects.
Prerequisites: EDB410 (can be enrolled in the same                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove
teaching period) Other requisites: Entry to the Research           Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
Pathway is by invitation from the Research Pathway                 SUM
Coordinator. Students are required to have a GPA of 5.5 or
above.    Credit points: 12        Campus: Kelvin Grove            EDN603 Facilitated Study Unit
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                         The unit aims to enhance capacities for flexibility and
                                                                   innovation in educational practice as a result of an in-depth
EDB411-3 Dissertation (Stage 3)                                    investigation of a problem of professional relevance.
This unit provides you with opportunities to develop               Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
research skills that are increasingly important for teachers in    External    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2
an era when schools, professional associations and other           and 2010 SUM
educational settings are becoming important sites of
knowledge production.                                              EDN604-1 Facilitated Study Unit
Other requisites: Entry to the Research Pathway is by              The unit aims to enhance capacities for flexibility and
invitation from the Research Pathway Coordinator. Students         innovation in educational practice as a result of an in-depth
are required to have a GPA of 5.5 or above.             Credit     investigation of a problem of professional relevance. The
points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period:                   unit engages students in a comprehensive examination of
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                          relevant theory, research, policy, and/or practice in the area
                                                                   of investigation.
EDB433 Primary Professional Practice 4: Beginning                  Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove
Teaching                                                           Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
Designated Unit                                                    SUM
In this unit, students synthesise the range of skills, attitudes
and knowledge sources that they have experienced to                EDN604-2 Facilitated Study Unit
ensure an effective transition into professional practice as       See EDN604-1.
beginning teachers, taking responsibility for the shaping of       Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and
educational practice from their own perspective and those of       External   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2
the learners. Emphasis is on planning and implementation           and 2010 SUM
of the total program. It includes thirty days of practice
teaching in a primary school.                                      EDN610 Professional Dialogues in Education
Prerequisites: EDB432         Credit points: 12        Contact     This unit aims to develop understanding of what it means to
hours: 30 days school placement Campus: External                   be an innovator and a leader in a contemporary professional
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                         context. The unit is underpinned by the notion that




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2862
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

innovation means being more critical, being open, being         enrolled in the same teaching period)      Assumed
able to engage with greater uncertainty and complexity, and     knowledge: Registration (Probationary or Full) with the
being able to learn from the past in order to manage the        Psychologists Board of Queensland is required for
future.                                                         enrolment in this unit. Credit points: 12    Campus:
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and            Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2             SEM-2

EDN611 Professional Applications of Research                    EDN632 Supervised Practicum 2
The unit focuses on the needs of professionals to seek          This units aims to provide students with supervised
research knowledge that addresses specific problems or          experience in applying diagnostic, assessment and
issues in their practice and to develop a positive attitude     intervention skills in educational settings. This unit will also
towards research in general. It assists students to search      develop students' written and oral communication skills and
databases and other sources to locate published research        provide them with practice in using this skills to
reports in their field and evaluate them critically.            communicate results of assessments and recommendations
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove             for interventions to school staff, parents and other
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                      stakeholders.
                                                                Prerequisites: EDN631, PYN601, SPN640, SPN641
EDN612 Conducting Innovative Educational Research               Corequisites: SPN642               Assumed knowledge:
The unit aims to enhance capacities for undertaking             Registration (Probationary or Full) with the Psychologists
research in educational and other learning contexts that is     Board of Queensland is required for enrolment in this unit.
innovative in both its focus and its approach. The unit         Credit points: 12        Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
engages students in a comprehensive examination of              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
relevant research theory and practical application.
Prerequisites: EDN611 Credit points: 12 Campus:                 EDN633 Supervised Practicum 3
Internet, Kelvin Grove and External     Teaching period:        The unit provides students with supervised experience in
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                       applying their diagnostic, assessment and intervention skills
                                                                within non-educational settings. It will further develop their
EDN619 Educational Research: Design, Methodology                written and oral communication skills, and provide them with
and Analysis                                                    practice in using these skills to communicate results of
In this unit, the dynamic interplay between educational         assessments and intervention strategies within teams from
theory and research will be emphasised with the intent of       non-educational settings.
developing your skills and knowledge required by                Prerequisites: EDN632             Assumed knowledge:
consumers and practitioners of educational research.            Registration (Probationary or Full) with the Psychologists
Prerequisites: EDN611 Credit points: 12 Teaching                Board of Queensland is required for enrolment in this unit.
period: 2010 SEM-2                                              Credit points: 12 Contact hours: Approximately 2 days
                                                                per week for practicum         Campus: Kelvin Grove
EDN626 Learning And Teaching In Higher Education                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
This unit aims to develop the student's capacity to take a
theoretically grounded approach to teaching and learning in     EDN634 Supervised Practicum 4
higher education, specifically through increasing their         This unit aims to provide students with support in ensuring
knowledge of formal and informal theories of learning and       that they have attained the level of knowledge and skill
teaching.                                                       required to meet the competencies of the Psychologists
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet Teaching period:             Board of Queensland.
2010 SEM-1                                                      Prerequisites: EDN633            Assumed knowledge:
                                                                Registration (Probationary or Full) with the Psychologists
EDN629 Online Design: Implications for Learning                 Board of Queensland is required for enrolment in this unit.
This unit aims to provide students with the opportunity to      Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
gain the knowledge, skills and confidence to use a variety of   period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
delivery methods appropriate to their post-secondary
student cohort, and to be able to evaluate and critique each    EDN635 Field Studies in Early Childhood
mode of delivery within a pedagogical framework, which is       In this unit, students are required to draw on professional
student-centred and context-specific.                           knowledge and experience in making child observations and
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet Teaching period:             in planning, implementing and evaluating learning
2010 SEM-1                                                      experiences for children.
                                                                Prerequisites: EAN601 Credit points: 12 Campus:
EDN631 Supervised Practicum 1                                   Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and
The aim is to provide students with a basic level of            2010 SEM-2
professional knowledge and akills in the practice of
educational and development psychology and an                   EDN641 Field Studies in Early Childhood: Birth To 5
awareness of ethical guidelines. Students will also develop     Years
a high standard of professional conduct through supervised      The field experience component of this course provides
practice.                                                       opportunities for the demonstration of competence in
Prerequisites: PYN601, SPN640 and SPN641 (all can be            working with young children in a planned environment. The




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2863
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

aim of this unit is enable you to draw upon your professional         opportunity to identify and discuss professional issues for
knowledge and experience in making child observations and             beginning teachers in the early years. It aims to develop
in planning, implementing and evaluating learning                     strong links between research, theory and practice by
experiences for children.                                             emphasising inquiry- and evidence-based approaches to
                                                                      teaching and learning in early childhood settings and
                                                                      professional development for teachers. (33 days Field
Prerequisites: EAN601 Credit points: 12 Campus:                       Studies).
Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and
2010 SEM-2                                                            Prerequisites: EDP421 Credit points: 12 Campus:
                                                                      Internet, Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period:
EDP415 Engaging Diverse Learners                                      2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Increasingly rich and complex opportunities are offered to
today
s learners to engage in personal, contextual and                EDP431 Middle Years Field Studies 1: Engaging Diverse
technological approaches to knowledge construction. To                Learners
participate effectively in modern learning environments, and          Designated Unit.
to be able, in the future, to support the learning of diverse         This unit integrates and applies the current perspectives,
learners, students completing this unit will develop an               issues and theoretical frameworks of inclusion and diversity.
understanding of the processes of learning, and the                   It enhances the student
s ability to identify and address
influence of both individual differences and socio-cultural           social, cultural, political and legislative issues to provide
contexts in personal, social and professional development.            quality inclusive educational experiences for all learners.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and                  Students will actively engage with the challenges and
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                   practices of inclusive education in the classroom and the
                                                                      broader educational setting. To do this effectively students
EDP416 The Professional Practice of Educators                         will need to identify barriers to student learning and develop
This Education Studies unit builds your professional and              strategies to maximize educational outcomes for all
ethical capacity as an Early, Middle or Senior Phase                  students. (22 days Field Studies)
Educator by developing a social science framework for                 Prerequisites: MDP452 (can be enrolled in the same
understanding and analysing the professional practice of              teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet,
educators in local and global contexts. The unit will develop         Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
your knowledge of the social, cultural, and political                 and 2010 SEM-2

Vtrategies
 shaping professional practice and education
today. It will also develop your understanding of the                 EDP432 Middle Years Field Studies 2: The Professional
identities produced by these strategies and of the ways in            Practice of Educators
which they might be ethically and equitably managed in all            Designated Unit. This unit identifies, discusses and applies
phases of learning.                                                   the professional issues and responsibilities the beginning
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and                  teacher needs to be aware of. The students
 ability to
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                   identify the crucial professional issues for them personally
                                                                      will be enhanced. Students will not only engage with the
EDP421 Early Years Field Studies 1: Engaging Diverse                  challenges of addressing social, cultural, political and
Learners                                                              legislative issues to provide quality inclusive educational
Designated Unit.                                                      experiences for all learners but also identify a professional
Inclusive philosophies and pedagogies are fundamental for             development program that best accommodates their needs
schools and educators who seek to provide rich educational            as a beginning teacher. (33 days Field Studies).
experiences for all learners in the early years of schooling.
Teachers must be able to identify and reduce barriers to              Prerequisites: EDP431, and CLP400 (CLP400 can be
learning and maximize educational outcomes in response to             enrolled in the same teaching period) Credit points: 12
the needs and interests of all students. This unit provides           Campus: Internet and Kelvin Grove Teaching period:
students with the opportunity to investigate and develop              2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
their ability to identify a range of social, cultural and political
issues which may create barriers to learning. It also                 EDP441 Senior Years Field Studies 1: Engaging Diverse
engages students with various pedagogical responses that              Learners
may provide inclusive educational experiences for students            Designated Unit.
in the early years.(22 days Field Studies).                           This field studies unit integrates and applies the current
Prerequisites: EAP400 (can be enrolled in the same                    perspectives, issues and theoretical frameworks of inclusion
teaching period) Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet,                  and diversity. It enhances the student
s ability to identify
Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                 and address social, cultural, political and legislative issues
and 2010 SEM-2                                                        to provide quality inclusive educational experiences for all
                                                                      learners. Students will actively engage with the challenges
EDP422 Early Years Field Studies 2: The Professional                  and practices of inclusive education in the classroom and
Practice of Educators                                                 the broader educational setting. To do this effectively
Designated Unit.                                                      students will need to identify barriers to student learning and
This unit prepares you for your work as a beginning teacher,          develop strategies to maximize educational outcomes for all
on completion of this course. It provides you with the                students. (22 days Field Studies).




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2864
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

.                                                                 This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet, Kelvin Grove and              and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It
External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2               allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in
                                                                  future work situations and provides a means of extending
EDP442 Senior Years Field Studies 2: The Professional             the skills and understandings gained from formal units to
Practice of Educators                                             investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's
Designated Unit.                                                  professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of
This Field Studies Unit is designed to alert you to the           acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and
professional issues of ethical and equitable practice, to legal   competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates
responsibilities that face any educator, and to the need to       the application of innovative research but grows out of the
stay informed of new developments shaping professional            professional coursework. All candidates will proceed
practice. In the field study placement you will move towards      through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,
becoming a beginning teacher, managing learning                   Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of
environments that are educationally productive, alert to          Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp
student diversity and the legislative context, as well as         Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same
mindful of the need for ongoing career enrichment and             teaching period) Credit points: 24 Campus: Internet,
planning. (33 days Field Studies).                                Kelvin Grove and External

Prerequisites: EDP441, and CLP407, CLP410, CLP413,                EDR702-4 1-9 Thesis
CLP418, CLP424, KDP203, KMP203, KTP203, KVP303,                   This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend
MDP458, or MDP461 (can be enrolled in the same teaching           and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It
period)  Credit points: 12  Campus: Internet, Kelvin              allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in
Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and                future work situations and provides a means of extending
2010 SEM-2                                                        the skills and understandings gained from formal units to
                                                                  investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's
EDP452 Reflective Practitioners 1                                 professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of
Designated unit. This is the first field studies unit in the      acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and
primary stream of the graduate pre-service teacher                competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates
education program. It provides you with your first supervised     the application of innovative research but grows out of the
professional experience in teaching. Through a combination        professional coursework. All candidates will proceed
of university-based professional learning and school-based        through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,
supervised field experience, the unit provides the                Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of
opportunity for you to develop the professional capacity to       Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp
plan, implement and evaluate effective and inclusive              Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same
teaching/learning programs. The unit closely articulates with     teaching period)      Credit points: 24
your first Education Studies unit, SPP402 Primary
Educational Perspectives, and with your first Curriculum          EDR702-5 1-9 Thesis
Studies units. (25 days Field Studies).                           This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend
                                                                  and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove              Teaching      allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                future work situations and provides a means of extending
                                                                  the skills and understandings gained from formal units to
EDR702-2 1-9 Thesis                                               investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's
This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend         professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of
and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It          acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and
allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in          competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates
future work situations and provides a means of extending          the application of innovative research but grows out of the
the skills and understandings gained from formal units to         professional coursework. All candidates will proceed
investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's                through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,
professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of       Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of
acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and              Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp
competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates      Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same
the application of innovative research but grows out of the       teaching period)      Credit points: 24
professional coursework. All candidates will proceed
through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,          EDR702-6 1-9 Thesis
Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of                This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend
Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp                              and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It
Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same                allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in
teaching period) Credit points: 24 Campus: Internet,              future work situations and provides a means of extending
Kelvin Grove and External                                         the skills and understandings gained from formal units to
                                                                  investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's
EDR702-3 1-9 Thesis                                               professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of
                                                                  acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2865
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates
the application of innovative research but grows out of the    EDR703 Interdisciplinary in Education Studies
professional coursework. All candidates will proceed           (Advanced Seminars)
through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,       This unit is a reading and seminar program that aims to
Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of             broaden and deepen the student's initial perspective to
Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp                           include elements derived from theoretical perspectives
Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same             drawn from a number of disciplines. The unit seeks to
teaching period)      Credit points: 24                        provide a context of learning for educators who seek the
                                                               personal and professional benefits that the broadening and
EDR702-7 1-9 Thesis                                            deepening of their professional knowledge affords.
This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend      Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It       period: 2010 SEM-1
allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in
future work situations and provides a means of extending       EDR705 Thesis Preparation 1
the skills and understandings gained from formal units to      Credit points: 24
investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's
professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of    EDR706 Thesis Preparation 2
acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and           Credit points: 24
competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates
the application of innovative research but grows out of the    EDZ002 Philosophy of Malaysian Education
professional coursework. All candidates will proceed           This unit introduces students to the philosophy of Malaysian
through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,       education including elements of Western and Islamic
Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of             philosophical reasoning and its origins. Focus will be on the
Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp                           philosophy of Education and its purpose in achieving
Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same             excellence in education.
teaching period)      Credit points: 24

EDR702-8 1-9 Thesis                                            Credit points: 12 Campus: Institut Perguruan Bahasa-
This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend      Bahasa Antarabangsa Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It
allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in       EDZ003 Linguistics for the Language Teacher
future work situations and provides a means of extending       Students are introduced to linguistics and its applications for
the skills and understandings gained from formal units to      language teachers, providing basic understandings about
investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's             the nature and function of language, including phonology,
professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of    morphology and syntax, as well as semantics. The student
acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and           will be able to translate their understanding of language into
competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates   effective classroom practice.
the application of innovative research but grows out of the    Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
professional coursework. All candidates will proceed
through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,       EDZ009 Professional Development: Research Project A
Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of             Teachers' professional knowledge is dynamic and
Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp                           constantly changing; and it is essential for beginning
Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same             teachers to develop as lifelong learners and reflective
teaching period)      Credit points: 24                        practitioners, prepared to work in constantly changing
                                                               social, economic and professional conditions. This unit
EDR702-9 1-9 Thesis                                            covers topics related to the complex professional and
This unit provides students with an opportunity to extend      personal dimensions of teachers' work.
and synthesise knowledge from the coursework section. It       Credit points: 12 Campus: Institut Perguruan Bahasa-
allows the coursework to be applied as it may be used in       Bahasa Antarabangsa Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
future work situations and provides a means of extending
the skills and understandings gained from formal units to      EDZ021 Primary School Music (Complementary
investigate in-depth some aspects of the student's             Studies)
professional practice. The unit focuses on the extension of    Primary School Music paper is offered as a subject for
acquired knowledge to increase the understanding and           young learners to require an understanding of musical
competence of skilled professional educators and facilitates   concepts, singing, playing the recorder, producing short
the application of innovative research but grows out of the    plays and integrating music with other subject areas. This
professional coursework. All candidates will proceed           unit will help develop a basic musical knowledge and
through the three required thesis steps. Namely, Step A,       understanding of how music can be used as a tool to
Thesis Preparation; Step B, Thesis Confirmation of             enhance the teaching and learning of primary school
Candidature; and Step C:, Thesis Imp                           children.
Prerequisites: EDR703 (can be enrolled in the same
teaching period)      Credit points: 24                        Credit points: 12    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2866
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  collaboratively with others in the development of that
EDZ022 Planning and Teaching Mathematics                          agenda. The unit also provides opportunities for new
(Complementary Studies)                                           approaches to learning through online technologies.
This unit is designed to help pre-service teachers to learn       The aims of this unit are for you to develop understanding of
about planning and teaching mathematics in Malaysian              the values of scholarship and critical inquiry into their
primary school. The content of this unit will provide an          professional contexts.
opportunity for you to begin planning an effective
mathematics lesson.                                               Credit points: 12  Campus: Papua New Guinea
                                                                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Credit points: 12    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                  EEB889-1 Project
EDZ023 Primary Science Curriculum and Pedagogies                  This unit is divided into two parts: EEB889-1 and EEB889-2.
(Complementary Studies)                                           Students normally complete part 1 in semester 1 and part 2
This unit is designed to help pre-service teachers to develop     in semester 2 in their final year of study.
an understanding on issues of the Primary Science                 An engineering project on a specified topic is completed; the
Education in Malaysia. It provides the opportunity to             work will require design, computing, construction,
understand the Malaysian Primary Science Curriculum; its          experimental work and practical testing with the submission
historical development, organisation, rationale, emphases         of appropriate reports. The topic is selected from any area
and scopes. Best practices for effective science teaching         which involves electronics, computing, control,
will be explored in various learning strategies and methods       communication, signal processing, electrical power, or
that are used for primary science curriculum. The content of      aerospace/avionics. The project may include programming,
this unit is inclusive of strategies for adapting science         circuit and system design.
instruction to the needs of learners from cultural diverse        Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 1 per week Campus:
population, gender differences, learner differences and           Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
exceptional children with physical disabilities, gifted and       SEM-2
talented in the classroom through curriculum development.
                                                                  EEB889-2 Project
Credit points: 12    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  This unit is divided into two parts: EEB889-1 and EEB889-2.
                                                                  Students normally would complete part 1 in semester 1 and
EDZ024 Research Project                                           part 2 in semester 2 in their final year of study.
Credit points: 12                                                 An engineering project on a specified topic is completed; the
                                                                  work will require design, computing, construction,
EDZ602 Advanced Seminars                                          experimental work and practical testing with the submission
This unit provides for the special needs and interests of         of appropriate reports. The topic is selected from any area
students, and provides an opportunity for students to             which involves electronics, computing, control,
engage in an advanced seminar series. This allows                 communication, signal processing, electrical power, or
students the possibility of studying in a group with academic     aerospace/avionics. The project may include programming,
staff to develop expertise in a specific area, working with       circuit and system design.
visiting scholars with special expertise, involvement in          Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 1 Campus: Gardens
special seminars and conferences occurring in Australia and       Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
overseas, or working in particular research projects that are
running for a limited time.                                       EEP201 Fundamentals of Power System Earthing
                                                                  This unit includes the following: electrode resistance,
                                                                  potential gradient areas of common types of electrodes;
Credit points: 12    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  multiple electrodes; stratified grounds electric shock;
                                                                  calculation of step and touch potentials; introduction to
EDZ604-1 Facilitated Study Unit                                   substation earthing; ground potential rise; connection of
The aim of this unit is to enhance capacities for flexibility     services; grid and mesh potentials; measurement of soil
and innovation in educational practice as a result of an in-      resistivity and electrode resistance; earthing of transmission
depth investigation of a problem of professional relevance.       lines; tower foot resistance; current division between ground
The unit will engage you in a comprehensive examination of        and aerial earth wires; division of earth currents at
relevant theory, research, policy, and/or practice in the area    substations; earth current distribution on faulted lines;
of investigation. The unit also aims to develop your skills       distribution systems; MEN; SWER; safety during faults; flow
and understandings about how issues of professional               of lightning currents to ground.
interest can be explored and reported for professional and        Credit points: 4          Contact hours: 15 hours short
academic audiences.                                               course/distance education        Campus: Gardens Point
Credit points: 12       Campus: Papua New Guinea                  Teaching period: 2010 5TP2, 2010 5TP5, 2010 5TP8 and
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                       2010 5TP9

EDZ610 Professional Dialogues in Education                        EEP202 Thermal Ratings and Heat Transfer
This unit supports the development of a learning agenda           *R WR o                                  t               :
that will inform directions for your study in the course as you   http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
develop your personal area of interest and work                   rse_units.jsp




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2867
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Credit points: 4                                               Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point          Teaching
                                                               period: 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 5TP9
EEP204 Power System Load Flow Analysis
*R WR o                                         o        :   EEP215 Reliability
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    *R WR o                                  t
rse_units.jsp                                                 http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
Credit points: 4                                              rse_units.jsp
                                                              Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
EEP205 Power System Fault Calculations                        period: 2010 SEM-1
*R WR o                                         o        :
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    EEP216 Overhead Line Design - Electrical
rse_units.jsp                                                 *R WR o                                   t               :
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
period: 2010 5TP2 and 2010 6TP4                               rse_units.jsp
                                                                     
                                                              Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
EEP206 Project Management                                     period: 2010 5TP2, 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 6TP6
*R WR o                                         o        :
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    EEP217 Overhead Line Design - Mechanical
rse_units.jsp                                                 *R WR o                                  t               :
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                             rse_units.jsp
                                                              Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
EEP208 Economic Analysis for Power Systems                    period: 2010 5TP2 and 2010 6TP4
Engineers
*R WR o                                         o        :   EEP219 High Voltage Substation Equipment, Power
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    *R WR o                                  t               :
rse_units.jsp                                                 http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               rse_units.jsp
period: 2010 5TP4 and 2010 5TP9                               Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                              period: 2010 5TP4 and 2010 5TP8
EEP209 Power System Harmonics
*R WR o                                         o        :   EEP220 Distribution Planning
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    *R WR o                                  t               :
rse_units.jsp                                                 http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               rse_units.jsp
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                             Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                              period: 2010 5TP5 and 2010 5TP9
EEP210 Abnormal System Voltages
*R WR o                                         o        :   EEP231 Thesis B
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    *R WR o                                  t               :
rse_units.jsp                                                 http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               rse_units.jsp
period: 2010 5TP2 and 2010 SEM-2                              Credit points: 12

EEP211 Basic Power System Protection                          EEP241 Distance Protection
*R WR o                                         o        :   *R WR o                                  t               :
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
rse_units.jsp                                                 rse_units.jsp
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 5TP3, 2010 5TP4 and 2010 6TP4                    period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 5TP5, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
                                                              5TP9
EEP212 Advanced Power System Protection
*R WR o                                         o        :   EEP244 Circuit Breakers - Switchgear
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    *R WR o                                  t               :
rse_units.jsp                                                 http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               rse_units.jsp
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 5TP4, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010            Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
6TP6                                                          period: 2010 5TP5 and 2010 6TP6

EEP213 Statistics                                             EEP245 Introduction to Substation Design
*R WR o                                         o        :   *R WR o                                  t               :
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou    http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou
rse_units.jsp                                                 rse_units.jsp




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2868
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point              Teaching      thereby enhancing their critical and technical ability.
period: 2010 5TP9
                                                                  Additionally, the unit aims to help improve the student
EEP246 Customer Metering                                          research ability through the delivery of a large scale
*R WR o                                         o        :       academic style portfolio that reflects their transition from
http://www.bee.qut.edu.au/study/cpe/pestc/course_units/cou        theory to strategy and trading and reflection.
rse_units.jsp
Credit points: 4 Campus: Gardens Point                            The unit is NOT designed to be taken as a traditional book
                                                                  learned class. Reading and knowledge is gained from many
EFB201 Financial Markets                                          sources including case studies, books, jounals and
This unit introduces students to the institutional structure of   newspapers.
global financial markets, and thereby complements the             Prerequisites: BSB113 or BSB123          Antirequisites:
understanding of theoretical finance gained in either             EFN424 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
BSB122 or EFB210. Topics covered include the functions of         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
financial markets, the banking and payments system,
financial system deregulation, non-bank financial                 EFB240 Finance for International Business
institutions, stock exchange operations, debt markets,            In this unit students analyse the way international
foreign exchange markets and markets for financial                operations and performance of business can be put at risk
derivatives.                                                      by changing financial and regulatory conditions across
Prerequisites: BSB113 or CTB113 Credit points: 12                 borders and determine how best to manage the exposure to
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                   this risk. This unit examines the following: the evolution of
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                        the international financial system; the foreign exchange
                                                                  market; the types of foreign exchange rate exposures;
EFB210 Finance 1                                                  managing exchange; translation and consolidation risks;
This unit covers the following topics: an introduction to the     assessing foreign direct investment targets; comparing the
financial institutional framework; an introduction to debt and    performance of foreign affiliates; operations exposure to
equity instruments; financial mathematics applied to the          regulatory risk of tax; investment and competition policy
pricing of debt and equity securities; a firm's investment        changes; country risk assessment and managing country
decision including Net Present Value (NPV) and Internal           risk exposure.
Rate of Return (IRR); introduction to risk and uncertainty        Prerequisites: (BSB119 or CTB119) or BSB116, and
using the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) and                  (BSB113 or CTB113) or (BSB122 or CTB122)
Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) concept and risk          Antirequisites: EFB312, MIB202 Equivalents: IBB202
management.                                                       Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Prerequisites: BSB123 or BSB122 or MAB126 or (BSB110              period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
and BSB113) Antirequisites: EFB206 Credit points:
12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                EFB307 Finance 2
  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010                This unit includes the following topics: the financing decision
SUM                                                               - capital structure, debt versus equity, lease versus debt,
                                                                  term structure versus default structure of interest rates; the
EFB222 Quantitative Methods For Economics and                     dividend decision - dividends versus capital gains, franked
Finance                                                           versus unfranked income; firm valuation; free cash flow
Prerequisites: BSB122 or CTB122, or BSB123 or MAB101              model; evaluation of takeovers; Risk and Return -
or MAB233 Antirequisites: EFB101 Credit points: 12                diversification, the CAPM model, its practical application
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                       and its relationship to efficient market hypothesis;
                                                                  introduction to forwards, futures, options, warrants,
EFB223 Economics 2                                                convertibles and risk management using financial
Consumer behaviour, the role of the government in market          derivatives.
intervention, allocative efficiency and market structure are      Prerequisites: EFB210         Credit points: 12       Contact
some of the fundamental issues in microeconomics                  hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
addressed in this unit. Business cycles and the related issue     period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
of macroeconomic stabilisation policy are analysed and
explained within the Australian context. The significance of      EFB308 Finance 3
the international economy is described through a discussion       This unit includes the following topics: a study of
of foreign exchange markets, the Australian dollar and the        contemporary finance research; CAPM; beta estimation;
terms of trade.                                                   valuation theory; market efficiency; value at risk; use of
Prerequisites: BSB113 or CTB113 Equivalents: EFB102               finance research tools; anomalies and extension of finance
  Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010             theories. Students are required to complete a research
SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                                project combining theory and practice.This unit covers many
                                                                  topical areas in contemporary finance research. These
EFB224 Equity Trading Game                                        include, but are not limited to: asset pricing; beta estimation;
The aim of the unit is to help students move away from the        market efficiency; value at risk; mutual fund performance;
dualistic black and white way of thinking, towards being able     volatility modelling; and the term structure of interest rates.
to see issues from a range of viewpoints and perspectives,        Students are required to complete a research project




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2869
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

combining theory and practice.                                    the raising of funds and the management of interest rate
Prerequisites: EFB307       Credit points: 12 Contact             risk. This unique hands-on unit allows students to develop
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  these skills by trading in a simulated environment of
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                international economic uncertainty. Students have trading
                                                                  parameters within which they should operate. Students
EFB309 Financial Derivatives                                      must make decisions concerning source of funds, term and
This unit extends students' knowledge of financial                duration, interest rate re-set, and risk management with
derivatives as obtained in Finance 2. Topics include:             derivatives. Trading will be conducted over a simulated four
advanced option pricing models; advanced option trading           quarter year.
strategies; exotic options; forward and futures pricing           Prerequisites: EFB210         Credit points: 12    Contact
models; hedging commodities and equities by using futures;        hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
forward rate agreement and interest rate swaps; financial         period: 2010 SEM-2
risk management issues.
Prerequisites: EFB307      Credit points: 12    Contact           EFB330 Intermediate Macroeconomics
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  Prerequisites: EFB223 or EFB102 Equivalents: EFB202
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                 Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1

EFB310 Financial Institutions - Control                           EFB331 Intermediate Microeconomics
This unit introduces students to the fundamental principles       Prerequisites: EFB223 or EFB102 Equivalents: EFB211
of controlling the risk profile and capital position of a          Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
deposit-taking financial institution to maintain solvency. The
basic framework of the unit is based on the regulatory            EFB332 Applied Behavioural Economics
capital adequacy regimes, supplemented by consideration           Prerequisites: EFB223 or EFB102 Credit points: 12
of the more sophisticated internal models of risk developed       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
by financial institutions themselves. Relevant case studies
demonstrate the imperative for, and application of, the risk      EFB333 Introductory Econometrics
management framework.                                             Economics and finance graduates require some knowledge
Prerequisites: EFB210          Credit points: 12      Contact     of econometrics to assist them in the application and testing
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  of behavioural models and to provide quantitative forecasts
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                for informed decision making. This unit aims to provide an
                                                                  introduction to a range of econometric techniques
EFB311 Financial Institutions - Lending                           appropriate for students studying economics and finance.
This unit examines the fundamental motivations for lending        The unit will provide an understanding of some core
by financial institutions, and the ways in which these are        underlying theoretical issues essential for competent
reflected in loan market practice. Specific topics cover the      econometric modelling and then introduce students to a set
theoretical basis of lending as financial intermediation, the     of techniques tailored specifically to the needs of economics
purpose and utilization of loans by borrowers, the major          and finance students.
costs of lending for financial intermediaries (including a        Prerequisites: EFB222 or EFB101               Antirequisites:
strong focus on credit costs), lenders compensation,              EFB200      Credit points: 12        Teaching period: 2010
lending relationships, the structural features of loan            SEM-1
agreements, loan security and enforcement, and special
topics on syndicated lending and project finance.                 EFB334 Environmental Economics and Policy
Prerequisites: EFB210        Credit points: 12      Contact       Prerequisites: EFB223 or EFB102 Credit points: 12
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                  EFB335 Investments
EFB312 International Finance                                      Prerequisites: EFB307     Antirequisites: EFB318
This unit examines the theory and practice of international       Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
finance, including the mechanics and uses of the spot,            period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
forward, swap, futures and options markets in foreign
exchange; the relationship between domestic and                   EFB336 International Economics
international capital markets; interest rate and exchange         Prerequisites: EFB330 or EFB202, and EFB331 or
rate determination; risk management of foreign exchange;          EFB211 Antirequisites: EFB314 Credit points: 12
international trade finance; evaluation of offshore               Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
investment.
Prerequisites: EFB210 Antirequisites: EFB212, IBB202,             EFB337 Game Theory and Applications
EFB240 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week                Prerequisites: EFB331 or EFB211 Credit points: 12
 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
and 2010 SEM-2
                                                                  EFB338 Contemporary Application of Economic Theory
EFB326 Applied Portfolio Management                               This capstone unit reinforces and extends the economic
This unit introduces the student to the treasury environment      theory introduced to students in the major, and applies it to
in which financial institutions operate. The key to the unit is   a number of topical issues that lend themselves to critical




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2870
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

analysis using economic principles. Both macroeconomic            hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching
and microeconomic theories are used with the emphasis             period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
placed on usefulness of the theory in development of a
framework which assists with decision-making and informs          EFN406 Managerial Finance
critiques of public policy. Some of the perspectives taken in     This unit is an introduction to the world of finance and
studying these topics will include: their impacts on efficiency   financial management. Topics include: the finance function,
and on specific economic agents and institutions; the role, if    the role of the financial manager; the Australian financial
any, of government in their resolution; and the economic          environment; sources of funds; present and future value;
instruments available to analysts by which to frame their         time value of money; financial mathematics; introduction to
detailed consideration.                                           valuation; cost of funds; the firm investment decision;
Prerequisites: EFB222 or EFB101, EFB223 or EFB102,                investment evaluation techniques; capital budgeting;
EFB330 or EFB202, and EFB331 or EFB211                            portfolio theory; risk and return; capital asset pricing model;
Equivalents: EFB329          Credit points: 12      Campus:       dividend policy; financial structure policy; futures; options.
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  Antirequisites: GSN413, GSN423 and GSZ413 Credit
                                                                  points: 12       Contact hours: 3 per week            Campus:
EFB339 Financial Planning and Investments                         Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010
Prerequisites: EFB210      Antirequisites: AYB250                 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
Equivalents: EFB230     Credit points: 12   Campus:
Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                      EFN408 Special Topic - Economics, Banking and
                                                                  Finance A
EFB340 Finance Capstone                                           This unit provides the opportunity to study in detail, at a
Prerequisites: EFB307 and EFB335. EFB335 can be                   postgraduate level, specific current issues relating to
enrolled in the same teaching period. Credit points: 12           economics, banking or finance. The nature of the unit varies
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                 from year to year depending upon contemporary issues and
and 2010 SEM-2                                                    the interests of staff.
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
EFB341 Economics and Finance Special Topic - C                    Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
The purpose of the unit is to provide undergraduate               SEM-2
students with an opportunity to pursue an elective research
topic.                                                            EFN410 Economic and Financial Modelling
Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator Approval.           This unit introduces students to the modelling techniques
Students are required to complete a minimum of 192 credit         which are frequently used in a business and financial
points of study and must seek approval from a potential           environment. Modelling is used as an aid to decision-
supervisor and unit coordinator prior to enrolment. Credit        making, as a means of forecasting important variables and
points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                 as a planning and analysis tool. Various modelling exercises
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                         are used to illustrate the use of these modelling techniques
                                                                  in an economic and financial context.
EFB342 Workplace Experience in Economics and                      Prerequisites: EFN412            Antirequisites: AYN419,
Finance                                                           EFN503 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
This unit aims to expose students to an organisational             Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
setting in the fields of economics and finance whre               and 2010 SEM-2
theoretical knowledge is applied to solving real world
problems. In the process of application, students'                EFN412 Advanced Managerial Finance
understanding of their learned knowledge will be enhanced.        This unit expands on material introduced and developed in
The unit will also help students appreciate the provisional       EFN406 Managerial Finance. Its objective is to examine the
nature of knowledge and the importance of dealing with            key decisions made by corporate financial managers (that is
incomplete information, ambibuity/complexity of information,      the investment, financing and dividend decisions). Topics
and their social and ethical issues in these fields.              include: the financing decision capital structure, debt
Other requisites: Subject to Unit Coordinator approval of         versus equity, lease versus debt, term structure versus
an appropriate placement within industry; and GPA: 4.5 or         default structure of interest rates; the dividend decision
above; and EFB307 or (EFB202 or EFB330 and EFB331 or              dividends versus capital gains, franked versus unfranked
EFB211) Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010                   income; firm valuation, free cash flow model; evaluation of
SEM-1                                                             takeovers; Risk and Return diversification, the CAPM
                                                                  model, its practical application and its relationship to
EFN405 Managerial Economics                                       efficient market hypothesis; forwards, futures, options,
This unit addresses the following topics: managerial              warrants, convertibles and risk management using financial
decision making in an economic environment; an                    derivatives.
introduction to economics, demand analysis, cost analysis,        Prerequisites: EFN406         Credit points: 12     Contact
market strategy and the macroeconomic environment;                hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
issues including problems of resource allocation at the firm,     period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
in industry and in the economy.
Antirequisites: GSN203, GSN411, GSN414, GSN491,                   EFN414 International Finance
GSN492 and GSZ491           Credit points: 12      Contact




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2871
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

This unit introduces the theory and practice of international     SEM-2
finance, the relationship between domestic and international
financial markets, international parity conditions and            EFN421 Financial Planning and Strategies
arbitrage, foreign exchange risk management, country and          This unit aims to give students a solid grounding in the
political risk management, international trade finance,           world of Financial Planning and Superannuation. This will
international portfolio investment, multinational cost of         involve gaining knowledge of financial markets and
capital and capital structure, international capital budgeting    instruments as well as the appropriate regulatory
and foreign direct investment.                                    framework.
Prerequisites: EFN406           Antirequisites: EFN417            Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                  EFN422 Economics and Data Analysis
EFN415 Security Analysis                                          A n t i r e q u i s i t e s :
This unit deals with security analysis and portfolio              EFB101,EFN405,EFN419,GSN403,GSN411,GSN414,GSN
management. The unit is both practical and theoretical.           491   Credit points: 12  Campus: Gardens Point
Topics covered include: portfolio theory and the capital          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
asset pricing model; bond and equity portfolio management;
fundamental valuation techniques; portfolio hedging; active       EFN424 Equity Trading Game
vs. passive investment strategies; and the evaluation of          The aim of the unit is to help students move away from the
portfolio performance. The ultimate purpose of this unit is to    dualistic black and white way of thinking, towards being able
provide the necessary tools for students to manage                to see issues from a range of viewpoints and perspectives,
investment risk and return, select mispriced securities,          thereby enhancing their critical and technical ability.
design and administer investment portfolios, accomplish
goals in portfolio management, and measure the                    Additionally, the unit aims to help improve the student
performance of investment management.                             research ability through the delivery of a large scale
Prerequisites: EFN406       Credit points: 12       Contact       academic style portfolio that reflects their transition from
hours: 3 per week       Campus: Gardens Point                     theory to strategy and trading and reflection.

EFN416 Treasury and Portfolio Management                          The unit is NOT designed to be taken as a traditional book
This unit introduces the student to the treasury environment      learned class. Reading and knowledge is gained from many
in which financial institutions operate. The key to the unit is   sources including case studies, books, jounals and
the raising of funds and the management of interest rate          newspapers.
risk. This unique hands-on unit allows students to develop        Antirequisites: EFB224 Credit points: 12 Campus:
these skills by trading in a simulated environment of             Gardens Point
international economic uncertainty. Students have trading
parameters within which they should operate and decisions         EFN500 Contemporary Macroeconomic Theory
must be made concerning source of funds, term and                 This unit introduces students to the latest theoretical
duration, interest rate re-set, and risk management with          developments in the field of macroeconomics using both
derivatives. Trading will be conducted over a simulated four      qualitative and quantitative approaches. It places these
quarter year.                                                     theories in their historical, philosophical and societal
Prerequisites: EFN406          Credit points: 12     Contact      contexts. This unit looks at New Classical, New Keynesian
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  and other theoretical approaches to a range of issues.
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                These include: theories of expectation formation, supply
                                                                  side economics, labour markets, monetary theory, real
EFN419 Data Analysis                                              business cycle theory and growth theory.
The unit introduces the common statistical methods and            Other requisites: Unit Coordinator Approval and
tools for inference and decision making in business. It           undergraduate degree with a major in Economics or
covers important methods of data analysis with an                 Finance required to enrol Credit points: 12 Contact
emphasis on interpreting and understanding reported               hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
business and economic data. Topics include the concept of         period: 2010 SEM-1
sampling error and sampling distributions, estimation and
hypothesis testing, regression analysis, time series and an       EFN501 Corporate and Commercial Lending
introduction to non-parametric statistical methods.               This unit covers the theory and practice of lending by
Antirequisites: EFB101 Credit points: 12 Contact                  commercial banks to firms. Topics include the nature of
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  financial intermediation, basic loan structure, costs of
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                lending, lender’s compensation, and loan terms and
                                                                  conditions.
EFN420 Introduction To Financial Management                       Prerequisites: EFN412 Credit points: 12 Campus:
This unit is a preliminary study of financial information and     Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
financial markets and it includes a number of techniques
required for analysing financial information.                     EFN502 Developments in Microeconomic Theories
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               This unit involves the discussion and analysis of
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                contemporary developments in microeconomic theory, such




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2872
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

as game theory and its applications, consumer behaviour,            practical situations not covered in normal undergraduate
problems of collective action, evolutionary economics, the          courses. A basic understanding of spreadsheets is
economics of voting, externalities, public goods, and the           assumed.
market mechanism. It explores refinements in                        Prerequisites: EFN406 and EFN412 Credit points: 12
microeconomic theory which have been contemporaneously              Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
used in the development of government policies in areas             Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
such as the environment, energy, public enterprises and
industrial development.                                             EFN508 Econometric Methods
Other requisites: Unit Coordinator Approval and                     This unit provides a comprehensive grounding in the
undergraduate degree with a major in Economics or                   econometric methods necessary for conducting research
Finance required to enrol Credit points: 12 Contact                 using such methods. Recent contributions to the
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    econometric literature are studied.
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                  Antirequisites: BSN506        Other requisites: Unit
                                                                    Coordinator Approval and undergraduate degree with a
EFN504 Finance Honours                                              major in Economics or Finance required to enrol Credit
This unit provides an advanced coverage of the theory of            points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
financial management, building on work done in the
undergraduate course with reference to empirical evidence           EFN510 Econometric Methods 2
where available; topics include: capital markets, investment        This unit builds on EFN508 Econometric Methods and
decisions, market equilibrium, the capital asset pricing            provides a second unit in applied econometrics. While
model, arbitrage pricing theory, capital structure, dividend        EFN508 is essentially single equation based, this unit
policy, efficient capital markets. The unit provides a              focuses on non-linear estimation and systems of equations.
theoretical basis allowing for evaluating policy problems in        Prerequisites: EFN508 or BSN506 Credit points: 12
the area of financial management, a prerequisite for further        Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
specialisation in this area.
Equivalents: EFN511 Other requisites: Unit Coordinator              ENB100 Introducing Professional Learning
Approval and undergraduate degree with a major in                   This unit will introduce students to a range of skills and
Economics or Finance required to enrol Credit points: 12            knowledge sets required to support professional practice in
  Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                   engineering disciplines. It will include information literacy
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                         and communication skills and knowledge development. In
                                                                    addition, the unit will provide orientation to engineering
EFN505 Financial Risk Management                                    professions through an introduction to their history, their
The unit covers the main areas of modern risk                       place in society, the importance of ethical conduct to their
management. The focus is on measuring and managing                  practice and to the particular qualities of professional
risks in financial institutions. Particular                         knowledge especially with regard to practice knowledge.
attention is paid to developing understanding of the                The importance of integrated scholarship and collaborative
analytical                                                          links with other professions will be highlighted.
techniques employed in the construction of hedging                  Antirequisites: DEB100 and UDB100 Credit points: 12
strategies and the                                                  Campus: Gardens Point
interrelations between the main areas of risk management.
The unit emphasises empirical applications and assessment           ENB101 Engineering Mechanics 1
of risk management techniques. Topics covered include the           Introduction to statics, forces, moments and couples;
current state of prudential regulation of financial institutions,   resolution and resultant of forces acting on a particle or rigid
measurement and management of market risks, hedging                 body; equilibrium of particle or rigid body under forces
strategies with derivatives and managing interest rate and          and/or moments; analytical methods for plane truss
exchange rate risks.                                                analysis; shear force and bending moment in beams; the
                                                                    properties of sections. Dynamics (for electrical engineering
Prerequisites: EFN415    Credit points: 12 Contact                  students).
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    Equivalents: CEB109          Credit points: 12        Contact
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                   hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                    period: 2010 SEM-1
EFN507 Advanced Capital Budgeting
Topics in this unit include: capital investment analysis, the       ENB102 Engineering Mechanics 2
NPV rule, adjusted present value, replacement decisions,            Free body diagram, Stresses in beams and bars, Moments,
retirement decisions, unequal lives, optimal life, cost of          shear and deflections in beams and frames, Torsion in
capital, estimating beta, capital rationing, valuation of new       shafts, Stress transformation and buckling. Module 2:
issues, mergers and takeovers, analysis of financial and            (Mech): Thin walled structures, combined loading of
leverage leases, the impact of recent taxation changes on           structures and machine members; yield criteria for safe
the financing, dividend and investment decisions of the firm,       elastic loading.
capital budgeting in an international context, access or            Prerequisites: ENB101 or ENB110           Equivalents:
infrastructure pricing, and real options. The course includes       CEB110 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
a series of case studies, problems and exercises, which              Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
require the student to apply the theory they have learned, to




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2873
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  Equivalents: MMB251   Credit points: 12             Contact
ENB103 Electrical Engineering                                     hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point            Teaching
Fundamental quantities in circuits and network laws,              period: 2010 SEM-2
response to sinusoidal sources, and circuit measurements,
real and reactive power calculation, power factor                 ENB130 Mechanical and Thermal Energy
improvement, electric and magnetic fields, three-phase            Engineers work with numerous kinds of systems where
system and applications, transformer theory.                      consideration must be given to the motion within, and
Prerequisites: MAB126 or MAB131 or MAB180                         associated energy of, the system. This unit introduces the
Equivalents: EEB213       Credit points: 12      Contact          student to the concepts of mechanical and thermal energy
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  in the context of real engineering systems. The inter-
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                relationships of between forces, motion and energy is
                                                                  described as related to the flow of energy within these
ENB104 Engineering Materials                                      engineering systems. After an introduction to engineering
Atomic Bonding; Crystal Structure; Elastic Deformation;           units, concepts and data, Newton’s first and second laws
Elasticity Case Study; Plastic Deformation; Defects; Alloying     are used in the description of system motion and the
and Strengthening in Metals; Diffusion; Fracture, Fatigue         concepts of force and energy, conservation of momentum
and Creep; Phase and Phase Diagrams; Iron-Carbon Phase            and conservation of energy are introduced and described.
Diagram; Transformation of Phases; Introductory to                Thermodynamic processes, certain thermo-physical
Corrosion; Ceramics, Polymers and Composite Materials,            parameters and the first and second law of thermodynamics
Electronic Materials.                                             are introduced and used to describe simple engineering
Equivalents: MMB131          Credit points: 12      Contact       systems. This is then expanded to include the generation
hours: 5 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  and transport of energy through these systems in terms of
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                convection, conduction and radiation heat transfer.
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
ENB105 Electrical and Computer Engineering                        Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Module 1: Introductory Computing fundamentals of problem
solving using computers and programming and techniques            ENB140 Introduction to Avionics
for writing correct and efficient programs. MATLAB and its        The unit introduces students to Avionics in a non-technical
applications.                                                     way. It focuses primarily on aviation navigation and provides
Module 2: Electrical machines and their characteristics,          a basic understanding of avionics. A complete flight system
principles of transformers basic electronic circuits, filters,    is studied at an introductory level. The unit also gives an
PLC and operational amplifier circuits and applications.          overview of the electronics inside an aircraft, the aircraft
                                                                  environment, and flight simulation.
Prerequisites: ENB103 Credit points: 12  Contact                  Equivalents: EEB130          Credit points: 12      Contact
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                period: 2010 SEM-2

ENB110 Engineering Statics and Materials                          ENB150 Introducing Engineering Design
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:               Assumed knowledge: ENB110 is assumed knowledge.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
SEM-2                                                             Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

ENB120 Electrical Energy and Measurements                         ENB200 Introducing Sustainability
This unit introduces you to basic electrical circuit concepts.    This unit will enable you as a graduating Built Environment
It requires you to perform circuit analysis, circuit synthesis,   and Engineering professional to take active and positive
and the measurement and testing of relevant quantities            steps to transform professional practice in ways that
within circuits.                                                  promote the sustainability of our planet, our economy and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               our society. As future professionals in the fields of Design,
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                Urban Development and Engineering Systems, you will
SUM                                                               need to understand and apply the concepts of sustainability
                                                                  in your professional practice if we are to achieve sustainable
ENB121 Aerodynamics                                               development in the 21st Century.
This unit includes the following: introductory concepts of        Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
fluid mechanics and thermodynamics; conservation of
mass, energy and momentum, state properties of fluids, the        ENB201 Fluid Mechanics
standard atmosphere; dimensional analysis; experimental           Fluid properties, behaviour of stationary and moving fluids,
aerodynamics and aerodynamic coefficients; Reynolds               hydrostatics and buoyancy; theory and application of the
number and Mach number effects; estimation aerodynamic            energy and momentum equations; pipe and open channel
forces and moments; fundamentals of aircraft performance;         flow; dimensional analysis and pump performance
estimating range and endurance; take off and landing              characteristics.
calculations; flight envelopes.                                   Assumed knowledge: MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131,
Assumed knowledge: MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131,                    and ENB101 or ENB110 are assumed knowledge.
and ENB101 or ENB110 is assumed knowledge.                        Equivalents: CEB217         Credit points: 12     Contact




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2874
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

hours: 4 Campus: Gardens Point            Teaching period:      points: 12   Contact hours: 4 per week  Campus:
2010 SEM-2                                                      Gardens Point   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

ENB205 Electrical and Computer Engineering                      ENB231 Materials and Manufacturing 1
This unit introduces single and three phase power, electrical   Materials and their engineering applications, Manufacturing
machines, principles of transformers, electronic circuits and   systems and technology, material properties and
sensors, filters, operational amplifier applications. It also   manufacturing, material selection, failure, graphical
covers computing fundamentals, programming in MATLAB            communication.
and Excel using applications in electrical and computer         Assumed knowledge: ENB104 or ENB110 is assumed
engineering.                                                    knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per
Prerequisites: ENB120 or ENB103 Credit points: 12               week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                 SEM-1

ENB211 Dynamics                                                 ENB240 Introduction To Electronics
Fundamental equations of particle kinetics; energy, power,      Module Electronics A provides a basic understanding of the
impulse and momentum; kinematics of rigid bodies in plane       characteristics and operation of discrete semiconductor
motion, relative motion and motion relative to rotating axes;   components. Electronic circuit design is introduced with
kinetics of rigid bodies, Basic machine components, (Gears,     emphasis on the small signal low and high frequency
clutches, brakes etc.), Single degree of freedom system.        response of those circuits. Module Digital Electronics gives
Prerequisites: (MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131) and                 students a good grounding in the basic principles of digital
(ENB130 or PCB136 or PCB150) Assumed knowledge:                 design, with particular regard to the fundamentals of digital
ENB110 or ENB101 are assumed knowledge.                         number systems, Boolean algebra, combinational and
Equivalents: MMB112           Credit points: 12     Contact     sequential logic design.
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                Prerequisites: ENB103 or ENB120              Equivalents:
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              EEB312 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week
                                                                 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
ENB212 Strength of Materials
This unit introduces the analysis of stress and strain in       ENB241 Software Systems Design
simple engineering components and systems such as               The unit introduces students to Software Engineering by
uniaxial and bending stresses, deflection of beams, torsion,    considering a whole Software Lifecycle. Each step of the
thin walled structures, combined loading, yield criteria, and   lifecycle is treated in detail, such as concept phase,
introduces the finite element method (FEA).                     requirement definition, software design, human-computer
Prerequisites: ENB110 or ENB101 and ENB104 Credit               interaction, implementation, audits, and maintenance.
points: 12      Contact hours: 5 per week          Campus:      Software design principles and techniques are presented as
Gardens Point                                                   well as real-time system design. CASE development tools
                                                                are briefly introduced as well as object oriented
ENB215 Fundamentals of Mechanical Design                        programming for which a structured Object Oriented
Basic procedures of design, design for sustainability,          Analysis and Design are considered.
universal design, Concept development, creative problem         Prerequisites: ENB246 or INB104 Equivalents: EEB612
solving, Basic component design, computational scheme in           Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week
design, manufacture & materials.                                Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Assumed knowledge: MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131,
and ENB101 or ENB110, and ENB104 or ENB110 are                  ENB242 Introduction To Telecommunications
assumed knowledge.      Equivalents: MMB281       Credit        Telecommunications systems and the principles underlying
points: 12      Contact hours: 5 per week      Campus:          their operations are introduced starting from mathematical
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  preliminaries such as the Fourier series and the Fourier
                                                                transform. Analogue modulation techniques (AM and FM),
ENB221 Fluid Mechanics                                          systems and circuits for generation and demodulation,
This unit introduces the basic concepts of fluid mechanics      analogue to digital conversion, pulse modulation and base-
and applies them to some simple engineering problems.           band digital data communication techniques are studied
Assumed knowledge: MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131,                  using time and frequency domain analyses.
and ENB101 or ENB110 are assumed knowledge. Credit              Prerequisites: (ENB120 or ENB103) and (MAB126 or
points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:       MAB110 or MAB111)         Equivalents: EEB340       Credit
Gardens Point                                                   points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus:
                                                                Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
ENB222 Thermodynamics 1
Thermodynamic behaviour of substances; theory and               ENB243 Linear Circuits and Systems
application of the 1st and 2nd laws of thermodynamics;          Network analysis; Laplace transform of signals and transfer
thermodynamic cycles, including gas cycles, vapour power        functions of systems, time and frequency responses of
cycles and refrigeration cycles; gas-vapour mixtures and the    linear circuits, feedback configurations and transfer
principles of air-conditioning; fuels and combustion.           functions, analyse and designing analogue systems using
Assumed knowledge: MAB127 or MAB182 or MAB132,                  transistors and operational amplifiers, designing and
and ENB130 or PCB136 are assumed knowledge. Credit              synthesising analogue filters, signal conditioning.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2875
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Prerequisites: ENB120 and MAB126       Assumed                 Prerequisites: ENB101 or ENB110 Credit points: 12
knowledge: ENB240 is assumed knowledge.   Credit               Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
points: 12   Contact hours: 4 per week  Campus:
Gardens Point   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                    ENB271 Design of Structural Timber and Earthworks
                                                               In this unit, students develop and define a problem
ENB244 Microprocessors and Digital Systems                     statement and are encouraged to develop their own creative
This unit covers the basis for electronic circuit design in    solutions through the semester. This introduces students to
general but also in connection with microprocessor systems,    aspects of project work and prepares them for their
theory and design of advanced embedded digital systems         professional lives. Architectural and project issues include
and practical implementation. The practical application of     aesthetics, fitness for purpose, and constructability.
these circuits including interfacing and environment factors   Geotechnical issues include: site investigation, earthworks
will be considered.                                            and compaction, and site investigation. Structural issues
Prerequisites: ENB240 Assumed knowledge: ENB246                include: design, loads, load paths, load factors, strength
or INB104 is assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12              factors, time dependent loads, structural capacity and
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                stability, rules of thumb, structural timber, material selection,
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                    and basic surveying principles.
                                                               Prerequisites: ENB102 or ENB270 (can be enrolled in the
ENB245 Introduction To Design and Professional                 same teaching period) Assumed knowledge: ENB101 or
Practice                                                       ENB110 are assumed knowledge. Equivalents: CEB207
Introduction to general principles of electronic circuit and    Credit points: 12          Contact hours: 4 per week
electrical equipment design and realisation; design and        Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
implementation of basic electronic circuits; experience in
undertaking engineering projects, in report writing, and       ENB272 Geotechnical Engineering 1
working in teams. The unit gives students the opportunity to   Soil mechanics is a part of geotechnical engineering, soil
apply their theoretical knowledge to real-life engineering     types, their description, classification and engineering
problems.                                                      properties. The unit includes the following: granular and
Assumed knowledge: ENB240 and ENB246 or INB104 is              cohesive soil classification systems; volume and mass
assumed knowledge.        Equivalents: EEB584        Credit    components; density and air voids; determination of soil
points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:      geostatic vertical pressures; pore water pressures and
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 effective stress; permeability theory and fluid seepage in
                                                               soil, with erosion and piping analysis; soil shear strength
ENB246 Engineering Problem Solving                             assessment and application to retaining wall lateral
This unit introduces students to the use of computers as       pressures; retaining wall design; slope stability analysis and
tools for solving engineering problems. MATLAB is              stabilisation. Computer simulation and analysis programs
introduced as a numerical computing environment with the       are used where appropriate.
capacity to support complex mathematics and to be              Assumed knowledge: ENB102 or ENB270 are assumed
programmed to solve specific engineering problems. Stand       knowledge       Equivalents: CEB209, CEB232            Credit
alone application development using C++ is introduced as a     points: 12      Contact hours: 6 per week           Campus:
means of exposing students to the high and low level           Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
computer programming concepts that are necessary to the
implementation of engineering solutions in hardware            ENB273 Civil Materials
specific programming environments.                             The unit provides students with a sound and practical
Assumed knowledge: MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131,                 approach to material properties and selection so that they
and ENB103 or ENB120 is assumed knowledge. Credit              may adapt to scientific and technological changes in the
points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week        Campus:       variety of products entering the market. They understand
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                where the engineer fits in a quality assurance program and
                                                               become aware of the numerous components of quality
ENB250 Electrical Circuits                                     assurance and the costs generated by quality control and
This unit introduces you to electrical circuit analysis. It    assurance. Students become aware of the effect of the
shows how to determine the transient and steady state          working environment on different engineering materials.
solution in single and three phase circuits as well as the     Among other things, they study the behaviour of concrete
interaction of fluxes and currents in transformers and         from the time it is manufactured to the end of its life, and
electrical machines.                                           develop knowledge of the parameters involved in
Prerequisites: ENB120        Antirequisites: ENB103            manufacturing good concrete, and the consequences of
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:            delivering poor concrete.
Gardens Point                                                  Prerequisites: ENB270 or ENB102. ENB270 can be
                                                               studied concurrently. Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
ENB270 Engineering Mechanics of Materials                      5 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
This unit introduces calculating the stress produced in        2010 SEM-1
various members of a structural system due to the forces
applied to them, and how to determine the design               ENB274 Design of Environmentally Sustainable
specifications (size and shape) of the members to withstand    Systems
the forces to prevent the structural system failing.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2876
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

This unit extends and applies the knowledge developed in
BEB200 Introducing Sustainability to important issues such       ENB280 Hydraulic Engineering
as site investigation, development of site planning criteria,    This unit primarily provide a basic understanding of
site planning, environmental management and quality,             hydraulic (fluid) principles and an understanding of the use
pollution prevention and control, and resources and waste        of these principles in engineering applications. The main
management. BEB200 and ENB274 form the foundations of            topics to be covered are: Units and properties of fluids,
the civil and environmental degree. This unit builds upon        Forces in static fluids, Buoyancy, Kinematics and continuity,
generic competencies acquired in BEB100 Introducing              The energy equation and the momentum equation;
Professional Learning and ENB271 Design of Structural            Similitude and dimensional analysis, Lift and drag, Frictional
Timber and Earthworks. It also provides transport planning       flow in pipes, Application of pipe resistance formulae,
fundamentals, which will be built upon in ENB372 Design          Fitting.
and Planning of Highways and ENB379 Transport                    Assumed knowledge: MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131,
Engineering and Planning Applications.                           and ENB101 or ENB110 are assumed knowledge. Credit
Prerequisites: BEB200 or ENB200 or ENB100 or UDB100              points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:
or SCB110 Assumed knowledge: ENB271 is assumed                   Gardens Point
knowledge. Equivalents: CEB214 Credit points: 12
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  ENB301 Instrumentation and Control
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      The unit introduces the student to classical control systems,
                                                                 analysis and synthesis, and implementation in an industrial
ENB275 Project Engineering 1                                     control context. It introduces the principles of electrical
The unit commences with the development of the                   measurements and instrumentation, sensors, PLC, DSC
construction techniques common to site investigation,            and industrial networks, and foundation of feedback control
earthworks, pile driving, deep foundations, reinforced and       theory for engineers.
prestressed concrete and steel erection. This operational        Prerequisites: MAB126 or MAB182 or MAB132
understanding is extended into a study of the practices used     Assumed knowledge: ENB105 or ENB205 or ENB243 are
to estimate cost and to administer contracts, including          assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
planning and the legal implications of operating in a            5 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
commercial environment. The unit concludes with the issues       2010 SEM-1
surrounding the uncertainty of weather and of operating in
remote environs.                                                 ENB311 Stress Analysis
Assumed knowledge: ENB271 and ENB273 are assumed                 Further analysis of stress and strain; torsion of prismatic
knowledge. Equivalents: CEB216 Credit points: 12                 sections and thin-walled sections; axisymmetric problems;
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  energy methods; thin plates. Introduction to FEA including
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      the use of a FEA software.
                                                                 Prerequisites: ENB102 or ENB212              Equivalents:
ENB276 Structural Engineering 1                                  MMB212 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
This unit includes the following: development of the method       Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
of moment distribution and its application in analysis of
continuous beams and frames; theory of influence lines and       ENB312 Dynamics of Machinery
its application to determine the effects of moving loads on      Kinematic and dynamic analysis of planar linkages and
beams and trusses; 'pattern loading' on frames and               mechanisms; multi-degree of freedom systems with steady
continuous beams; behaviour of reinforced concrete               and transient vibrations, Introduction to noise.
members; applications in the design of beams and columns.        Prerequisites: ENB211         Credit points: 12  Contact
Prerequisites: ENB102 or ENB270                  Assumed         hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
knowledge: ENB273 and ENB271 is assumed knowledge.               period: 2010 SEM-2
  Equivalents: CEB215         Credit points: 12     Contact
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 ENB313 Automatic Control
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               This unit introduces you to the theory and practice of control
                                                                 systems engineering. The unit introduces system modelling
ENB277 Construction Engineering Law                              principles for mechanical, electrical and electromechanical
A study of the Workplace Health and Safety Act 1989/1990,        systems, using the Laplace transform to build transfer-
the regulations applying and Codes of Practice. The              function models of system components. The unit
application of this legislation to a Site Safety Management      emphasizes the practical application of control theory to the
Plan. Basic understanding of negligence, duty of care,           analysis and design of feedback systems to ensure stability,
nuisance, fraud and conversion. Contract Law including           reduce steady state errors and improve transient response.
elements of contract, content of a valid contract, collateral,   Prerequisites: ENB211          Antirequisites: ENB301
contract misrepresentation, implied terms; formal                Assumed knowledge: ENB312 is assumed knowledge.
requirements and part performance; contract documents            Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week Campus:
and their interpretations; substantial performance and           Gardens Point
quantum meruit.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:              ENB314 Industrial Noise and Vibration
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        The unit is about the study of noise and vibration
                                                                 measurement and control which is experienced in industry.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2877
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

It includes a basic understanding of the theories and          engineers require the ability to analyse the mechanics of the
capable of modelling and predicting noise and vibration in     human body for applications such as prosthetic design (both
an industrial environment. This unit will provide you with     artificial limbs and replacement joints), design of assistive
sufficient experience in instrumentation and measurement       devices for people with disabilities, sporting performance,
of noise and vibration and to apply them in industry.          ergonomic tasks, and other health related areas.
Prerequisites: ENB312 Assumed knowledge: MAB127 or             Prerequisites: ENB211 Assumed knowledge: LSB131
MAB132 or MAB182 are assumed knowledge.             Credit     and LSB451 are assumed knowledge.              Equivalents:
points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week        Campus:       MMB391 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

ENB315 Motor Racing Vehicle Design                             ENB319 Biomechanical Engineering Design
After studying Fundamentals of Mechanical Design and           This unit is structured to further develop the engineering
Design of Machine Elements, in this unit you will study        design skills of students, with particular emphasis on the
design of different systems of motor racing vehicles. This     role of computer-aided design (CAD), materials selection,
will accomplish systematic study of Mechanical Design and      manufacturing processes, assembly and maintenance in the
will enable you to carry out design of race vehicles and       design and management of bio-engineering devices. A
prepare them for a competition. Attention will be paid to      knowledge of manufacturing processes, fundamentals of
styling and ergonomics as well as construction methods         engineering design, engineering drawing and engineering
used in building race vehicles.                                materials is assumed. Contents include design for
The topics covered include: Introduction. Concept              manufacture, materials selection, computer-aided design
development of a race vehicle. Tyre selection. Suspension      and solid modelling, rapid prototyping techniques, user
geometry, components and alignment. Brakes. Race car           interface, and case studies of selected medical devices.
handling. Engine and engine tuning. Drive train (gearing and   Prerequisites: ENB215 Equivalents: MMB392 Credit
differentials). Frame and body. External and internal          points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week        Campus:
aerodynamics of a race vehicle. Driver compartment (fitting    Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
and comfort). Testing and preparation for a competition.
Safety in motor racing (accident avoidance and driver          ENB321 Fluids Dynamics
protection).                                                   Hydraulic and pneumatic systems; design, analysis and
Prerequisites: ENB316       Credit points: 12       Contact    performance of pumps, turbines and fluid couplings;
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               unsteady pipe flow; flow around solid bodies, including
period: 2010 SEM-1                                             potential flow and boundary layers; compressible flow and
                                                               shock waves.
ENB316 Design of Machine Elements                              Prerequisites: ENB201 or ENB221            Equivalents:
Analysis of operating conditions and their impact on design    MMB352 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
solutions, design of fasteners, shafts and other mechanical     Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
components, design of springs, Design for
manufacturability, fundamentals of lubrication, computer       ENB322 Biofluids
aided design (solid modelling), frames and housings.           The mechanics of fluids in biological and biomedical
Prerequisites: ENB215 Equivalents: MMB381 Credit               systems differs from industrial applications as most of the
points: 12      Contact hours: 6 per week         Campus:      fluids encountered exhibit viscosity that changes in a non-
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                linear manner with shear rate. It is therefore necessary,
                                                               when designing a second course in the mechanics of fluids
ENB317 Design and Maintenance of Machinery                     for medical engineers, to examine the particular properties
Design of equipment for special applications such as           of the fluids that might be encountered and to introduce
pressure vessel, food processing, Design of machine            techniques to analyse their behaviour. It is also important to
system, Optimisation of design, machinery failure,             consider how the properties of the fluids relate to their
prediction, analysis and prevention. Design for reliability    biological function and the relevance of their properties to
application of FMEA, Condition monitoring, ethics,             the design of associated equipment.
Fundamentals of friction , wear related to design, Failure     Prerequisites: ENB201 or ENB221                Equivalents:
analysis & OH&S.                                               MMB362 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
Prerequisites: ENB316 Equivalents: MMB382 Credit                Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
points: 12     Contact hours: 4 per week        Campus:
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 ENB331 Materials and Manufacturing 2
                                                               ENB331 is a third year unit which extends the formative
ENB318 Biomechanical Engineering Systems                       body of knowledge gained in ENB231 and introduces the
Topics covered in this unit include an appreciation of the     shear deformation mechanisms of engineering material and
mechanics of the tissues of the joints (micro mechanics or     how these properties can be used to understand the
tissue mechanics) and the function of the body during          mechanics of metal cutting. Descriptive and analytical
normal activities (macro-mechanics or biomechanics). This      information about different material removal processes is
unit is designed to develop an understanding of the complex    provided to the student through lectures, tutorials and case
properties of the individual tissues and practical             studies. The unit also provides the student with an excellent
competencies in the evaluation of human function and           opportunity to apply the knowledge in the design and
performance from a biomechanical perspective. Biomedical       manufacture of a component.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2878
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Prerequisites: ENB231 Credit points: 12  Contact                 rehabilitation and the design of equipment to assist people
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 with disabilities. There will be formal lectures and tutorials,
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               some of which will be presented by practitioners from the
                                                                 different areas of rehabilitation. In addition the students will
ENB333 Operations Management                                     spend time on a clinical experience program working with a
This unit develops students' ability in applying quantitative    rehabilitation engineering team.
techniques in solving different types of industrial operations   Prerequisites: ENB319 Equivalents: MMB494 Credit
problems. Topics include: product mix, assignment and            points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week            Campus:
transportation models; location and layout decisions, job        Gardens Point
design analysis; project planning; quality control and the use
of simulation in operations management.                          ENB338 Biomaterials
Equivalents: MMB476          Credit points: 12       Contact     Topics covered in this unit include: an understanding of the
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 relationships between the properties, failure mechanisms,
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               processing and microstructures of various materials used
                                                                 for medical applications and their interaction with human
ENB334 Design For Manufacturing                                  tissues; an understanding of the fundamentals of the use of
Topics covered in this unit include: basic concepts in the       materials in a medical environment and an understanding of
analysis of a mechanical engineering design, relating the        the fundamentals of materials properties and processing;
design requirements to a range of manufacturing processes;       consideration of metallic, ceramic, polymeric implant
an understanding of the complete manufacturing                   materials; composites as biomaterials; structure-property
specifications for mechanical designs based on functional        relationships of biomaterials; tissue response to implants;
requirements, manufacturing processes, interchangeability        soft tissue replacements; hard tissue replacements.
and standardisation; introduction to the basic principles in     Assumed knowledge: LSB131, LSB451 and ENB231 are
the design of jigs and fixtures in manufacturing.                assumed knowledge.        Equivalents: MMB292        Credit
Assumed knowledge: ENB231 is assumed knowledge.                  points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:
Equivalents: MMB374          Credit points: 12     Contact       Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
hours: 5 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               ENB340 Power Systems and Machines
                                                                 This is a core unit that develops the basic topics essential
ENB335 Modelling and Simulation For Medical                      for an electrical engineer working in areas that include the
Engineers                                                        resources sector, the process industries, electrical power
Traditional experimentation techniques can often not be          utilisation, electric power generators as well the electricity
applied to investigate the mechanics of biological systems.      supply industry. Topics covered in machines include
Medical engineers are often then required to use modelling       magnetic circuits, single phase and three phase
and simulation techniques to understand the behaviour of         transformers; electric machines including electromechanical
biomechanical components and/or systems. This unit               energy conversion, reluctance motors, induction motors,
introduces you to some of the fundamental principles of          synchronous machines, D.C. machines, stepper motors,
modelling and simulation techniques and their applications       P.C. motors; motor control; heating, cooling and rating.
in Biomedical Engineering.                                       Power system topics include power generation and energy
Prerequisites: ENB318 Equivalents: MMB496 Credit                 sources, electricity market operation, fault calculations,
points: 12     Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:         basic protection and power system operation, in particular
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  real and reactive power control.
                                                                 Prerequisites: ENB103 or ENB250 Credit points: 12
ENB336 Industrial Engineering                                    Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
Aim of this unit is to develop skills and understanding the      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
concepts and techniques of lean manufacturing (methods
engineering). These includes identifying wastes using Value      ENB342 Signals, Systems and Transforms
Stream Mapping (VSM), 5S, SMED, JIT, plant layout, cell          The unit covers the area of Signals in Linear Systems for
design with proper material handling and balance and job         which a detailed study of Fourier theory applied to both
design with due consideration to ergonomics.                     analogue and discrete-time signals and to the analysis of
Assumed knowledge: MAB233 is assumed knowledge.                  linear systems will be given. Systems will be represented in
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:              time as well as in frequency and various characteristics and
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        relationships in the two domains will be discussed. The
                                                                 students will be introduced to the fundamentals of analogue
ENB337 Rehabilitation Engineering                                and discrete-time signal processing; analogue and discrete
Bioengineers working in the rehabilitation area require an       Fourier transform; linear and discrete convolution. Finally,
understanding of the criteria associated with the needs and      the students will learn the fundamentals of digital filter
design of specific items of equipment for rehabilitation and     design and implementation, with examples and applications
the functionally impaired. The means of evaluating               arising from various disciplines.
equipment performance in a clinical context is also needed       Prerequisites: ENB242 Assumed knowledge: ENB243
because of the insight and feedback that it provides in the      and ENB246 are assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12
design cycle and the clinical implications of the design. This    Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
unit introduces the students to many different areas of          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2879
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  discrete time control systems as well as using the state
ENB343 Fields, Transmission and Propagation                       space approach. Furthermore, it introduces students to
Fundamental concepts of static and time varying                   different aspects of flight control including factors affecting
electromagnetic fields; Maxwell's equations and the               the performance and simulation. Specific topics such as
characteristics of their solution, such as wave equations,        artificial stability and MILSTDs are also covered.
losses in various media and energy flow; numerical                Prerequisites: ENB348 Equivalents: EEB535 Credit
methods; transmission line theory, terminated line, Smith         points: 12        Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:
Circle Chart usage and lattice diagram; propagation modes         Gardens Point         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
in waveguides and optical fibre; free-space propagation,
reflection, refraction, diffraction; basic antenna theories and   ENB348 Aircraft Systems and Flight Control
antenna parameters, Frii's transmission equation, half-wave       The modern aircraft is an extremely complex machine
dipole, two-element array.                                        comprised of many systems. These systems include
Prerequisites: ENB103 or ENB250                     Assumed       propulsion, engine management, flight management, flight
knowledge: MAB127 or MAB182 or MAB132 is assumed                  control, navigation, and life support and flight data
knowledge. Equivalents: EEB641 Credit points: 12                  recorders. The safe and reliable operation of all these
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                   systems is required to conduct a single flight. The modern
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                       avionics engineer requires an understanding of all these
                                                                  systems and how they operate on modern civil and military
ENB344 Industrial Electronics                                     aircraft. This unit places emphasis on the flight control
The unit gives a basic understanding of linear and switching      systems of modern aircraft which is one of the primary sub-
applications in industrial electronics. Practical knowledge       systems. As part of this, methods for modelling the dynamic
associated with interfacing and design is developed.              behaviour of aircraft, missiles and spacecraft are
Students will also study the theory and design of advanced        introduced, along with the criteria for stability.
digital embedded systems as well as the practicalities            Prerequisites: MAB127 or MAB182 or MAB132
associated with implementation. It also covers power              Assumed knowledge: ENB121 and ENB140 are assumed
rectification, controlled rectification, inverters, AC and DC     knowledge. Equivalents: EEB431 Credit points: 12
drives, uninterruptible power supplies and power switching        Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
components.                                                       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: ENB240          Credit points: 12      Contact
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  ENB350 Real-time Computer-based Systems
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                This unit covers the area of embedded systems and real-
                                                                  time kernels. C programming is reviewed in the context of
ENB345 Advanced Design and Professional Practice                  real-time applications where it is often mixed with assembly
Detailed design and realisation of typical electronic             language. Data representations, input-output programming,
subsystems used in all areas of electrical and electronic         concurrency, scheduling, memory management and system
systems engineering. The unit enhances the student's              initialisation are discussed. Programming laboratory
ability in solving complex engineering problems. The design       exercises introduce development tools and reinforce
builds on the theoretical knowledge gained in other units.        fundamental concepts such as polling, interrupt driven input-
The student is required to write a detailed technical report      output, serial port communication, pre-emptive and non pre-
and also give an oral presentation on her/his design.             emptive scheduling, resource sharing, priority inversion and
Prerequisites: ENB245 Equivalents: EEB684 Credit                  deadlock. Students develop a simple real-time process
points: 12        Contact hours: 4 per week       Campus:         control application using programmable logic and micro-
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  controllers.
                                                                  Prerequisites: ENB244 Equivalents: EEB566 Credit
ENB346 Digital Communications                                     points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:
Revolutionary developments in the field of Digital                Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Communication Technology have enabled improvement in
the characteristics of communication systems in order to          ENB352 Communication Environments For Embedded
meet the performance requirements for transmission of             Systems
information for private, business and industrial applications.    This unit addresses the following: computer networks;
This unit which covers Elements of a Digital Communication        network programming; open network foundations;
System aims at providing the students with an in-depth            embedded systems; client/server; bus architectures;
understanding of the theory and applications of digital           network controllers; distributed systems in automation and
communication systems and technology.                             process control; embedded Java; distributed objects;
Prerequisites: ENB342 Assumed knowledge: MAB233                   distributed databases; distributed operating systems.
is assumed knowledge. Equivalents: EEB560 Credit                  Prerequisites: ENB350 Equivalents: EEB666 Credit
points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:        points: 12     Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

ENB347 Modern Flight Control Systems                              ENB354 Introduction To Systems Design
The modules of this unit are Control Systems B and Flight         Introduction systems engineering methodologies and
Control Systems. The unit provides students with an               techniques as applied to Aerospace Engineering projects.
understanding of control system design and analysis for           The students receive formal lectures and apply the




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2880
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

knowledge gained to a specific case study or mini project.       it is imperative that social, economic, and environmental
Equivalents: EEB585       Credit points: 12        Contact       impacts and benefits are considered and addressed. This
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 unit offers students an opportunity to explore the role of the
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               civil engineer in the preparation of a feasibility design study
                                                                 for a road as a major transport infrastructure item.
ENB355 Advanced Systems Design                                   Assumed knowledge: ENB271 and ENB274 are assumed
Students apply the systems engineering documentation and         knowledge. Equivalents: CEB317 Credit points: 12
specifications developed in ENB345 Introduction to Systems       Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
Design and complete the project to the final systems             Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
engineering review stage.
Prerequisites: ENB354 Equivalents: EEB685 Credit                 ENB373 Design and Construction of Steel Structures
points: 12      Contact hours: 2 per week         Campus:        This unit includes the study of steelwork: design and
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  construction; structural systems; load paths; rules of thumb;
                                                                 building layout; function and form; cladding; element and
ENB356 Military Combat Electronics                               wind loading evaluation; idealisation, analysis, design action
This unit deals with knowledge of sophisticated weapon           effects; space gas, columns and rafters; trusses and
systems and protection against threat for aircrafts in the       bracing; connections; knee ridges; base plate design;
military context. The unit addresses the following topics:       procurement and fabrication; scheduling and erection.
sound generation propagation and analysis in the military        Prerequisites: ENB375 Assumed knowledge: ENB271
environment; principles and application of lasers to sighting    is assumed knowledge. Equivalents: CEB329 Credit
and guidance systems; principles of detection of                 points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus:
submarines using magnetometers; infra red propagation            Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
and its use in detection and weapons guidance;
ECM/ECCM; sonar processing; laser processing and                 ENB375 Structural Engineering 2
guidance; radar guidance/sighting; gun sights; weapons           This unit considers the following: limit states design of steel
control systems; IFF/transponders; command and control;          structures; buckling and ultimate strength behaviour of steel
magnetic anomaly detection; tactical navigation systems;         structures; tension members, compression members; local
infra red. Some ethical, social and moral aspects                and global buckling (flexural and flexural torsional buckling
concerning military systems will be discussed.                   modes) concepts as applied to compression members and
Prerequisites: ENB343 Assumed knowledge: ENB244                  beams; effective lengths of compression members and
is assumed knowledge. Equivalents: EEB831 Credit                 beams; design of beams; effect of lateral restraints on
points: 12     Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus:       buckling; web stresses including web crippling and buckling;
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   beam-columns; bolted and welded connections;
                                                                 unsymmetric bending of beams including principal second
ENB357 Spacecraft Guidance and Control                           moments of area; shear stresses in beams of thin-walled
Assumed knowledge: MAB127 or MAB182 or MAB132 are                open cross-sections and their shear centres. Most cold-
assumed knowledge.    Credit points: 12  Campus:                 formed steel sections are unsymmetric and hence the latter
Gardens Point                                                    topics are useful in steel design.
                                                                 Prerequisites: ENB102 or ENB270 or ENB276
ENB371 Geotechnical Engineering 2                                Assumed knowledge: ENB273 is assumed knowledge.
This unit includes: further study on the behaviour of soil and   Equivalents: CEB318          Credit points: 12       Contact
rocks; determination of subsurface pressures from surface        hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
loadings; soil settlement including time related clay            period: 2010 SEM-1
consolidation settlement and immediate settlements on
sand and clay as related to shallow foundations;                 ENB376 Transport Engineering
assessment of bearing capacity and allowable bearing             The transport system is an essential part of our physical
pressures under shallow foundations; pile foundation             infrastructure. It is imperative that civil engineers are able to
systems and analysis for capacity and settlement; rock           undertake typical road and traffic engineering investigations,
mass behaviour, classification and joint shear strength          analyses and designs. These require an understanding of
applied to slope stability assessment and stabilisation          the intent of individual road system elements, how they
measures.                                                        operate, and how they are delivered and managed: this
Prerequisites: ENB272 Equivalents: CEB322 Credit                 understanding is developed in this unit. Further, it is
points: 12      Contact hours: 5 per week          Campus:       important that civil engineers are able to undertake multi-
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 modal transport surveys to gain an understanding of the
                                                                 operation of a particular transport system.
ENB372 Design and Planning of Highways                           Assumed knowledge: ENB274 and ENB372 are assumed
Civil engineers as professionals are responsible for the         knowledge. Equivalents: CEB323 Credit points: 12
delivery of major transport infrastructure items through the     Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
stages of inception, planning, design, development,              Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
maintenance and management. The purpose of such
projects is to improve the quality of life of the community by   ENB377 Water and Waste Water Treatment Engineering
offering safe and efficient access to activity locations and     The provision of a safe, wholesome and adequate supply of
mobility between locations. In delivering such infrastructure    water and the proper treatment, disposal, and reuse of




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2881
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

wastewater are essential for protecting human health and        Campus: Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
well-being. Water and wastewater treatment are required for
the control of water-born diseases and the provision of         ENB381 Civil Engineering Construction
proper sanitation for urban, rural, and recreational areas.     Detailed studies of the methods and equipment employed in
Water and wastewater treatment engineering is a major field     the execution of civil engineering construction. Includes
of civil and environmental engineering and is manifested by     earthworks, heavy foundations, steel fabrication and
sound principles and practice in terms of solving sanitation    erection, bridge construction, marine construction, water
problems.                                                       retaining structures, road and airfield construction and
Prerequisites: ENB201 or ENB280                 Assumed         mechanical erection.
knowledge: ENB274 is assumed knowledge.                         Assumed knowledge: ENB275 is assumed knowledge.
Equivalents: CEB321         Credit points: 12      Contact      Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                ENB382 Estimating in Engineering Construction
ENB378 Water Engineering                                        The majority of the unit applies construction, planning and
The main topics to be covered in this unit follow: the          commercial understanding previously developed to
hydrologic cycle and its application to the estimation of       fundamental estimating skills suited to firm bidding. The
runoff from small catchments; probability and risk and the      conversion of an estimate to a tender, includes the review
selection of design floods; hydrologic data; estimation of      process, the determination of risk and profit and the drafting
peak runoff using the Rational Formula estimation of runoff     of a tender letter conclude the critical content. A comparison
hydrographs using rainfall-runoff routing models; the           with sub-contract pricing and the use of Bills of Quantity is
hydraulic characteristics of open channels; uniform flow,       studied and is linked to conceptual estimating, preliminary
gradually varied flow and rapidly varied flow; the hydraulic    estimates for budgets and proposals.
characteristics of culverts and retention basins; the           Prerequisites: ENB381 Assumed knowledge: ENB271
operation of urban drainage systems.                            and ENB273 are assumed knowledge.                 Equivalents:
Prerequisites: ENB201 or ENB280              Equivalents:       CEB513 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
CEB319 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week               Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                ENB383 Environmental Resource Management
ENB379 Transport Engineering and Planning                       This unit addresses management of solids and hazardous
Applications                                                    wastes generated from domestic, commercial, and industrial
The environmental engineer must be familiar with the role of    sources. It includes the following: waste minimisation;
each transport mode in the overall transport task, along with   promotion of efficient use of resources; promotion the use of
current issues associated with each mode. This must be          waste through recycling and energy production; viewing
overarched by an understanding of the system for planning       waste as a resource; reducing the mass, volume and
and management of transport projects and systems,               toxicity of the waste; disposing of waste in a socially and
particularly in context with economic, environmental and        environmentally acceptable manner; waste avoidance;
social attributes. This unit provides students who wish to      recycling; energy production; treatment; disposal. Waste
pursue a career in environmental engineering with an            management is an important aspect of civil and
understanding of these areas. The unit also includes case       environmental engineering education.
studies covering the environmental impacts for some of the      Assumed knowledge: ENB274 or ENB200 or BEB200 is
urban and rural transport and infrastructure projects           assumed knowledge          Equivalents: CEB418        Credit
especially in the area of community consultation.               points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:
Assumed knowledge: ENB274 and ENB372 are assumed                Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
knowledge. Equivalents: CEB419 Credit points: 12
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                 ENB384 Design of Masonry Structures
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                     Historic development & Modern Masonry; Constituent
                                                                Materials – testing standards; Design for durability; Limit
ENB380 Environmental Law and Assessment                         state design principles – capacity & serviceability; General
The adverse consequences of human activity have resulted        design aspects of walling, Fire design provisions; Out-of-
in the adoption of various international treaties, enactment    plane behaviour of unreinforced masonry walling; Design of
of stringent legislative requirements, and a growing demand     facades, ties & accessories; Unreinforced masonry – in-
for improved management practices. Engineers need to be         plane behaviour, shear walls & construction detailing;
aware of the way in which the law works, to be able to          Reinforced masonry – design for flexure, in-plane and out-
communicate with lawyers, and to recognise the legal and        of-plane shear; Design for compression & slender walls;
political implications of their projects. An understanding of   Novel designs – prestressed masonry, dry-stack masonry,
the local, state, and federal governments' power to regulate    thin bed masonry, geometrical sections, cavity walls and
development and the legal and planning requirements and         diaphragm walls; Case study - industrial building / medium
assessment procedures is essential for professional             rise apartment building.
engineering practice.                                           Prerequisites: ENB102 or ENB270              Equivalents:
Prerequisites: ENB383 Assumed knowledge: BEB200                 CEB516 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
or ENB200 are assumed knowledge.               Equivalents:      Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
CEB416 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2882
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                    processing, sugar/processing and refinery/chemical
ENB421 Thermodynamics 2                                             industries. The unit is taught by university and industry
Applications of heat transfer theory in steam power plant,          specialists who have considerable experience in their
refrigeration and gas turbines; steady state and transient          chosen field.
conduction; convection with internal or external flow; free         Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
convection in stationary fluids; boiling and condensation;          Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
thermal resistance networks; heat exchangers; radiation
heat transfer.                                                      ENB434 Tribology
Prerequisites: ENB222 and ENB321             Equivalents:           Tribology is the study of friction, wear and lubrication. In this
MMB351 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week                  unit, the knowledge you acquire is applied to solve problems
 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  prevalent in engineering. Topics covered range from the
                                                                    theory of friction, lubricant properties and chemistry, to the
ENB422 Energy Management                                            control of friction and wear by proper selection of both
Topics covered in this unit include: Global energy and              materials and lubricants.
climate issues, the systematic process by which energy use          Prerequisites: ENB201 or ENB221 Credit points: 12
is monitored and analysed; individual treatment of                  Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
electricity, fuels and their properties, compressed air,            Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
buildings, cycle requirements, energy recovery equipment;
financial analysis of proposals. Environmental aspects will         ENB435 Computer Integrated Manufacturing
be considered for each topic.                                       Topics covered in this unit include: introduction of the
Assumed knowledge: ENB201 or ENB221 and ENB222                      concepts of strategic planning for computer integrated
are assumed knowledge.          Equivalents: MMB451                 manufacturing; concepts of advanced manufacturing
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                 technologies and the various components of computer
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                           integrated manufacturing system; the importance of
                                                                    concurrent engineering in the context of CIM; introduction to
ENB423 Heating, Ventilation and Air-Conditioning                    the principles of modelling and simulation techniques as a
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) is closely         design and evaluation tool for manufacturing systems.
related to human habitation, comfort and productivity. It also      Assumed knowledge: ENB231 and MAB233 are assumed
consumes considerable amount of energy. With increasing             knowledge. Equivalents: MMB471 Credit points: 12
global warming, it is becoming one of the most important            Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
engineering systems in modern buildings.                            Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1

This unit will introduce you basic principles of HVAC and           ENB436 Mechatronics System Design
refrigeration systems. It will discuss the design factors and       This unit provides students with an understanding of design
practices related to the design and operation of HVAC               and interpretation of hydraulic and pneumatic circuits
systems. It will also provide you with other relevant               (including graphical symbols, fluid logic and components of
knowledge commonly used in the building services industry.          fluid systems) and a basic understanding of PLC
This course should therefore provide you a good basis to            programming for control of manufacturing systems with the
undertake further study, research and professional work in          emphasis on hands on practice of developing a control
this field.                                                         system for a given process. Topics include the following:
Prerequisites: ENB201 or ENB221 or ENB222 Credit                    mechatronics systems design; power supply; introduction to
points: 12       Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:         fluid power and graphical symbols; hydraulic and pneumatic
Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                    systems; simple circuits; fluid logic; logic symbols and
                                                                    circuits; hydraulic components, fluids, system design,
ENB432 Engineering Asset Management and                             circuits; pressure compensated flow control.
Maintenance                                                         Prerequisites: ENB334 Equivalents: MMB478 Credit
This unit includes the following: engineering asset                 points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:
management policy statement; overhaul and replacement of            Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
engineering assets; organisation for maintenance;
maintenance planning and control; failure mode and effect           ENB437 Health Legislation in the Medical Environment
analysis; reliability, maintainability and availability analysis;   This unit provides an introduction to the types of legislative
risk assessment; spare parts inventory management.                  control in the health and medical industries. It highlights the
Assumed knowledge: MAB233 is assumed knowledge.                     minimum requirements in relation to the role of medical
Equivalents: MMB470            Credit points: 12        Contact     engineers and their contribution to successful and ethical
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    relationships with medical, health legislative and regulatory
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                  affairs professionals. Content includes: national and
                                                                    international legislative controlling bodies and codes (EC,
ENB433 Plant and Process Design                                     TGA, FDA); structure and sources of legal system (State
The unit is of great assistance to graduates who will work in       and Federal); Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP);
one of the many industry where Mechanical Engineers are             ISO9000 Quality Systems; Total Quality Management;
concerned with Plant and Process Design. These industries           ethics committees and clearance; industry case studies.
use heat exchangers, piping systems and cooling towers              Equivalents: MMB492          Credit points: 12        Contact
intensively. This would include power stations, mineral             hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2883
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                 ENB445 RF Communication Technologies
ENB440 RF and Applied Electromagnetics                           The unit covers various communication and signal
This unit addresses the following: lumped and distributed        processing technologies that are used in point to point and
microwave and RF circuits, including [y], [t] and [s]            point to multi-point; wired and wireless communications
parameters; impedance matching techniques; passive and           including microwave terrestrial and satellite communication;
active microwave devices; RF circuit design techniques;          last miles solutions including ADSL, VDSL and wireless
microwave and RF measurement techniques; linear                  local loops; ad hoc radio transmission such as the Bluetooth
antennas and microwave antennas; analysis and synthesis          and Home RF, Wireless LANs including wireless infrared
of antenna arrays; specialised antennas and antenna              transmission and IEEE8012.11 standard.
measurements; EMC definition, standards and regulations;         Prerequisites: ENB343 Assumed knowledge: ENB242
test plan; measurements; interference coupling;                  and ENB244 are assumed knowledge.              Equivalents:
susceptibility; EMC design techniques, component                 EEB766 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week
selection, circuit layouts, grounding, shielding, filters,        Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
suppressors, isolation and safety; EMC management;
propagation of electromagnetic fields in electrical materials;   ENB446 Wireless Communications
application of numerical methods.                                This unit addresses the following: cellular mobile radio
Prerequisites: ENB343        Antirequisites: ENB445              system concepts; mobile radio propagation; spread
Assumed knowledge: ENB242 and ENB244 are assumed                 spectrum techniques and CDMA; speech coding modulation
knowledge. Equivalents: EEB961 Credit points: 12                 and channel coding techniques for GSM and CDMA; fading
Contact hours: 5 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  mitigation through diversity; inter-symbol interference
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                      mitigation; the GSM and CDMA standards; the WAP and
                                                                 the GPRS; introductions to UMTS/IMT2000; introduction to
ENB441 Applied Image Processing                                  personal communications; introduction to blue tooth
The aim of this unit is to introduce the fundamentals and        technology; other wireless systems including wireless LAN,
applications of image processing to the students. The unit       wireless local loop, microwave local multipoint distribution
covers topics such as image acquisition, image                   systems (LMDS) and LEO satellite communication.
representation, image enhancement, image segmentation,           Prerequisites: ENB346 Equivalents: EEB960 Credit
and image filtering. These topics will be introduced using a     points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week        Campus:
project based approach with applications to engineering          Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
practical problems.
Prerequisites: ENB342        Credit points: 12      Contact      ENB447 Navigation Systems For Aircraft
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 Modern aviation continues to flourish, with millions of
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               passenger miles flown each year throughout the world and
                                                                 in all kinds of weather condition. Safe and reliable
ENB443 Space Technology                                          navigation is one of the primary functions that enable these
This unit offers a general introduction to space technology.     flights. In past years pilots navigated visually but this relied
It includes the following: coordination of systems and time      on fair weather conditions. Today pilots use navigation aids
references used within space flight dynamics; discussion of      to allow navigation in all types of weather conditions day or
rocket ascent trajectories and satellite orbit dynamics;         night. This unit presents the principles and practices of
detailed description and discussion of satellite as a system     modern navigation sensors and systems. To be a
and subsystems; description and discussion of rocket as a        competent Avionics Engineer, a detailed knowledge of the
system; introduction to satellite launch systems and satellite   principles of navigation is mandatory. Navigation is a
applications.                                                    fundamental building block for all aspects of aerospace
Prerequisites: MAB127 or MAB182 or MAB132                        projects.
Equivalents: EEB732          Credit points: 12      Contact      Prerequisites: MAB127 or MAB182 or MAB132
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 Assumed knowledge: ENB343 and ENB346 are assumed
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               knowledge. Equivalents: EEB835 Credit points: 12
                                                                 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
ENB444 Spacecraft Guidance and Navigation                        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
This unit includes the following: general introduction to
spacecraft guidance and navigation systems and concepts;         ENB448 Signal Processing and Filtering
coordination of systems and time references applied within       This unit gives a comprehensive introduction to the
spacecraft guidance and navigation; discussion of                representation and processing of signals distorted or
spacecraft orbit and attitude dynamics; detailed description     corrupted by noise, and the systems needed to process
and discussion of GNSS system aspects; GPS observables           them. Techniques for estimating signal parameters for the
and data processing; description and discussion of               detection of signals in the presence of noise will be
spacecraft guidance and navigation sensors and systems;          discussed. The methods presented will be tested on real
methods for spacecraft orbit and attitude determination;         data drawn from different engineering applications, such as
discussion of spacecraft actuators.                              wireless communications, biomedical EEG signals and brain
Prerequisites: ENB443 Equivalents: EEB833 Credit                 models, speech and music synthesis, and radars.
points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:        Prerequisites: ENB342 Assumed knowledge: MAB233
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   is assumed knowledge. Equivalents: EEB941 Credit




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2884
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

points: 12   Contact hours: 4 per week  Campus:                    Prerequisites: ENB344 Credit points: 12  Contact
Gardens Point   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                   period: 2010 SEM-1
ENB451 Aerospace Radio and Radar Systems
This unit includes a thorough treatment of the elements of         ENB456 Energy
radio and radar systems, ground, air and space based. This         Renewable energy sources including solar and wind
is a highly technical unit and an emphasis will be put on the      energies are becoming more important than ever due to
solution of technical problems and the knowledge required          increasing energy demand, dwindling oil and gas supplies,
to solve these problems. Electromagnetic Compatibility and         increasing pollution levels in the atmosphere and the
Electromagnetic Interference principles are covered in             associated global warming effects. Renewables may also
detail. Analysis of antennas, modulation techniques,               help improve competitiveness and have a positive impact on
amplifiers and filtering techniques for radio, as well as, types   regional development and employment.
of radar and applications, Mechanisms for Ranging, Doppler
Radar and Receiver Processing are some of topics                   An overview of the different energy sources will be covered
addressed.                                                         followed by an understanding of the characteristics of solar
Prerequisites: ENB343 Equivalents: EEB760 Credit                   energy, radiation calculation, measurements and
points: 12       Contact hours: 3 per week            Campus:      applications in remote, hybrid and grid interactive
Gardens Point         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  configurations. Students will be equipped with fundamentals
                                                                   of alternative energy sources including solar thermal,
ENB452 Advanced Power Systems Analysis                             photovoltaics and wind conversion technologies.
The aim of this unit is to introduce you to the basic topics of    Assumed knowledge: MAB126 or MAB180 or MAB131 are
power system analysis relevant to engineers involved in            assumed knowledge.        Equivalents: EEB911        Credit
both operations and planning. Specific tasks will be               points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:
evaluation of faults on lines, load flow and stability analyses    Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
using commercial packages.
Prerequisites: ENB340 Assumed knowledge: ENB301                    ENB457 Controls, Systems and Applications
is assumed knowledge.          Credit points: 12       Contact     Control systems are playing an increasingly important role
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   in process control, energy management and utility
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                 management. This unit is concerned with the application of
                                                                   advanced control systems with an emphasis on physical
ENB453 Power Equipment and Utilisation                             architectures and implementations. Topics covered include
The unit emphasises the use of relevant standards to the           control system actuators, sensors and controllers, control
specification and design of electrical equipment for the use       system architectures, human machine interfacing, adaptive
of electrical energy supply for buildings and lighting. Design     control strategies and intelligent control.
approaches emphasise current engineering practise.                 Prerequisites: ENB301          Credit points: 12 Contact
Prerequisites: ENB340         Credit points: 12       Contact      hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   period: 2010 SEM-2
period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                   ENB458 Modern Control Systems
ENB454 Power System Management                                     This unit introduces the student to the following concepts:
The aim of this subject is to develop skills in the operational    Discrete time control systems and their design, state space
management and the overall system management of Power              modelling and control system design using state space
systems. There are many decisions to be made in the                techniques, linear optimal control, non-linear systems, and
context of imperfect information. This subject provides tools      adaptive control with applications of neuro-computing and
to provide a degree of structure to the decision process,          fuzzy logic.
whether at purchase time or in daily operation. These tools        Prerequisites: ENB301         Credit points: 12      Contact
cover the areas of risk analysis, reliability and asset            hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
management and extend to the operational areas of                  period: 2010 SEM-2
utilization of equipment and quality of supply. The outcome
is to achieve a balance between maintenance and capital            ENB471 Design of Concrete Structures and
purchases between investment and reliability.                      Foundations
Prerequisites: ENB340         Credit points: 12       Contact      Concrete design and construction; roles of building
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   professionals; current structures; structural systems; load
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                 paths; rules of thumb; building layout, function and form,
                                                                   design effects; seismic and element loads; formwork and
ENB455 Power Electronics                                           placement constraints; reinforced and prestressed concrete
The unit introduces the student to advanced industrial             slabs, beams and columns; architectural issues,
electronics and power converters with different applications.      connections and detailing; site investigation, spread and pile
Students learn how to model power converters, design a             footings and foundations; retaining walls.
controller and simulate power electronic systems using             Prerequisites: ENB276 and ENB371                Equivalents:
Matlab/Simulink software for different applications. They          CEB424 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
also learn practical issues such as EMI, efficiency and             Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
losses to design a controller and power circuits.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2885
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                   This is an advanced structural engineering unit which builds
ENB472 Project Engineering 2                                       up on previous knowledge in this area and covers
The unit builds on the understanding of the physical aspect        applications. Load paths in structures and cable structures
of construction gained in Project Engineering 1 to develop         with applications in bridge engineering will be covered. The
the skills needed to manage a project. Further studies in          stiffness method, which is the basis of all structural analysis
estimating, contracts administration and cost control provide      software packages will be covered in detail. The formation
support for a major computer simulation exercise based on          of plastic hinges (failure points) and failure mechanisms in
the construction management of a complex industrial                structures will be treated with simple applications. Structural
project. This experiential component provides a framework          dynamics and vibrations in structures will be introduced and
for the exploration of issues in the legal, managerial and         illustrated with applications. Application of structural
technical areas which form the basis for the professional          dynamics will be extended to seismic engineering. The
presentations that conclude the unit.                              basics of seismic engineering and the use of the Australian
Prerequisites: ENB275 Assumed knowledge: ENB372                    code for analysing structures subjected to seismic loads will
is assumed knowledge. Equivalents: CEB412 Credit                   be covered.
points: 12      Contact hours: 4 per week          Campus:         Prerequisites: ENB276 and ENB375 Credit points: 12
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                    Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
                                                                   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
ENB473 Design and Construction of Multi-storey
Buildings                                                          ENB476 Civil Engineering Design Project
This unit builds on the structural, material, construction and     Through preparation of various civil engineering design
design units of previous semesters, in particular Design of        elements of a major project, this final design strand unit
Steel and Concrete Structures, and applies that knowledge          builds upon the earlier units to polish students’ professional
and skills to a multi-storey building on a real site to perform    capabilities as expected of a graduate civil engineer.
a real function. The unit covers a range of topics as              Students will be expected to apply to their project the
applicable to multi-storey buildings, namely, structural           knowledge and experience gained in the civil engineering
systems, analysis techniques, design and construction              sub-disciplinary core units including: Geotechnical
methods, composite floor systems, steel framed buildings,          Engineering 2, Water Engineering, and Transport
construction, fire safety and durability. Using a realistic        Engineering. The aims of this unit are to provide you with an
building project it enables QUT students to prepare                understanding of the role of the civil engineer within a major
themselves to pursue a career in structures and/or                 project, including the various technical activities undertaken,
construction. There will be a special emphasis on the              overall project management, and an understanding of
interdependency between construction and design. The aim           community expectations.
of this unit is to help you to learn and develop professional      Prerequisites: (ENB371 and (( ENB372, ENB376, and
engineering skills with special emphasis on analysis, design       ENB378) or EN40MJR-CVCOENG) Credit points: 12
and construction of multi-storey buildings.                        Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point
Prerequisites: ENB275 and ENB375                    Assumed        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
knowledge: ENB471 is assumed knowledge.                  Credit
points: 12        Contact hours: 4 per week           Campus:      ENB478 Advanced Water Engineering
Gardens Point         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                  This unit primarily intended to provide detailed conceptual
                                                                   knowledge on river and coastal processes. The main topics
ENB474 Finite Element Methods                                      to be covered under River Engineering are: catchment and
The Finite Element Method (FEM) is 20th century's answer           flood plane management, river flow modelling, sediment
for treating complex problems, which had hitherto remained         transport and application of water sensitive urban design to
impossible to solve, in several areas of engineering such as       urban systems. The main topics to be covered under
structural, geotechnical, electrical, heat conduction, etc. The    Coastal Engineering are: wave theory, coastal inlets and
applications of this powerful computer based method has            canal systems, planning and design of coastal structures
rapidly extended to cover several areas of engineering. In         and coastal management and planning.
the structures area, the displacements and stresses in             Prerequisites: ENB378        Credit points: 12     Contact
complex concrete connections, dams, deep beams with                hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
openings, shell structures, etc., can only be obtained by          period: 2010 SEM-1
finite element analysis. Basic theory of FEM and its features
such as engineering actions, modelling techniques, choice          ENB481 Civil Engineering Project Management
of elements, boundary conditions and input data will be            Engineers are invariably required to manage projects. This
covered in this unit. It aims in equipping engineers with skills   unit reinforces the student’s understanding of current
to apply FEM effectively in structural, geotechnical and           management principles in the context of construction
water engineering problems.                                        projects. Other topics include administration, cost control,
Prerequisites: ENB475 Assumed knowledge: ENB102                    claims, legal and insurance issues together with
or ENB270 are assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12                 outsourcing, problem solving, communication and dispute
Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                    resolution. The focus of the unit is to ensure students
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                        develop an appreciation of the commercial and non-
                                                                   technical issues associated with successful projects. The
ENB475 Structural Engineering 3                                    aim of this unit is to help the student understand the nature
                                                                   of the decisions required of an Engineer managing a project




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2886
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

and practising making these decisions within the fast-              design, acoustics, seismology, biomedical engineering,
moving commercial and economic environment for such                 process control, and speech and image processing. The
projects.                                                           field of signal and image processing has grown rapidly in
Prerequisites: ENB275 Assumed knowledge: ENB372                     the last few decades and it continues to grow in importance
is assumed knowledge.    Credit points: 12    Contact               as technologies such as very large scale integration,
hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    programmable logic devices and high performance
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                  computing make it possible to implement digital signal and
                                                                    image processing systems for many practical applications.
ENB485 Advanced Geotechnical Engineering Practice                   Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
The aim of this unit is to firstly, develop the generic technical   Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
skills required to identify and solve geotechnical engineering
problems of the type commonly encountered by specialist             ENN530 Asset and Facility Management
geotechnical consultants, and secondly, to have a good              Professionals are often involved in the management of
understanding of some specialist techniques for site                infrastructure including transportation, water, energy,
investigation, performance prediction and construction. The         buildings and telecommunications. In today's business
unit will be presented as study modules, each one                   environment, the efficient maintenance and management of
emphasising a different area of geotechnical engineering.           these assets and associated risks is critical. The
The study areas and the case studies used for practice may          professionals need to know how to manage the whole of life
change from year to year depending on the availability of           cycle of assets; organise maintenance based on condition
experienced practitioners and on current geotechnical               and reliability assessments; and create as well as
projects and interests.                                             implement effective asset management and maintenance
Prerequisites: ENB371            Credit points: 12      Contact     plans so as to meet the business objectives of the
hours: 4.5 per week              Campus: Gardens Point              organisation.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                         Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
                                                                    Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
ENN510 Engineering Knowledge Management
Knowledge management is an innovative process that                  ENN540 Engineering Optimisation
needs to be closely aligned to organisation goals. The              In a society that recognises the impact of resource depletion
development of knowledge management systems requires a              and industrial activity on the environment, it is critical that
sound understanding of the related issues such as                   professional engineers are equipped with the skills
knowledge identification, knowledge development,                    necessary to develop effective engineering conceptual
knowledge preservation, knowledge representation and                solutions, optimise them, and then deliver them. This highly
knowledge distribution. All engineering managers must have          practical unit will introduce you to a range of advanced tools
the fundamental skills and knowledge to understand, design          used in engineering concept development and optimisation,
and develop and manage knowledge management systems                 using mathematical and numerical methods.
in an organisation. This unit provides the basic knowledge          Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
and skills to understand the complex issues of knowledge            Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
management that are essential to the career advancement
of engineering managers.                                            ENN560 System Design
Equivalents: MEN273          Credit points: 12     Contact          A system comprises a number of elements which interact in
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    order to perform a function that the individual elements
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                  could not. The systems engineering methodology considers
                                                                    whole of life cycle development, interactions between
ENN515 Total Quality Management                                     system elements, and interactions with other systems. The
Total Quality Management (TQM) has evolved beyond its               professional engineer requires the technical skills to
roots in statistics and the quality control function. Today,        implement the system engineering methodology, the ability
many observes consider it to be a framework for "excellent"         in interact with other professionals, and to communicate in
management. The dominant themes are: a data-based                   an appropriate and industry recognised manner.
approach to problem solving: a strong emphasis on                   Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
organizational and behavioral considerations: a customer-           Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
oriented market- sensitive approach to designing and
delivering both products and services: and finally, a desire        ENN570 Enterprise Resource Planning
for continual improvement. TQM practice is a pathway to the         Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) plays an increasingly
achievement of world class competitiveness.                         significant role in large corporations. Today, many business
Equivalents: MEN177         Credit points: 12      Campus:          analysts consider ERP to be essential for effective
Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 5TP3                      corporate functionality and increased productivity for private
                                                                    and government industries.
ENN520 Advanced Signal Processing and Systems                       Equivalents: MEN272           Credit points: 12      Contact
The concepts of signals, images and systems arise in a              hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
wide variety of fields, and the ideas and techniques                period: 2010 5TP6
associated with these concepts play an important role in
such diverse areas of science and technology as                     ENN580 Control Systems
communications, aeronautics and astronautics, circuit




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2887
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Feedback control systems form the basis of a large number        moving the heat generated in the various processes in the
of systems engineering applications in a diverse range of        power station plant, and extracting that heat to produce
disciplines, including aerospace, robotics, power systems,       electricity.
and manufacturing. An advanced knowledge of real world           Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
control system issues, such as dealing with non-linearities
and non-stationary phenomena, is essential for the               EPG011 Industrial Electrical Power Distribution
advanced systems engineering practitioner.                       THIS UNIT IS AVAILABLE TO BX20 AND BX21
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              STUDENTS ONLY.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        This unit provides an overview of the aspects of industrial
                                                                 power distribution and earthing systems relevant to a power
EPG001 Introduction To Power Plant                               generation plant. Around 8% of a power station's output is
THIS UNIT IS AVAILABLE TO BX20 AND BX21                          used on plant auxiliaries - power stations are their own
STUDENTS ONLY.                                                   biggest customer. The effective design, operation and
This unit provides an overview of the operation,                 maintenance of equipment used for distribution of this
performance and maintenance of large coal-fired boiler-          auxiliary power across a plant site is crucial for its reliable
turbine-generator plants. It is intended as an introduction to   operation. Earthing systems underpin the safety of
the whole of the power station plant and systems. Such           personnel and plant in any industrial complex. This unit
coal-fired power plants consist of a water and steam cycle,      provides the theoretical and practical background
a fuel (coal and air) cycle and control systems to optimise      knowledge required to understand the design, testing and
performance. A typical power station burns millions of           maintenance of earthing systems in a power plant.
dollars worth of fuel every week. Maximising plant efficiency    Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
in the face of plant problems, operational requirements and
changes in fuel supply can save thousands of dollars each        EPG015 Industrial Electrical Power Systems
week and reduce the environmental impact of power                THIS UNIT IS AVAILABLE TO BX20 AND BX21
generation.                                                      STUDENTS ONLY.
                                                                 Electrical protection systems are fundamental to the safe
Electricity is a commodity being traded in a market, but         and reliable operation of the generating facility. This unit
unlike most other commodities it cannot be stored in any         provides the theory and knowledge to enable review and
significant quantity. Understanding the context of the           testing of protection schemes that protect plant items.
network and the electricity market is a crucial aspect of        Emergency Power systems underpin the safety and
operating power plants.                                          reliability of industrial facilities. This unit provides the
Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 40 per week                theoretical and practical background knowledge required to
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 5TP2                 understand the design operation and maintenance of
and 2010 SEM-2                                                   Emergency Power systems. Applicable standards, codes
                                                                 and legislation, fundamentals of lighting system design.
EPG005 Project Delivery                                          Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
THIS UNIT IS AVAILABLE TO BX20 AND BX21
STUDENTS ONLY.                                                   GSN224 Corporate Philanthropy
This unit provides an overview of the techniques and tools       The nature of the relationship between the for-profit
required for the professional development of a project           corporation and the nonprofit sector is invariably through
including the generation and submission of viable                corporate philanthropy. This unit examines five issues
proposals. The successful development and implementation         central to corporate philanthropy: legal and taxation, cause
of such projects and the ability to appropriately manage         related alliances, corporate foundations, business giving
projects and contracts related to plant equipment,               models in Australia and corporate social responsibility. The
maintenance and life schedules including refurbishment can       unit is taught through case studies in Australian and
save vast resources and directly affect the environmental        international practice.
impact within a power generation facility.                       Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
period: 2010 5TP8
                                                                 GSN233 Special Topic in Philanthropy and Nonprofit
EPG006 Applied Thermodynamics                                    Studies
THIS UNIT IS AVAILABLE TO BX20 AND BX21                          This unit is developed around the visiting adjunct professors
STUDENTS ONLY.                                                   or visiting scholars to the Centre of Philanthropy and
Many power station plant processes involve movement of           Nonprofit Studies. It provides students with access to
heat from one component to another. This might be for the        contemporary issues and experts in the field and involves
generation process itself, or simply maintaining equipment       in-depth examination of an issue of importance.
within operating temperature limits. Measuring and               Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
managing heat transfer processes are crucial for the             Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
effective and efficient operation of generating plant. The
heat produced by the boiler in a power station is delivered to   GSN234 Contemporary Issues in Entrepreneurship
the turbine. Any heat not extracted from the steam by the        The unit introduces the students to the field of
turbine is then discharged to the atmosphere through the         entrepreneurship research and the problems, theories and
cooling towers. This unit considers ways of effectively          methods that are prevalent in (empirical) research on




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2888
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

entrepreneurship. Students learn to "know the field"              process is enhanced by practical real-time examples of
including its historical development; its "infrastructure" of     strategy in action utilising the case study method of
journals, conferences and research centres, and its               learning.
contemporary research questions and approaches. The               Equivalents: GSZ405 Credit points: 6 Contact hours:
students will develop an ability to assess the strengths and      3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
weaknesses of the field and gain insights into where and          2010 6TP1, 2010 6TP2, 2010 6TP3 and 2010 6TP5
how they can contribute to its research frontier.
Credit points: 12       Contact hours: 3 hrs per week             GSN406 Human Resource Management Issues
Campus: Gardens Point                                             This unit examines the challenges faced by managers in
                                                                  achieving effective human resource management in the
GSN401 Managing in the Global Business Environment                contemporary business environment. An issues-based
Competence in managing is the key to success for any              approach is adopted to focus attention on the need for the
organisation and for any person within that organisation.         individual managers to complement their technical expertise
The knowledge and ability to manage within the global             with knowledge and skills in people management. Specific
business environment are crucial requirements for today's         attention is given to the human resource management
and tomorrow's managers. This unit introduces the                 implications arising from the global business environment
planning, leading, organising and controlling functions of        and the changing nature of organisations.
management to elucidate current trends in management              Equivalents: GSZ406 Credit points: 6 Contact hours:
practice in the global environment.                               3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
Antirequisites: GSN204, MGN409              Equivalents:          2010 6TP1, 2010 6TP3 and 2010 6TP5
GSZ401 Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2,                 GSN407 Business Communication
2010 6TP4 and 2010 6TP6                                           Business Communication is an introductory unit that
                                                                  promotes effective written and spoken communication skills
GSN403 Understanding Data                                         in a range of situations encountered by managers. Students
This unit is designed to provide students with a clear            will better understand the principles of effective written and
understanding of different types of data and techniques to        spoken communication by exploring communication theory
present and analyse real world problems relevant to               and undertaking several practical exercises and tasks.
business and managers. Students are introduced to various         Antirequisites: CON404 Equivalents: GSZ407 Credit
techniques of organising, presenting and analysing                points: 6      Contact hours: 3 per week            Campus:
economic and business data. Topics include probability            Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2, 2010 6TP4
theory, descriptive and inferential statistics.                   and 2010 6TP6
Antirequisites: EFN409 Equivalents: GSZ403 Credit
points: 6     Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:          GSN408 Fundamentals of Marketing Management
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP1, 2010 6TP2,              This unit provides students with the opportunity to critically
2010 6TP3 and 2010 6TP5                                           examine and evaluate the role of marketing and its
                                                                  contribution to the strategic processes of the modern firm
GSN404 Financial Statements Analysis                              operating in an increasingly competitive national and
This unit introduces students to basic accounting concepts        international environment. Key marketing decision areas are
and financial statements, and then explores methods of            examined, including the marketing concept, the marketing
analysing them to give an informed understanding of the           mix, marketing information systems and marketing
financial well being of the entity. Throughout, it takes the      research, market segmentation, targeting and positioning,
perspective of the user of financial statements, and in this      and the process of marketing planning, implementation and
role, explores the information in financial statements and        control. Students have the opportunity to consider the
how the three basic accounting statements are linked, and         evolution of marketing philosophy, determinants of
interdependent. The course guides students through the            consumer and organisational behaviour and the influences
process of analysing financial statements, how to interpret       of environmental forces on marketing decision-making
findings and how to understand what the analysis and other        within the firm.
contextual data tell them about the business.                     Antirequisites: GSN206 Equivalents: GSZ408 Credit
Antirequisites: GSN202 Equivalents: GSZ404 Credit                 points: 6      Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:
points: 6      Contact hours: 3 per week           Campus:        Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP1, 2010 6TP3
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2, 2010 6TP4               and 2010 6TP4
and 2010 6TP6
                                                                  GSN409 Organisational Behaviour 1
GSN405 Strategic Management                                       Organisational Behaviour 1 is an introductory unit which
Strategy is the process of determining goals and moving           analyses human behaviour at work with a focus on issues of
towards the achievement of those goals in a business,             personality, motivation, group interaction, occupational
government, or not-for-profit setting. This unit introduces the   stress, and health and organisational change. The unit
concept of strategy and explores the basic tenets of the          examines issues related to aspects of the working
strategy process, competitive advantage, and strategic            environment and to the relationship between managerial
management in a changing global environment. It lays in the       strategies, organisational structures and their effects on
foundations for students in terms of understanding                performance, health and autonomy.
contemporary thinking in the strategy field. The learning         Antirequisites: MGN412 Equivalents: GSZ409 Credit




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2889
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

points: 6    Contact hours: 3 per week     Campus:                Equivalents: GSZ415 Credit points: 6 Contact hours:
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP1, 2010 6TP3               3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
and 2010 6TP5                                                     2010 6TP1, 2010 6TP3, 2010 6TP4 and 2010 6TP5

GSN410 Entrepreneurship                                           GSN416 Business Plans 1
This unit introduces the student to the field of                  This unit offers students the opportunity to write a formal
entrepreneurship and the management of innovation.                business plan for a new business venture or offshoot of an
Entrepreneurial behaviour can take place within existing          existing venture. As business planning is an intensive
organisations (as intrapreneurship) or by starting a new          viability screening exercise in which the business planners
business venture that is created to exploit a new technology      must consider all strategic alternatives, students are
or to introduce a new product, service, or business process.      required to choose a preferred 'business model' and
Topics include entrepreneurial attitudes, abilities and           analyse whether or not the proposed new venture appears
behaviours and culture; opportunity recognition and the           to be viable. The business plan is a document that
development of new venture ideas; viability screening for         communicates this viability to an investor or other potential
initial and sustainable competitive advantage; risk               stakeholders in the new business and the structure and
recognition and mitigation; intellectual property protection;     content of the business plan is crafted according to its
and developing the business model for a new enterprise.           intended role in a multi-stage communication process with
Antirequisites: GSN300 Equivalents: GSZ410 Credit                 the target reader.
points: 6      Contact hours: 3 per week           Campus:        Prerequisites: GSN405, GSN410, and 84 credit points of
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2, 2010 5TP3,              MBA units (GSN% units) Equivalents: GSZ416 Credit
2010 6TP4 and 2010 6TP6                                           points: 6       Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:
                                                                  Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP1, 2010 6TP3
GSN412 Business Law 1                                             and 2010 6TP5
This unit provides managers with an overview of basic legal
principles, which form the foundation of the laws of              GSN417 Effective Advocacy for Managers
commercial transactions from the perspective of, and with         This unit builds on work completed in GSN407. It is
particular relevance, to managers. Students will learn key        designed to enhance students' presentation skills. It covers
elements of the rules governing business dealings by the          the practical application of key theories of speech
interaction of the laws of contract, agency and franchising,      communication to create managers who are effective
property law, securities and bailment, company law and            persuaders, opinion leaders, and facilitators of change in a
consumer law. The unit also introduces students to the            business environment. The issues covered include:
Australian legal and statutory structure and provides an          structuring and designing for an audience; developing a
overview of the legal nature of business entities.                persuasive theme; using imagery and language effectively;
Antirequisites: AYN410, EFN413 Equivalents: GSZ412                developing presentations.
 Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2, 2010 6TP4,              Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP1
2010 6TP5 and 2010 6TP6
                                                                  GSN418 Marketing Strategy Development
GSN413 Financial Management 1                                     This unit builds upon the foundation provided by GSN408
This unit introduces the student to the international financial   and examines the managerial process involved in identifying
environment in which business operates. The three major           and developing effective marketing strategies. It examines
lessons in finance (time value, diversification and arbitrage)    the role of marketing within the strategic processes of the
are introduced. Topics include time value of money,               modern firm and considers the process involved in strategic
valuation, sources of funds, behaviour of firms and financial     marketing in the global business context. It takes a case
markets, introduction to investment evaluation,                   based approach to illustrating the effectiveness of key
diversification, risk and return, and cost of capital.            approaches to marketing strategy development and
Prerequisites: GSN403         Antirequisites: EFN406              highlights the importance of new and emerging fields of
Equivalents: GSZ413 Credit points: 6 Contact hours:               marketing practice.
3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                 Prerequisites: GSN408         Antirequisites: GSN206
2010 6TP2, 2010 5TP5, 2010 6TP4 and 2010 6TP6                     Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
                                                                  Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP4
GSN415 Understanding Leadership
Leadership is the process of persuasion or example by             GSN420 New Venture Strategy
which an individual influences others to pursue identified        This unit considers and the requirements for resource-
goals. The skills of leadership can be identified and learned.    based sustainable competitive advantage in the context of
This unit explores the attributes, roles and tasks of leaders     new business ventures and the need to be strategically
in contemporary business situations and the issues that           competitive. Topics include new venture strategic
impact on leadership, such as leader-follower interaction,        constraints; entry strategies; opportunity selection,
ethics, leadership characteristics and leadership                 connection between new venture strategy and marketing,
development. This unit culminates in the development of           disruptive strategy, strategy creation using applied
leadership profiles of contemporary leaders with an               Morphological Box, Value Innovation and TERMS
exploration of their characteristics and how their leadership     methodologies. Students complete a Strategic Plan for a
roles are exercised.                                              new venture as part of this unit.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2890
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Prerequisites: GSN405  Credit points: 6              Contact      period: 2010 6TP3
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching
period: 2010 6TP3                                                 GSN430 New Venture Funding
                                                                  This unit is concerned with raising funds to establish, launch
GSN423 Financial Management 2                                     and grow a new business venture. Sources of funding
This unit builds on the material covered in GSN413                considered include one's own resources, family and friends,
Financial Management 1. It extends the analysis of firms'         'social capital' transactions, business angels, venture
decisions in the areas of investment, dividends and               capitalists, banks, and the public equity market. Methods of
financing. Topics include capital budgeting and taxation,         'bootstrapping' and cash conservation, including
dividends and imputation, capital structures, risk                agreements with suppliers, customers, and employees, are
management using options and futures, and an introduction         also considered. Pro-forma financial statements for the new
to international finance.                                         venture, the financial valuation of the new venture, and the
Prerequisites: GSN413       Antirequisites: EFN406                allocation of equity for intellectual property, seat equity,
Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                expenses incurred and funding provided are also examined.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP3                          Prerequisites: GSN413          Credit points: 6      Contact
                                                                  hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
GSN425 Leadership Development                                     period: 2010 6TP1 and 2010 6TP5
This unit builds upon GSN415 to develop leadership ability,
utilising a conceptual framework for self-understanding and       GSN431 New Venture Growth and Transitions
the development of the requisite knowledge, skills and            New ventures often start successfully but then flounder as
attitudes required to lead successfully in contemporary           rapid growth leads to problems in production, distribution,
society. It is designed to allow individuals a better             product quality, employee morale, cash flow or financing.
understanding of their own capacities as leaders. Individuals     Management's ability to make the transition from the new,
will learn the principles of effective leadership and how their   small firm to a rapidly growing company is critical to its
own style affects leadership, decision making, vision             success. If the firm is to survive the entrepreneur must
building, organisational culture and the use of power. The        navigate the transition from 'hands on' involvement in every
focus is on the development of self-awareness and the             aspect of the business to a more detached management
improvement of the individual's capacity to understand,           role.
communicate with, and influence others.                           Prerequisites: GSN405          Credit points: 6    Contact
Prerequisites: GSN415            Credit points: 6     Contact     hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  period: 2010 6TP2 and 2010 6TP6
period: 2010 6TP4
                                                                  GSN434 Venture Capital
GSN428 International Study Tour                                   This unit considers, in the Australian and global financial
This unit involves a group excursion to one or more               market contexts, the operation of the venture capital
international countries for students interested in learning       industry and its rationing of relatively scarce risk capital
more about doing business with that (those) countries.            among relatively abundant demands for new venture
Students study the business environment and the                   funding. Students gain an understanding of how the venture
underlying socio-political, geographical and historical           capital industry works and the criteria by which funds are
aspects of that (those) countries in considerable detail. The     committed to the support of new ventures. Students
international study tour will normally be scheduled during        increase their ability to distinguish the less risky and more
the semester break period, and involve 10-14 days                 profitable investment opportunities from the more risky and
overseas, accompanied by an Academic Advisor. The group           less remunerative opportunities that may also be presented
attends organised briefings, meeting, presentations and site      to venture capitalists.
visits in the host countries. Assessment includes attendance      Prerequisites: GSN413           Credit points: 6      Contact
and participation at all events and submission of a detailed      hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Daily Journal.                                                    period: 2010 6TP4
Equivalents: GSZ428           Credit points: 6     Teaching
period: 2010 5TP3                                                 GSN440 Risk Management 1
                                                                  This unit examines the role of risk management in
GSN429 New Venture Marketing                                      contemporary management theory and practice. Key
New Venture Marketing is concerned with the special               decision areas of risk (eg financial, human resource,
marketing needs of entrepreneurial businesses. In new             physical - asset management etc) are considered in the
ventures, market ignorance is often greater than in existing      context of the general management of the organisation.
firms. Needs of potential customers must be analysed,             Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
product design and prototypes must be developed in line           Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP5
with marketing research results, new marketing channels
must be created and access to existing channels must be           GSN442 Project Management 1
secured. Potential customers must be identified, informed,        Managers are increasingly placed in a position of project
and persuaded to try the new product. Pricing is also a           manager, to manage projects as diverse as the construction
problem area.                                                     of new facilities, expansion to global markets,
Prerequisites: GSN408       Credit points: 6       Contact        implementation of change, information technology systems
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  installation, or planning the major conference. This unit




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2891
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

provides the fundamental skills in both the operational and       global environment. This unit also provides a framework of
strategic aspects of project management. Academic                 basic principles for ethical decision making. The roles of the
requirements are met through a minimum of fortnightly             individual and ethics in business decision making are
contact with the lecturer by each student, through reading of     explored through the use of international case studies.
the text and associated publications, and through the             Students get the opportunity to evaluate, critically, the role
preparation and submission of a written project proposal.         of individual behaviour and ethical decision making, from
Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                not only a personal career perspective but as determinants
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2                          of management and business effectiveness in an
                                                                  international context.
GSN443 Project Management 2                                       Antirequisites: GSN208          Credit points: 6     Contact
Managers are increasingly placed in the position of project       hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
manager, to manage projects as diverse as the construction        period: 2010 6TP5
of new facilities, expansion to global markets,
implementation of change, information technology systems          GSN472 Legal Principles of Corporate Governance
installation, or planning a major conference. This unit builds    Principles of Corporate Governance provides an
on the fundamental skills in both the operational and             introduction to the increasingly important area of corporate
strategic aspects of project management, which are covered        governance, as practiced by the Boards of Directors of
in GSN442. In distance mode, academic requirements are            companies. This subject provides an overview of the main
met through fortnightly contact with the lecturer by each         concepts and history of corporate governance as a global
student, through reference to the text and associate              trend, the core legal principles that underpin corporate
publications, and through the preparation and presentation        governance including: relationships between key
of a written project proposal.                                    stakeholders; corporate governance in different contexts
Prerequisites: GSN442          Credit points: 6     Contact       including small proprietary companies and large listed and
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  unlisted entities and current issues; and includes arguments
period: 2010 6TP3                                                 propounded for self regulation versus government
                                                                  intervention.
GSN444 Special Topic 1                                            Prerequisites: GSN412            Antirequisites: GSN229,
This unit is offered to temporarily 'house' subject matter that   GSN481 Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week
is not routinely offered by the Graduate School of Business,      Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP4
but which is offered when specific subject matter is
considered especially timely and/or in a semester when a          GSN473 Corporate Governance and Accountability
visiting or adjunct professor is available with expertise that    Boards of directors and managers of organisations are now
is not normally resident in the Faculty of Business.              legally as well as morally accountable for policies,
Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                processes, and outcomes to an increasingly vocal set of
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2 and 2010                 stakeholders. Many of these accountabilities are not new,
6TP5                                                              although until recently they may have not been monitored
                                                                  rigorously or at all. Recent high-profile corporate collapses
GSN445 Special Topic 2                                            and the widespread impact of the costs of these failures
This unit is offered to temporarily 'house' subject matter that   have resulted in greater regulation supplanting the former
is not routinely offered by the Graduate School of Business,      self-regulation practices. GSN473 examines the roles of the
but which is offered when specific subject matter is              board and management in implementing and monitoring a
considered especially timely and/or in a semester when a          sound corporate culture, proactively identifying and dealing
visiting or adjunct professor is available with expertise that    with risk, and safeguarding the company's assets and its
is not normally resident in the Faculty of Business.              place in our society and economy.
Equivalents: GSZ445           Credit points: 6      Teaching      Prerequisites: GSN404, GSN412, and 84 credit points of
period: 2010 6TP2                                                 MBA units (GSN% units) Equivalents: GSZ473 Credit
                                                                  points: 6       Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:
GSN455 Special Topic 3                                            Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2, 2010 6TP4,
Like GSN444 this unit is offered to temporarily 'house'           2010 5TP7 and 2010 6TP6
subject matter that is not routinely offered by the Graduate
School of Business. This unit is offered to students who          GSN474 Strategy Planning & Development
have already taken GSN444 and GSN445 and who wish to              The understanding of strategic planning, development and
take an additional 'Special Topic' unit in the same award         implementation and the implications for the modern
program.                                                          organisation underpin this unit. Based on the case study
Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                method of teaching, the unit discusses the strategy
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2 and 2010                 development process in the modern business context, and
6TP6                                                              takes into account the various stakeholders and influences
                                                                  that determine the eventual success or failure of strategy
GSN456 Personal Development and Ethics for                        initiatives.
Managers                                                          Prerequisites: GSN405        Credit points: 6     Contact
This unit provides students with an opportunity to increase       hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
their understanding of themselves and how their interactions      period: 2010 6TP1 and 2010 6TP5
with others impact on their effectiveness as managers in a




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2892
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                 hours: 3 per week     Campus: Gardens Point        Teaching
GSN479 Spreadsheet Modelling for Managers                        period: 2010 6TP4
This unit provides students with the analytical modelling
skills to enhance abilities in making business decisions         GSN486 Accounting and Finance Issues for
under uncertainty. Students are introduced to a range of         Philanthropic & Nonprofit Organisations
techniques that involve structuring, analysing and solving       This unit introduces students to an overview of financial
managerial business decisions problems using Excel               reporting. The unit begins with an overview of the purpose
spreadsheets and add-ins. Topics include optimisation            of accounting and the types of financial statements that
modelling, simulations models, decision analysis and             comprise a financial report. The unit also focuses on the
forecasting.                                                     Australian financial reporting framework and whether an
Prerequisites: GSN403         Credit points: 6   Contact         Australian accounting standard for nonprofit organisations is
hours: 3 hours per week        Campus: Gardens Point             required. International comparisons are made.
Teaching period: 2010 6TP2 and 2010 6TP6                         Antirequisites: GSN231        Credit points: 6      Contact
                                                                 hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
GSN481 Philanthropic and Nonprofit Frameworks of                 period: 2010 6TP5
Governance
The unit explores contemporary understandings of                 GSN487 Marketing for the Nonprofit Sector
philanthropic and nonprofit governance in the context of         The theory and application of strategic marketing in the
social, economic and political systems. It locates these         nonprofit sector is studied in this unit. The unit reviews key
understandings in various theoretical and descriptive            topics such as: competitive positioning; marketing mix
frameworks providing students with both the knowledge and        formulation; issues and characteristics that differentiate
analytical skills that are necessary to reflect critically on    nonprofit marketing and allegiances to multiple markets.
philanthropy and nonprofit governance systems and their          Within the not-for-profit marketing mix, topics examined by
environments.                                                    students encompass the social cause as service/product,
Antirequisites: GSN472, GSN229 Credit points: 6                  service delivery options (offline and online) and integrated
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  marketing communication including database marketing and
Teaching period: 2010 6TP2                                       relationship management.
                                                                 Antirequisites: AMN482          Credit points: 6      Contact
GSN483 Ethics for Philanthropic and Nonprofit                    hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Organisations                                                    period: 2010 6TP3
This course introduces students to ethical theories and
constructs with a focus on producing effective personal and      GSN488 Fundraising Development Principles
professional resolutions to those ethical dilemmas               This unit considers the broad factors that influence
specifically associated with Philanthropic and NonProfit         fundraising/development success. It applies theories of
(PANFP) organisations. The unit recognises the distinctive       marketing, public relations and management to fundraising
mission and character of PANFP organisations, while              and development and builds an understanding of the
seeking to provide an understanding of integrity and             philanthropic environment. It re-examines the principles of
response-ability.                                                fundraising/development, institutional readiness, case
Antirequisites: AMN480, GSN230 Credit points: 6                  statement preparation, leadership, constituencies and
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  research to build understanding of the context in which good
Teaching period: 2010 6TP3                                       development practice occurs.
                                                                 Antirequisites: GSN232, MIN409, AMN481                Credit
GSN484 Management for Philanthropic and Nonprofit                points: 6      Contact hours: 3 per week           Campus:
Organisations                                                    Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 6TP4
In the context of managing for excellence with integrity, this
unit introduces students to the major management sub-            GSN489 Fundraising Development Techniques
disciplines of human resource management and industrial          This unit builds on GSN488 to delve into particular
relations, governance, financial management, and                 techniques of resource mobilisation in nonprofit
marketing which may confront Philanthropic and Nonprofit         organisations. It considers a range of income generation
(PANFP) organisations, their managers and governing              vehicles and techniques including capital and major gifts,
bodies.                                                          special events, bequests, direct mail, telemarketing, e-
Antirequisites: AMN480, GSN230 Credit points: 6                  fundraising, gift clubs and the art of building donor
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  relationships. It also examines professional evaluation of
Teaching period: 2010 6TP2                                       fundraising programs.
                                                                 Prerequisites: GSN488          Antirequisites: GSN232,
GSN485 Legal Issues for Philanthropic and Nonprofit              MIN409, AMN481 Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3
Organisations                                                    per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
The unit introduces students to critical issues of               2010 6TP5
philanthropic and nonprofit law and taxation. The unit
examines the regulatory, taxation and governance                 GSN490 Managing Technological Innovation
framework of nonprofit organisations and philanthropic           The role of technological innovation is crucial for the
transactions in Australian Federal and State jurisdictions.      effective performance of modern enterprises. This unit
Antirequisites: GSN231       Credit points: 6     Contact        explores the concepts of innovation and provides a




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2893
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

managerial understanding of the major types of                   relationships and to specifically address this role during
contemporary information technologies. These are used to         times of crisis. Crisis management is growing in importance
explore the way technological innovation integrates and          as organisations face increased scrutiny at a local and
supports a broad range of business functions and                 global level. The ability to identify issues, negotiate with
processes and can be used strategically to provide               stakeholders where possible and handle effectively,
advantage to an enterprise.                                      communication during times of crisis is critical to the
Prerequisites: GSN405, and 42 credit points of MBA units         ongoing success of organisations. Managers require an
(GSN% units) Antirequisites: GSN402 Equivalents:                 understanding of the types of issues and crises that can
GSZ490 Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week                occur and various action strategies to address the particular
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP1,                needs of their organisation.
2010 5TP2, 2010 6TP3 and 2010 6TP5                               Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
                                                                 Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP6
GSN491 Economics in Business 1
This unit is designed to show how economics provides a           GSN501 The Strategic Management of Complex
framework of analysis, and a powerful set of tools that can      Projects
be used by managers to understand the market conditions          Complex projects are usually initiated to implement long
affecting business performance. It examines the forces that      range strategies in contexts of high complexity and
influence production and pricing decisions in individual         uncertainty, where client outcomes are often emergent. This
markets and how market forces interact to determine the          unit provides the fundamental skills that enable complex
level of macroeconomic activity. The course provides a self-     project managers to understand the project's strategic
contained treatment of the major themes in micro and             context and develop project strategies capable of delivering
macro economics. It also provides a solid foundation for         successful client outcomes. Strategic management
further study of the subject.                                    competencies are developed through the application of
Antirequisites: EFN405, GSN411, GSN414                           strategic and systems concepts and frameworks to real-life
Equivalents: GSZ491 Credit points: 6 Contact hours:              case studies of complex projects
3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP3
2010 6TP2, 2010 13TP2, 2010 6TP4 and 2010 6TP6
                                                                 GSN502 Systems Thinking
GSN492 Economics in Business 2                                   Managers of complex projects deal with complex problems
This unit builds on the analysis developed in GSN491. It         whose resolution requires holistic approaches, sophisticated
provides a basic understanding of some of the key micro          thinking and pluralist methodologies. This unit provides
and macroeconomic factors that influence business                foundational knowledge related to systems methodologies
performance. On the micro side, the unit examines the            and their underpinning epistemologies that enable project
nature of the firm as an organisation, business objectives       managers to solve complex project problems in context.
and constraints, strategic pricing decisions, the influence of   Students will acquire systems skills in a reflexive process
market structure on pricing, and the rationale for               involving the application of systems methodologies in
government policy intervention in markets. The macro             isolation and in combination.
analysis examines the forces that determine output growth        Credit points: 6 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
and the relationship between growth, inflation and               period: 2010 5TP2 and 2010 5TP6
unemployment. It also examines how monetary and fiscal
policy influence the business environment and how                GSN503 Self Realisation and Personal Development
exchange rates are determined.                                   Self awareness provides a foundation for both personal and
Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               leadership development. This unit provides an opportunity
Gardens Point                                                    for students to increase their understanding of themselves
                                                                 and how their interactions with others impact on their
GSN493 Customer Relationship Management                          effectiveness as managers. Personal development is
This unit introduces the student to the field of customer        explored in the context of cultural understanding and ethics.
relationship management in the business environment              This unit contributes to the core competencies of: Change
whether local, national or international. The unit provides      and Journey; Innovation, Creativity and Working Smarter;
the opportunity for developing an understanding of customer      Leadership; Culture and Being Human; and Probity and
relationship management (CRM) as a core business                 Governance; as it deals with the role, behaviour and
strategy with the associated technology dependencies and         development of the individual.
customer marketing concepts. Students will examine               Equivalents: GSZ554         Credit points: 6      Teaching
various business components of CRM, the CRM value chain          period: 2010 13TP1 and 2010 6TP5
technology tools, implementation processes and from case
studies understand their applicability to different businesses   GSN505 Communicating Effectively
and industries.                                                  Effective communication is a key driver of success,
Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               particularly in complex environments. This unit explores the
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 6TP2                         communicative qualities of the individual, including
                                                                 persuasiveness, assertiveness, responsiveness and
GSN496 Public Relations and Crisis Management                    versatility, and the communicative qualities of the complex
This unit has been designed to introduce managers to the         organisational environment in which project managers
role of public relations in managing stakeholder                 operate, both nationally and internationally. The focus is on




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2894
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

the development of participants who are identifiable by the     project management (ie. governance, contractual & financial
communicative sophistication of their behaviour across all      management) in the commonwealth public sector and
their responsibilities. The unit provides the foundation        international settings.
knowledge that supports each of the other competencies in       Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP5
the program.
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP3                     GSN511 Performance Measurement and Reporting
                                                                Project managers in managing complexity are increasingly
GSN507 Building Effective Teams                                 required to establish appropriate project reporting
Successful projects are dependent on people working             frameworks and performance management methodologies.
together, and on the development and operation of high          Further, such frameworks and methodologies should
performance teams. This is particularly the case in large       facilitate reporting of the project outcomes in a relevant and
complex projects. This unit explores the role of teams and      timely manner. As a result, this course focuses on aligning
the contribution made by diverse individuals to team            outcomes with project strategy, development of key
performance. It also explores the building of positive team     performance indicators, benchmarking, and a variety of
environments, the emergence of virtual teams and the            frameworks for reporting performance (e.g, balanced
development of team leadership skills. This unit contributes    scorecard; dashboard performance monitoring and
to the core competencies of: Strategy and Project               reporting; and exception reporting methods, and benefits
Management, Change and Journey, Organisational                  realisation).
Architecture and Leadership; as teams are integral to the       Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP5
way organisations and complex projects operate.
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP3                     GSN512 Planning For Risk and Change
                                                                Understanding and expertise in the analysis of
GSN508 People in Organisations                                  organizational and systems vulnerability, in addition to
This course will develop an understanding of why                continuity and recovery planning and risk management
employees feel and act the way they do in organisations,        strategies, confer particular advantages to participants
and provide methods for enhancing and promoting positive        working in complex settings. This Unit examines issues
employee attitudes and behaviours and for improving             relevant to applying risk-based analytical tools to complex
organisational effectiveness. Concepts and theories             organizational activities both nationally and internationally.
relevant to the behaviour of individuals and groups such as     Unit goals focus on developing conceptual and practical
individual differences, perception, motivation, conflict        skills in vulnerability and uncertainty analysis as well as
resolution and managing in complex environments will be         targeted mitigation strategies and seek to integrate this
used to identify, analyse and discuss organisational            knowledge with competencies relevant to working in
problems relevant to complex projects and develop               complex organizational and project settings.
behavioural responses to these situations. An additional        Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP5
focus is the broader organisation, its dynamic relationship
with its environment and implications for organisational        GSN513 Managing For Innovation
culture, power, change and development.                         Managing for Innovation is a strategic process to create new
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP3                     products, processes and services which provide new
                                                                business value for customers. Continuous innovation with a
GSN509 Workplace Project 1                                      consistent output requires leadership, an organisational
As a work-integrated unit, Workplace Project 1 will be          culture that embraces innovation as a core value, innovation
conducted using a problem-based learning approach. Each         processes as a core methodology and people who are
participant will identify a problem resulting from the          focused, enthusiastic and committed to coming up with the
management of a complex project in their workplace or a         best ideas and getting them speedily to market. Case
nominated other workplace. Working with a workplace             examples of factors that shape and drive disruptive
mentor, an academic advisor, and a support team of project      innovation which creates new markets and new business
managers from the program, the participant will conduct         models, open innovation where research and development
research to understand the problem, identify the key            across the firm’s boundaries, through connect and deliver
dynamics and issues, and develop implementation plans to        processes and best practice approaches to the key
improve the situation. Participants will apply key learnings    management challenges of innovation are discussed.
from units GSN 5101-508 to develop their plan.                  Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP5
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP4
                                                                GSN514 Strategic Hrm
GSN510 Complex Projects and the Law                             Organisations do best when they have the right people in
Project managers in managing complexity are often               the right place, doing the right things. Just as Defence relies
required to manage their projects both within and across a      on whole-of-life acquisition, operation, maintenance and
multitude of legal frameworks and systems (national and         disposal, so also Strategic Human Resource Management
international). As a result, project managers need the skills   relies on attracting the best people, developing and
and expertise to examine, interpret and where necessary         supporting them, and creating organisations that build on
enter contracts on behalf of their organisation with            their knowledge. This unit focuses on diagnosing HR
confidence and minimum risk of legal and financial              strengths and weaknesses in the organisation, aligning HR
exposure. This course has therefore been designed to            practices and strategy, and technical processes such as
examine different legal frameworks associated with complex      recruitment and selection, change management and HR




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2895
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

planning. SHRM gives you reasons to spend organisational           solutions.
resources on developing your people, to increase your              Credit points: 6    Teaching period: 2010 6TP5
organisation’s productivity and to make SHRM your
personal area of management competence.                            GSN519 Leadership For Results
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP6                        Leadership is the process of persuasion by which an
                                                                   individual influences others to pursue identified goals. The
GSN515 Business Planning                                           skills of leadership can be identified and learned. This unit
This unit offers participants the opportunity to write a formal    explores the various ways of defining and understanding
business plan as part of the project management process.           leadership. The unit builds upon early units 503, Self
As business planning is an intensive viability screening           Realisation and Personal Development, 507 Building
exercise in which strategic alternatives must be considered,       Effective Teams, and 508 People in Organisations, to
participants are required to choose a preferred 'business          develop leadership ability, utilising a conceptual framework
model' and demonstrate the viability of the project. The           for self-understanding and the development of the requisite
business plan summarises the proposed strategy and                 knowledge, skills and attitudes required to successfully lead
provides details on the operations, financing, marketing and       complex projects. The focus is on the development of self-
management of the proposed project and is designed to              awareness and improvement of the individual’s capacity to
facilitate the implementation of the selected strategy. The        understand, communicate with and influence others.
business plan communicates the viability of the project to         Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP6
stakeholders in the project and is potentially a powerful and
useful tool in the development of bid submissions                  GSN520 Change and Journey Management
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP6                        Many traditional organisational structures and processes
                                                                   have proven inadequate for addressing the extraordinary
GSN516 Negotiation Strategies                                      dilemmas in complex project management. This unit
This unit builds upon GSN505 and embeds the requisite              explores key issues in change and leadership in diverse
knowledge, skills and reflective abilities to identify potential   environments. As complex projects are dynamic emerging
sources of conflict, design alternative dispute resolution         systems, dealing with change necessitates awareness that
systems to avoid escalation of conflict, negotiate for results,    even small changes have multiple ongoing effects.
identify and deal with the impact of power on the dynamics         Managing complex projects for effective outcomes
of the negotiation process and effectively implement               necessitates constant monitoring of the system and
distributive and integrative strategies in the management of       adapting on the journey. The double loop learning approach
complex project negotiations. Individuals will be encouraged       utilised offers participants a process of problem-solving
to improve their capacity to negotiate for results in complex      involving frequent stakeholder participation to identify
settings through role-play exercises and reflection on             espoused and actual theory-in-use, new sense-making,
individual performance and outcomes.                               creating innovative change actions and generalising results.
These skills will be further built upon in GSN520.                 Credit points: 6
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP6
                                                                   GSN521 Managing Contract Relationships
GSN517 International Study Tour                                    The business of complex global projects is dominated by
Complex international environments are central to the work         concerns of jurisdiction, security, and trust. Within this
of complex project managers. This unit provides a                  operating context, the judicious attention to the social as
structured learning environment in which participants will         well as technical aspects of project management becomes a
explore complex project sites by working with industry             core competency. This unit focuses attention of the
partners and international defence agencies. Particular            processes and costs of developing, maintaining, and
focus will be given to managing across borders with multiple       securing the contractual relationships within and between
stakeholders and to managing knowledge and information             project partners. It pays particular theoretical and pragmatic
systems. Participants will develop and write a bid                 attention to identifying and building strategic relationships
submission for a complex project identified during the tour,       and embedding trust as a core social relation in contracts.
including the development of project delivery                      The management and measurement of trust and
implementation plans which respond to the issues of                relationships is a further emphasis of the unit.
culture, distance, diversity and seamless integration of           Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 6TP6
complex projects.
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 6TP5                        GSN522 Accountability and Governance
                                                                   This course focuses on good corporate governance
GSN518 Implementation of Complex Projects                          principles and how these principles apply in the workplace.
The successful implementation of complex projects requires         Specifically, candidates will gain an understanding of
managers to reflexively and discriminately integrate project,      common principles of good corporate governance within a
systems, strategy and management skills and approaches.            project management environment. With a backdrop of
As part of the study tour, this unit will provide opportunities    engaging stakeholders and making accountability real,
to study and learn from the experiences of industry                candidates will gain a deep understanding of how to provide
practitioners, and develop understanding and competencies          full transparency for critical activities and decisions, promote
related to the implementation of project plans, the                impartial decision-making and accountability throughout
establishment of appropriate project organisational                strict conflict of interest policies and measure results relative
architectures, and the selection of effective operational          to overall strategic goals. This also includes defining clear




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2896
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

relationships between activities and outcomes and                  The mission of the MBA and associated programs is to
embracing performance measurement and reporting.                   provide world class graduate business education and a
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 6TP6                        stimulating learning experience to current and future
                                                                   business leaders and managers. The aim of this unit is to
GSN523 Issues Management                                           provide students with a rich learning experience that will
There is increasing recognition internationally of the need        enable them to develop and practice their business
for organisations to strategically manage their relationships      negotiation skills.
with various stakeholders. This is particularly true in times of   Equivalents: GSZ551        Credit points: 6    Teaching
crisis, as organisations face increased scrutiny at a local        period: 2010 6TP5
and global level when such relationships are placed at risk,
and the survival and success of the organisation may be in         GSN552 The Sustainable Business
question. This unit provides the fundamental skills to identify    Equivalents: GSZ552    Credit points: 6             Teaching
potential issues and crisis areas within organisations,            period: 2010 5TP6
establish systems to manage the crisis process from issue
identification through to implementing a crisis plan and           GSN553 Business Leadership Practicum
debriefing, and demonstrate the importance of integrating          The mission of the MBA and associated programs is to
communication and action plans in issues management and            provide world class graduate business education and a
crisis communication.                                              stimulating learning experience to current and future
Equivalents: GSZ555 Credit points: 6                               business leaders and managers. The aim of this unit is to
                                                                   provide students with a rich learning experience that will
GSN524 Capstone Integrating Workplace Project                      enable them to develop advanced leadership insights
As a work-integrated unit, Capstone Integrating Workplace          derived from observations of, and strategic conversations
Project will be conducted using a problem-based learning           with, a proven executive level leader from a government or
approach. Each participant will identify a complex project         corporate organisation over a ten month period. This unit
opportunity in their workplace or a nominated other                also aims to provide a two-way exchange of ideas relating
workplace. Working with a workplace mentor, an academic            to emerging, contemporary leadership issues and practices
advisor, and a support team of project managers from the           between the student and the executive leader.
program, the participant will conduct research to understand
the problem, and identify the key dynamics and issues.             Equivalents: GSZ553       Credit points: 6
Participants will develop and write a bid submission for or
workplace response to a complex project, including the             HHB217 Conflict Management Skills for Professionals
development of a project delivery implementation plan. This        This unit presents the psychological, relational and social
unit draws on each of the competencies as a capstone unit.         impacts of interpersonal and organisational conflict. It
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP8                        examines relevant theoretical discourses and practice
                                                                   frameworks in order to enhance the student's capacity to
GSN525 Understanding Complex Projects                              manage and resolve conflict. The unit explores the nature
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP2 and 2010               and sources of conflict. It also presents a range of conflict
5TP6                                                               management and resolution techniques, including
                                                                   negotiation and mediation approaches. Experiential and
GSN526 Creative and Entrepreneurial Thinking                       action learning exercises are used in order to allow students
Equivalents: GSZ556     Credit points: 6    Teaching               to trial alternative interventions and practice new skills. The
period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 6TP4 and 2010 6TP5                        unit is built around an integrated and self-reflective
                                                                   framework.
GSN527 Acquisition Strategies
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP3                        NOTE for Summer Semester students: Teaching will not
                                                                   commence until January 2010, but some unit information
GSN528 Strategic Contract Management                               will be available from 16 November 2009.
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP4
                                                                   Students wishing to enrol up to the beginning of January will
GSN529 Intellectual Property Management                            need to email swhs.enquiries@qut.edu.au
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP5                        Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 37.5         Campus:
                                                                   Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SUM-2
GSN530 Managing Strategic Suppliers
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 5TP6                        HHB316 Social Science Project

GSN531 International Contracts                                     Other requisites: Course Coordinator approval required to
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 6TP5                        enrol Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove

GSN532 Contract Risk Allocation and Insurance                      HHB320 Independent Project 1
Credit points: 6 Teaching period: 2010 6TP6                        This unit is designed to develop research and writing skills,
                                                                   and is available within the BA degree, enabling students to
GSN551 Negotiation Skills and Strategies                           engage in a small-scale research project.
                                                                   Other requisites: Course Coordinator approval required to




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2897
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

enrol  Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      HHN001-5 Research Project

HHB321 Independent Project 2                                     Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove
This unit is designed to develop research and writing skills,
and is available within the BA degree, enabling students to      HHN001-6 Research Project
engage in a small-scale research project.
Other requisites: Course Coordinator approval required to        Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove
enrol    Credit points: 12      Campus: Kelvin Grove
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      HHN001-7 Research Project

HHB403 Literature Review                                         Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove
This is part of a supervised program in the Honours
student's chosen area of specialisation. An assessed critical    HHN001-8 Research Project
paper on literature relevant to the Honours dissertation topic
is prepared.                                                     Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                HHN002 Graduate Seminar

HHB404 Honours Thesis 1                                          Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove             Teaching
This unit includes the upervised design and initial              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
development of an Honours dissertation leading to
completion of a thesis outline, including synopses and           HHP020-1 Human Services Practice Related Research
projected chapters, and a statement of objectives, methods       Students explore an issue from their practice or the field
and sources                                                      using research and scholarship.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
                                                                 HHP020-2 Human Services Practice Related Research
HHB405 Honours Thesis 2                                          Students explore an issue from their practice or the field
This unit includes supervised research and writing of the        using research and scholarship.
Honours dissertation, normally between 12,000 and 15,000         Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove
words.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  HHR501 Social Science Methods for the Knowledge
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                Society
                                                                 This unit provides an in-depth treatment of a number of key
HHB406 Honours Thesis 3                                          methodologies in the social sciences, humanities and
This unit includes supervised research and writing of the        human services. The unit builds on core methodological
Honours dissertation, normally between 12,000 and 15,000         knowledge and aims to supply the student with the tools to
words.                                                           embark on professional practice projects. The unit builds on
Credit points: 12Campus: Kelvin Grove          Teaching          material presented in HHN410 The Logic of Social Inquiry,
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               enabling students to explore chosen methodologies in
                                                                 greater detail.
HHB407 Honours Seminar                                           Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
                                                                 period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove             Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               HHR510 Conference Presentation 1: Networking and
                                                                 Presentation
HHN001-1 Research Project                                        This unit develops students' skills in summarising, reporting
                                                                 and communicating doctoral-level research. The unit
Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove                         accompanies the development and completion of the first
                                                                 professional practice project, and is designed in order that
HHN001-2 Research Project                                        students can learn how to disseminate the results of that
                                                                 project. The unit also focuses on a variety of other issues in
Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove                         the communication and dissemination of professional
                                                                 practice, including mentoring and networking, and
HHN001-3 Research Project                                        leadership roles in the professions.
                                                                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove                         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

HHN001-4 Research Project                                        HHR520 Conference Presentation 2: Professional
                                                                 Networks
Credit points: 12   Campus: Kelvin Grove                         This unit develops the skills learned in HHR510; however,
                                                                 while that unit focussed on academic forums for the




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2898
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

presentation of research and the development of research
networks, this unit concentrates on the translation of           HHR561-2 Professional Practice Project 2 2/4
doctoral-level research for work-based settings. This unit       The professional practice project 2 provides for students to
develops students' skills in summarising, reporting and          work with supervisors on the second professional project for
communicating doctoral level research.                           the Doctor of Social Science. The project deals with project
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  planning, project implementation and project evaluation.
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                The project will be designed to fit the scale, scope and focus
                                                                 of 48 credit points.
HHR530 Conference Presentation 3: Academic                       Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove
Networks
This unit focuses on the presentation of high level, complex     HHR561-3 Professional Practice Project 2 3/4
work, to an expert audience. The unit develops the               The professional practice project 2 provides for students to
emphases in HHR510 and HHR520 on networking and on               work with supervisors on the second professional project for
the translation of findings to professional colleagues;          the Doctor of Social Science. The project deals with project
however, in this, the emphasis is on the translation of          planning, project implementation and project evaluation.
research findings to an academic audience.                       The project will be designed to fit the scale, scope and focus
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  of 48 credit points.
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove

HHR551-1 Professional Practice Project 1 1/4                     HHR561-4 Professional Practice Project 2 4/4
The professional practice project allows students to work        The professional practice project 2 provides for students to
with supervisors on the first professional project for the       work with supervisors on the second professional project for
Doctor of Social Science. The professional project will deal     the Doctor of Social Science. The project deals with project
with project planning, project implementation and project        planning, project implementation and project evaluation.
evaluation. The project will be designed to fit the scale,       The project will be designed to fit the scale, scope and focus
scope and focus of 48 credit points.                             of 48 credit points.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                           Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove

HHR551-2 Professional Practice Project 1 2/4                     HHR571-1 Professional Practice Project 3 1/8
The professional practice project allows students to work        This project provides for students to work with supervisors
with supervisors on the first professional project for the       on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social
Doctor of Social Science. The professional project will deal     Science. The project will deal with project planning, project
with project planning, project implementation and project        implementation and project evaluation. The project will be
evaluation. The project will be designed to fit the scale,       designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit
scope and focus of 48 credit points.                             points.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                           Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove

HHR551-3 Professional Practice Project 1 3/4                     HHR571-2 Professional Practice Project 3 2/8
The professional practice project allows students to work        This project provides for students to work with supervisors
with supervisors on the first professional project for the       on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social
Doctor of Social Science. The professional project will deal     Science. The project will deal with project planning, project
with project planning, project implementation and project        implementation and project evaluation. The project will be
evaluation. The project will be designed to fit the scale,       designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit
scope and focus of 48 credit points                              points.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                           Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove

HHR551-4 Professional Practice Project 1 4/4                     HHR571-3 Professional Practice Project 3 3/8
The professional practice project allows students to work        This project provides for students to work with supervisors
with supervisors on the first professional project for the       on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social
Doctor of Social Science. The professional project will deal     Science. The project will deal with project planning, project
with project planning, project implementation and project        implementation and project evaluation. The project will be
evaluation. The project will be designed to fit the scale,       designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit
scope and focus of 48 credit points.                             points.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                           Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove

HHR561-1 Professional Practice Project 2 1/4                     HHR571-4 Professional Practice Project 3 4/8
The professional practice project 2 provides for students to     This project provides for students to work with supervisors
work with supervisors on the second professional project for     on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social
the Doctor of Social Science. The project deals with project     Science. The project will deal with project planning, project
planning, project implementation and project evaluation.         implementation and project evaluation. The project will be
The project will be designed to fit the scale, scope and focus   designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit
of 48 credit points.                                             points.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                           Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2899
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  critically analyse and appraise existing knowledge and
HHR571-5 Professional Practice Project 3 5/8                      produce observations and conclusions of value to the field
This project provides for students to work with supervisors       concerned.
on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social        Assumed knowledge: Completion of all coursework units
Science. The project will deal with project planning, project     is assumed knowledge. Credit points: 48 Campus:
implementation and project evaluation. The project will be        Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-
designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit           1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
points.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                            HLN701 Independent Study
                                                                  Independent Study allows students to study a topic which is
HHR571-6 Professional Practice Project 3 6/8                      not otherwise available as a formal unit. Students have the
This project provides for students to work with supervisors       opportunity to pursue their studies relatively independently
on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social        and to develop and practice skills in problem identification,
Science. The project will deal with project planning, project     evaluation and/or critical thinking. The study may be for
implementation and project evaluation. The project will be        example a critical literature review, an examination of
designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit           guidelines or an evaluation. The process and outcomes are
points.                                                           negotiated in a contract with a supervisor.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                            Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove and External
                                                                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
HHR571-7 Professional Practice Project 3 7/8                      SUM
This project provides for students to work with supervisors
on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social        HLN703 Project A
Science. The project will deal with project planning, project     An important aspect of postgraduate development is the
implementation and project evaluation. The project will be        opportunity to engage in research or project work in a
designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit           specialist field of study in industry or as a component of
points.                                                           consultancy work. Working in industry or a health-related
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                            agency, locally or internationally, can provide students with
                                                                  valuable work experience and develop skills and expertise
HHR571-8 Professional Practice Project 3 8/8                      that advances their profession or the particular industry
This project provides for students to work with supervisors       involved. The research option enables students to work
on the third professional project for the Doctor of Social        independently under the guidance of a supervisor. The
Science. The project will deal with project planning, project     research may be a report that makes a contribution to
implementation and project evaluation. The project will be        knowledge or a study in which the student critically analyses
designed to fit the scale, scope and focus of 96 credit           existing knowledge and produces observations and
points.                                                           conclusions of value to the field concerned.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove                            Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove and External
                                                                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
HLN405 Qualitative Research                                       SUM
This unit addresses a range of qualitative methodologies
and methods which represent alternative approaches to the         HLN704 Project B
application of the quantitative paradigm in health science        An important aspect of postgraduate development is the
research. The predominance of the natural sciences in             opportunity to engage in research or project work in a
nursing/health research has come into question in recent          specialist field of study in industry or as a component of
times and thus the unit introduces students to the origins of     consultancy work. Working in industry or a health-related
such challenges, to the knowledge bases of the alternative        agency, locally or internationally, can provide students with
approaches to investigating the microsocial world of              valuable work experience and develop skills and expertise
health/illness and to the relevant research methods. The          that advances their profession or the particular industry
unit comprises a series of lectures, seminar presentations        involved. The research option enables students to work
and relevant readings.                                            independently under the guidance of a supervisor. The
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:               research may be a report that makes a contribution to
Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1             knowledge or a study in which the student critically analyses
and 2010 SEM-2                                                    existing knowledge and produces observations and
                                                                  conclusions of value to the field concerned.
HLN700 Thesis                                                     Prerequisites: HLN703 Credit points: 24 Campus:
The thesis provides an opportunity to formally extend and         Kelvin Grove and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-
synthesise knowledge gained in earlier semesters of the           1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
program. Coursework conducted in the area of
specialisation may be applied in a practical manner               HLN706 Advanced Quantitative Research Methods
reflecting a student's specific interest in health science. The   The content of this unit builds on the basic statistics
work represents an independent and original piece of              background assumed of students. A unifying theme is the
research completed under the guidance of a supervisor.            concept of sources of variation in collected data, how proper
The thesis may be a report on research that makes a               design of study and measurement instruments minimises
contribution to knowledge, or a study in which students           some sources of variation (error), how analytical techniques




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2900
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

account for other sources, and finally the issue of introduced     learning in this unit and its implications for your future
error that cannot be accounted for, but must be addressed          practice.
in discussion of results. Analytical strategies for modelling
health data are compared, and practical experience focuses         Credit points: 12      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and
on the analysis and interpretation of various data sets.           2010 SEM-2
Prerequisites: PUN105        Credit points: 12        Contact
hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                    HLN750-1 Thesis
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                 Students undertake original research with the guidance of a
                                                                   supervisor. The thesis provides an opportunity for
HLN708 Project                                                     coursework conducted in the area of specialisation to be
This 48 credit point project extends the range of applied          applied in a practical manner reflecting the student's specific
investigative options for the Master of Health Science             interest in health science. HLN750-1 and HLN750-2 are the
students to undertake. The project is designed to be a             part-time version of HLN700.
workplace-based unit that enables students to undertake a          Assumed knowledge: Completion of all coursework units
concentrated applied project in a specific area of interest in     is assumed knowledge. Credit points: 24 Campus:
the workplace and to combine work and study requirements.          Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-
It enables students to concentrate on a specific area of           2 and 2010 SUM
interest and to apply intellectual rigour to that area to
complete a project of work at an advanced level.                   HLN750-2 Thesis
Credit points: 48 Campus: Kelvin Grove and External                Students undertake original research with the guidance of a
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                         supervisor. The thesis provides an opportunity for
                                                                   coursework conducted in the area of specialisation to be
HLN710 Fundamentals of Epidemiology and Research                   applied in a practical manner reflecting the student's specific
Design                                                             interest in health science. HLN750-1 and HLN750-2 are the
This unit introduces you to the fundamentals of                    part-time version of HLN700.
epidemiology and quantitative research design. It addresses        Prerequisites: HLN750-1            Assumed knowledge:
the collection and interpretation of epidemiological data,         Completion of all coursework units is assumed knowledge.
introduces measures of disease occurrence and                       Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
association, and contemporary issues of major importance           period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
in health. It provides you with essential skills for logical,
scientific assessment of the health and medical literature.        HLP101 Advanced Discipline Readings
There will be a strong emphasis on applying concepts               This unit is a compulsory component of the Faculty of
through critical reading of the literature and the development     Health Honours programs. It provides the opportunity for
of a comprehensive research proposal as the main practical         students to identify and review the literature relevant to their
exercise of the unit.                                              selected research topic. A one day seminar in advanced
Antirequisites: HLN705, PUN743 Credit points: 12                   information retrieval skills is included in the unit.
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                         Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
                                                                   period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
HLN711 Advanced Qualitative Methods
This unit offers you the opportunity to study, explore and         HLP102 Research Seminars
understand a range of qualitative methods. The focus is on         This unit is a compulsory component of the Faculty of
the development of rigorous qualitative research design and        Health Honours programs. Content includes the preparation
on planning and undertaking data collection, data analysis,        and completion of a seminar presentation in a professional
interpretation and reporting of qualitative research. The aim      and scientific manner and attendance at scheduled
is to advance student knowledge and skills in relation to the      seminars.
methods of qualitative research and to foster essential skills     Prerequisites: HLP101 Credit points: 12 Campus:
in collecting, coding, analysing and reporting qualitative         Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
research.                                                          SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                   HLP103-1 Dissertation
HLN720 Clinical Education in Health                                This is a compulsory unit in the Faculty of Health Honours
This unit is to introduces you to principles and practices         programs. It is broken into a number of components that are
designed to facilitate learning in the clinical context.           completed over successive semesters (as appropriate for
Completion of the unit will enable you to differentiate            full-time or part-time course structure). The dissertation
between clinical supervision and clinical education, and           study represents an independent piece of research
relate to this to your own field of practice; demonstrate          completed with the guidance of a supervisor.
knowledge and understanding of models/theories of clinical         Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
education and their application within your own field of           period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
practice; demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
concepts and principles related to learning, teaching and          HLP103-2 Dissertation
assessment in the clinical context; apply concepts and             This is a compulsory unit in the Faculty of Health Honours
principles related to clinical learning, teaching and              programs. It is broken into a number of components that are
assessment to your field of practice; reflect critically on your   completed over successive semesters (as appropriate for




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2901
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

full-time or part-time course structure). The dissertation     in the students' professional practice in order to enhance
study represents an independent piece of research              and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of
completed with the guidance of a supervisor.                   theoretical frameworks and the development of new
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              research can be interdisciplinary, but should apply concepts
                                                               and principles acquired and developed through the
HLP103-3 Dissertation                                          coursework component of the degree.
This is a compulsory unit in the Faculty of Health Honours     Prerequisites: HLR710-2 Credit points: 24 Campus:
programs. It is broken into a number of components that are    Kelvin Grove
completed over successive semesters (as appropriate for
full-time or part-time course structure). The dissertation     HLR710-4 Research Project
study represents an independent piece of research              The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be
completed with the guidance of a supervisor.                   leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                large research component which may be a single large
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller
                                                               projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded
HLP103-4 Dissertation                                          in the students' professional practice in order to enhance
This is a compulsory unit in the Faculty of Health Honours     and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of
programs. It is broken into a number of components that are    theoretical frameworks and the development of new
completed over successive semesters (as appropriate for        knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The
full-time or part-time course structure). The dissertation     research can be interdisciplinary, but should apply concepts
study represents an independent piece of research              and principles acquired and developed through the
completed with the guidance of a supervisor.                   coursework component of the degree.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                Prerequisites: HLR710-3 Credit points: 24 Campus:
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              Kelvin Grove

HLR710-1 Research Project                                      HLR710-5 Reseach Project
The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be          The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be
leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a        leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a
large research component which may be a single large           large research component which may be a single large
research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller    research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller
projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded     projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded
in the students' professional practice in order to enhance     in the students' professional practice in order to enhance
and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of        and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of
theoretical frameworks and the development of new              theoretical frameworks and the development of new
knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The        knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The
research can be interdisciplinary, but should apply concepts   research can be interdisciplinary, but should apply concepts
and principles acquired and developed through the              and principles acquired and developed through the
coursework component of the degree.                            coursework component of the degree.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Kelvin Grove                         Prerequisites: HLR710-4 Credit points: 24 Campus:
                                                               Kelvin Grove
HLR710-2 Research Project
The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be          HLR710-6 Research Project
leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a        The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be
large research component which may be a single large           leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a
research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller    large research component which may be a single large
projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded     research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller
in the students' professional practice in order to enhance     projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded
and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of        in the students' professional practice in order to enhance
theoretical frameworks and the development of new              and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of
knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The        theoretical frameworks and the development of new
research can be interdisciplinary, but should apply concepts   knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The
and principles acquired and developed through the              research can be interdisciplinary, but should apply concepts
coursework component of the degree.                            and principles acquired and developed through the
Prerequisites: HLR710-1 Credit points: 24 Campus:              coursework component of the degree.
Kelvin Grove                                                   Prerequisites: HLR710-5 Credit points: 24 Campus:
                                                               Kelvin Grove
HLR710-3 Research Project
The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be          HLR710-7 Research Project
leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a        The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be
large research component which may be a single large           leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a
research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller    large research component which may be a single large
projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded     research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2902
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded         physical education environment for teaching and learning. It
in the students' professional practice in order to enhance         assists students to develop competencies needed for lesson
and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of            planning and teaching at all school levels.
theoretical frameworks and the development of new
knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The
research can be interdisciplinary but should apply concepts        Prerequisites: HMB171 and HMB315 Credit points: 12
and principles acquired and developed through the                   Contact hours: 3 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
coursework component of the degree.                                period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: HLR710-6 Credit points: 24 Campus:
Kelvin Grove                                                       HMB271 Foundations of Motor Control, Learning and
                                                                   Development
HLR710-8 Research Project                                          This unit introduces students to the behavioural and neural
The Doctor of Health Science prepares graduates to be              bases of movement control through an examination of the
leaders in their professions. The degree incorporates a            central nervous and neuromuscular systems, hierarchical
large research component which may be a single large               control, human information processing and dynamical
research project or a portfolio of approved related smaller        systems. It covers elements of sensory mechanisms related
projects. The research is designed to be strongly grounded         to movement. Foundations of motor learning and adaptation
in the students' professional practice in order to enhance         are introduced, linking underlying mechanisms of learning
and extend critical thinking, synthesis, application of            with principles that may be applied in teaching, coaching
theoretical frameworks and the development of new                  and rehabilitation.
knowledge at an advanced level in a relevant field. The
research can be interdisciplinary, but should apply concepts       Prerequisites: LSB131 or LSB231 or LSB255   Credit
and principles acquired and developed through the                  points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin
coursework component of the degree.                                Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: HLR710-7 Credit points: 24 Campus:
Kelvin Grove                                                       HMB272 Biomechanics
                                                                   This unit includes the application of mechanics as they
HMB110 Introduction to Exercise and Movement                       apply to Human Movement including: kinematics and
Science                                                            dynamics of human body models; quantitative analysis;
This unit introduces students to the field of exercise and         impact; work and power; fluid dynamics; material properties.
movement science and allows students to develop                    Prerequisites: LSB131        Credit points: 12     Contact
knowledge and academic skills required both for                    hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
undergraduate study and professional practice. Students            period: 2010 SEM-2
will undertake structured tutorial activities on selected topics
in exercise and movement science that include                      HMB273 Exercise Physiology 1
measurement and observation, analysis, and the                     This unit describes the immediate physiological responses
preparation of reports.                                            to exercise, and the adaptations that occur with long-term
Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                      exercise training. Exercise places a demand on the human
                                                                   body to provide sufficient energy to perform. The metabolic,
HMB171 Fitness Health and Wellness                                 hormonal, cardiovascular and pulmonary systems must
The dimensions and interrelationships of health, physical          adapt to meet the challenge of homeostasis. The active
activity and wellness are studied. Basic principles of             skeletal muscle must increase extraction and utilisation of
conditioning and exercise prescription necessary to                oxygen and other fuels, the cardiovascular system must
demonstrate the impact of physical activity on lifestyle           respond to improved gas and fuel transport, and lung
diseases, health behaviours and wellness are examined.             function must change to facilitate increased respiratory gas
Principles and theory of behaviour change are employed.            exchange.
Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 3-4 per week                 NOTE for Summer Semester students: Teaching will not
Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                   commence until January 2010, but some unit information
                                                                   will be available from 16 November 2009.
HMB172 Nutrition and Physical Activity
This unit is an introduction to principles of nutrition in         Students wishing to enrol up to the beginning of January will
relation to the physical activity setting, and the role of         need to email enquirieshms@qut.edu.au
nutrition and physical activity in weight management. This         Prerequisites: LSB231 or LSB142 Credit points: 12
unit also covers the essential elements of child growth and        Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus: Kelvin Grove
development (auxology) in relation to nutrition and health.        Teaching period: 2010 SUM-2, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
The unit is designed to underpin studies in exercise               SUM-1
physiology and sports nutrition.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                HMB274 Functional Anatomy
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                           This unit includes the following: surface anatomy of the
                                                                   trunk and upper and lower limb; morphological and
HMB231 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 1                     mechanical properties of bone, muscle-tendon units with
This unit provides students with a range of understandings         implications for physical activity; joint structure and function;
and competencies for interpreting and managing the                 analyses of movement tasks including walking and running;




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2903
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

cinematography and electromyography in functional                  and physiological determinants of muscular fitness. The unit
anatomy of movement tasks.                                         incorporates a blend of theoretical background, practical
Prerequisites: LSB131 or LSB255 Credit points: 12                  knowledge and skills in the main areas of muscular
Contact hours: 4 per week   Campus: Kelvin Grove                   hypertrophy, strength, power and endurance. This
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                        understanding is then used to critically analyse resistance
                                                                   training programs.
HMB275 Exercise and Sport Psychology                               Prerequisites: LSB131 Credit points: 12 Campus:
This unit includes the following: introduction to the              Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
psychological factors which influence performance,
participation and adherence to both sport and exercise             HMB292 Health Education Curriculum Studies 1
programs; personality and the athlete; attention and arousal;      This is the initial unit in a series of three Health Education
relaxation theory and practice; aggression and psycho-             Curriculum units. Students are introduced to current health
social development; leadership and team cohesion.                  education curriculum documents with a specific focus on the
Prerequisites: PYB100 or PYB012 or EDB002 Credit                   Queensland Education System. The unit also provides
points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin                students with a range of competencies for interpreting and
Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                  managing the health education classroom as a complex
                                                                   social environment for teaching and learning.
HMB276 Research in Human Movement
This unit includes principles of research: purposes,               Assumed knowledge: Completion of 24cp of Health
philosophy, applications. It addresses quantitative research       Education units is assumed knowledge Credit points: 12
including basic statistics, descriptives, ANOVA, correlation,       Contact hours: 3 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
regression and non-parametrics, and basic research design          period: 2010 SEM-1
hypothesis testing. Qualitative research includes
methodology, data collection, and theory building. Research        HMB300 Teaching Primary HPE
presentation includes: writing a research report and               This unit provides students with knowledge of how to
developing conclusions. This unit also considers application       integrate Health and physical education within the other key
of research, examples in human movement, related                   learning areas. Students learn the connection between
literature, computer data analysis, and information retrieval.     physical activity and health and its role in meeting the
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                developmental needs of children. Additionally, they
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                           participate in a range of learning experiences appropriate to
                                                                   the developmental needs of children and acquire the skills
HMB277 Exercise and Sport Nutrition                                necessary to safely deliver student learning in an open
This unit considers the relationship between nutrition and         environment. Topics include principles of the health and
exercise and physical activity. Areas covered include dietary      physical education years 1-10 syllabus; motor skill
and energy requirements in exercise and sport and                  development and ability related expectations for teaching
substrate utilisation at the cellular level during exercise. The   HPE; planning for quality instruction and linking physical
influence that nutrition has on performance via changes in         activity with health; planning and teaching HPE; classroom
body composition, fuel utilisation, blood biochemistry and         management and safety issues.
ergogenic aids will also be covered. Nutritional supplements       Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove and Caboolture
and water and electrolyte balance in exercise and sport are         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
also part of this unit.
Prerequisites: HMB172 or PUB201 Credit points: 12                  HMB305 Personal Health
Contact hours: 3 per week           Campus: Kelvin Grove           Lifestyle is largely determined by an individual functioning in
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                        a socio-environmental context that places some limitations
                                                                   on choice and resultant health. This unit is designed to
HMB278 Biological Aspects of Physical Education                    assist individuals to develop a positive self-concept, a sound
This unit provides an opportunity for critical inquiry and         knowledge of lifestyle issues and their implications, and
analysis of human movement from a multidisciplinary                decision-making skills necessary to make wise choices.
perspective. The integration of the human movement
principles of sub-disciplines (functional anatomy,                 The focus of this unit is the development of such qualities
biomechanics, motor control, sociology of sport and physical       for personal maintenance and improvement. Movements in
activity and development) are evaluated and applied to             this direction are achieved by analysing the processes
coaching of sport and teaching and learning in physical            involved in developing individuals capable of taking control
education.                                                         of their lifestyles and resultant health. Much of this analysis
Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                    will be self-focused.
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
                                                                   Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
HMB282 Resistance Training
This unit aims to equip students with the basic knowledge,         HMB313 Socio-Cultural Foundations of Physical
skills and competencies required for exercise prescription in      Activity
resistance training for muscular fitness. Students build on        This unit lays a foundation in the disciplines of the socio-
prior knowledge of biomechanics, anatomy, physiology and           cultural areas which underpin the study of human
motor control to develop understanding of the mechanical           movement. It serves as an introduction to the historical,




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2904
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

sociological, philosophical, anthropological and cultural       Kelvin Grove   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
foundations of sports, games and leisure activities.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:             HMB361 Functional Anatomy 2
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        This is a project-based unit designed to enable students
                                                                with a background in functional anatomy to develop greater
HMB314 Performance Skills 1                                     expertise in one or a combination of the following areas:
This unit involves the application of movement principles to    electromyography; orthopaedic biomechanics; kinesiology
the analysis and development of techniques in all major         of sport and work; comparative functional anatomy;
swimming strokes, water rescue methods, and track and           locomotion and posture; research techniques in functional
field events. Students explore teaching strategies,             anatomy.
motivational, conditioning and training activities, the         Prerequisites: HMB274 Credit points: 12 Contact
development of learning experiences for various ability         hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
levels and event rules application.                             period: 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week Campus:
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        HMB362 Biomechanics 2
                                                                This unit includes the following: measurement techniques
HMB315 Performance Skills 2                                     w ithin biomechanics; analysis of force syst e ms;
In this unit various game forms are analysed in order to        photographic, goniometric andaelectrographic analysis of
identify fundamental game skills and problem areas in skill     movement; an introduction to viscoelasticity and biological
development. Emphasis is placed on the application of           materials; material properties; mass and inertial
relevant movement knowledge and skills to suit game             characteristics of the human body; applied aspects of
situations and on learning appropriate strategies for           biomechanics undertaken from a research project
teaching and coaching selected games.                           perspective
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 6 per week for 9 weeks         Prerequisites: HMB272 and HMB274 Credit points: 12
  Campus: Kelvin Grove                                           Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove
                                                                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
HMB331 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 2
This unit extends the principles of professional practice       HMB363 Independent Study
established in the first curriculum studies unit and further    This unit is offered to meet the specific interest of students
encourages students to develop a critically reflective          beyond content offered within existing units. Students
approach to teaching. Students learn how to extend              conceptualise, plan and execute a research study including
professional practice with a range of understandings and        survey of literature, development of an action plan,
competencies for interpreting and managing the health and       reflection on a practice or situation, and proposal for future
physical education classroom as a complex environment for       action. The student works at an advanced level and
teaching and learning and develop competencies needed           autonomously under the supervision of a lecturer.
for planning and teaching a range of health and physical        Other requisites: Consent of Course Coordinator is
education units of work. Current health and physical            required to enrol Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4
education curriculum documents are explored.                    per week      Campus: Kelvin Grove         Teaching period:
Prerequisites: HMB231 Credit points: 12 Campus:                 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                HMB371 Motor Control And Learning 2
HMB333 Child and Adolescent Health                              This is an advanced unit which provides an in-depth view of
This unit focuses on the wide range of factors that impact on   theories and concepts in motor learning and control; how we
the                                                             control actions in both everyday and skilled behaviours, and
health of individuals in the two crucial stages of life:        how this capability is acquired. This course provides a
childhood and adolescence. An analysis is made of               multidisciplinary perspective, drawing on research from
knowledge, beliefs and skills required for promoting health-    psychology, neuroscience, biomechanics, robotics, neural
enhancing behaviours during these ages and experience is        networks and medicine. The unit is organised around the
provided on some of the skills needed to assess and             theme of sensorimotor integration as related to posture and
maintain the health status of children and adolescents.         balance, locomotion and arm movements such as reaching,
                                                                grasping and pointing.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus:      Prerequisites: HMB271 Credit points: 12 Contact
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
                                                                period: 2010 SEM-2
HMB337 Organisation and Management In Physical
Education And Sport                                             HMB376 Motor Development in Children
School physical education departments and sporting              This unit includes the theoretical perspective of normal and
associations are medium-sized organisations requiring           abnormal motor development, incorporating maturational,
direction for servicing a large client base. In this unit       descriptive and behavioural aspects and the underlying
students examine the role of administrators and the             sensory, perceptual, neurological and cognitive changes
administration of monies, facilities and human resources in     which influence motor development in children. A theoretical
a school physical education and sports setting.                 understanding of developmental differences and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:             development delay in children with intellectual, sensory or




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2905
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

physical disability. Experience is obtained in developmental
and adapted physical activity programs.                            HMB384 Injury Prevention and Rehabilitation
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:                This unit considers the following: epidemiology and nature
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                           of common injuries that occur at home, school, work and
                                                                   during sporting activities; current philosophies of
HMB377 Children in Sport                                           preventative measures and strategies for the treatment and
This unit includes the following: physical development of the      rehabilitation of injuries; the role of health training, exercise
young athlete; physical maturation; benefits of participation      and fitness in injury prevention, treatment and rehabilitation
in sport and physical activity; psycho-social issues; positive     regimes; the pathology of injuries and repair processes
and negative effects of participation including competitive        highlighted by examining specific examples.
stress; injuries to the growing skeleton; overtraining,            Prerequisites: HMB274 Credit points: 12 Contact
overuse injuries; strength training in childhood and               hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
adolescence; promotion of safety in sport; accreditation of        period: 2010 SEM-2
teachers and coaches; policy guidelines for junior sport;
Aussie sport program.                                              HMB396 Health Education Curriculum Studies 2
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                This is the second in a suite of three Health Education
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                           Curriculum units. It is designed to extend students with a
                                                                   range of understandings and competencies for interpreting
HMB379 Disorders of Human Movement                                 and managing the health education classroom as a complex
This unit introduces a selection of disorders and disease          social environment for teaching and learning. It helps
states that limit or alter the capacity for movement and           students to develop those competencies needed for
physical activity. Each is described in terms of relevant          planning and teaching health education units of work. It has
epidemiology and pathophysiology, emphasising the                  an important role in preparing students for the professional
relationship between each disorder and movement or                 practice component of the course, leading to the
activity, together with factors affecting this relationship. The   development of confidence and competence in class
unit provides students with a basic knowledge of a selection       management skills, and facilitating the use of post-lesson
of movement-related disorders, as a foundation for                 and post-practicum reflection and evaluation.
subsequent applications, whether in research, working with         Prerequisites: HMB292 Credit points: 12 Teaching
special populations, in rehabilitation, or in other clinical       period: 2010 SEM-2
settings. The unit also enhances the ability of students to
independently study disorders not covered in the unit.             HMB431 Physical Education Curriculum Studies 3
Prerequisites: HMB271 Credit points: 12 Contact                    This unit develops students' competencies in the effective
hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                    planning and implementation of school work programs and
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                 units of work consistent with the Senior Physical Education
                                                                   Syllabus. It will also develop students' skills and confidence
HMB381 Exercise Physiology 2                                       in effective teaching practices specifically related to
This unit examines the integrated regulation of the organ          teaching physical education and will assist them to become
system examined in Exercise Physiology 1. Within this              independent and reflective learners.
integrated perspective current research areas will be              Prerequisites: HMB331 Credit points: 12 Contact
highlighted, including but not limited to (1) exercise             hours: 3      Campus: Kelvin Grove         Teaching period:
performance and environmental stress, (2) special aids to          2010 SEM-1
exercise training and performance, and (3) limitations to
exercise in healthy normal individuals, elite athletes and         HMB470 Practicum 1
selected patient populations.                                      In the first of the Human Movement dedicated practicum
Prerequisites: HMB273 Credit points: 12 Contact                    units, students undertake in-depth experience at two
hours: 3-4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  different workplaces (40 hours each) while maintaining
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                 ongoing involvement in the School's clinics (20 hours). The
                                                                   student is provided with an extended opportunity to apply
HMB382 Principles of Exercise Prescription                         classroom learned knowledge and skills under the
In this unit, students examine the physiological principles        supervision of Human Movement Practitioners. Workplace
and methods used in training and conditioning programs at          involvement is preceded by a vocational skill seminar and
all levels of physical activity. The integration of fitness        workshop program while an interactive analysis program is
assessment and exercise prescription is a major component          instigated post practicum.
of the unit, introducing the student to these requirements in      Prerequisites: HMB382 Credit points: 12 Campus:
the context of aerobic conditioning, resistance training,          Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
weight loss and flexibility. There is a strong emphasis on         SEM-2
putting theory into practice, including the development and
utilisation of appropriate practical skills in both fitness        HMB475 Practicum 2
assessment and exercise prescription.                              This unit includes a comprehensive vocational experience
Prerequisites: HMB273 and HMB282 Credit points: 12                 undertaken as a supervised full-time internship. Students
 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove                    are supervised in the performance of operational tasks
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                        including clinical, management and administration and
                                                                   further develop independent professional skills and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2906
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

knowledge. The internship is followed by a comprehensive          will become more confident in dealing with that public policy
reflective analysis of the experience.                            world, whether that be in working within it, seeking to
Prerequisites: HMB470 Credit points: 36 Campus:                   influence it, or trying to obtain something from it.
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet Teaching period:
SEM-2                                                             2010 SEM-1

HMB480 Advanced Exercise Prescription                             IFS000 Exchange Program - Enrolment Unfinalised
This is a companion unit to HMB382, and extends the               Credit points: 0
understanding of how fitness assessment and exercise
prescription can be applied to an individual. A number of         IFS002 Exchange Program - Science
different disease states, special populations and scenarios       Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
are used to examine the potential role of physical activity
and appropriately prescribed exercise to maintain and             IFS003 Exchange Program - Science
improve functional capacity. A strong emphasis is placed on       Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
identifying the problems faced in fitness assessment and
exercise prescription for special cases and conditions, and       IFS004 Exchange Program - Science
finding appropriate solutions.                                    Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
Prerequisites: HMB382 Credit points: 12 Contact
hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                   IFS005 Exchange Program - Science
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2

HMB496 Health Education Curriculum Studies 3                      IFS006 Exchange Program - Science
This unit extends the principles of professional practice         Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
established in HMB292 and HMB396 and further
encourages the development of a critically reflective             IFS052 Exchange Program - Information Technology
approach to the teaching in that area. It emphasises              Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
planning and teaching in the senior secondary school and
extends a student's ability to make independent judgments         IFS053 Exchange Program - Information Technology
about curriculum decisions within syllabus guidelines and         Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
broader systems policies, while considering national and
international trends in education and society. The unit also      IFS054 Exchange Program - Information Technology
encourages exploration of current issues and emerging and         Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
future trends in subject areas.
Prerequisites: HMB396 Credit points: 12 Campus:                   IFS055 Exchange Program - Information Technology
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                          Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2

IFN001 Advanced Information Retrieval Skills                      IFS102 Exchange Program - Engineering / Architecture
Provides postgraduate research students with the skills to        Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
implement a thorough literature search in their research
area and to contribute to life-long learning skills by            IFS103 Exchange Program - Engineering / Architecture
improving students information literacy. The seven modules        Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
which form this unit include: the literature review, developing
a search strategy; using the QUT and other libraries,             IFS104 Exchange Program - Engineering / Architecture
database services, the Internet and its uses; developing a        Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
current awareness strategy; personal file management;
evaluating information.                                           IFS105 Exchange Program - Engineering / Architecture
Credit points: 4 Contact hours: 12 in total Campus:               Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
Gardens Point and Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010
SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                              IFS106 Exchange Program - Engineering / Architecture
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
IFP100 Knowledge Transfer and Research
Commercialisation                                                 IFS107 Exchange Program - Engineering / Architecture
This unit provides you with practical information and builds      Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 XCH-2
skills and capacities in the identification of
commercialisation opportunities and the implementation of         IFT601 Thesis
commercialisation processes appropriate to your research.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet Teaching period:               Credit points: 0
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
                                                                  IFT602 Thesis
IFP103 Public Policy and Research                                 Credit points: 0
This unit introduces a number of themes and issues on the
relationship between research and public policy; these will       IFT603 Thesis
help you to better understand the world of public policy. You




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2907
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Credit points: 0                                               IFT667 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT611 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT671 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT612 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT681 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT613 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT682 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT614 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT683 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT615 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT691 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT621 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT692 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT622 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT693 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT631 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT694 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT632 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT695 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT633 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT696 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT634 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT801 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT635 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT802 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT636 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT803 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT637 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT811 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT641 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT812 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT661 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT813 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT662 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT814 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT663 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT815 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT664 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT821 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT665 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT822 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2908
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT831 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT894 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT832 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT895 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT833 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               IFT896 Thesis
                                                               Credit points: 0
IFT834 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               INB101 Impact of IT
                                                               You will gain an appreciation of the massive and positive
IFT835 Thesis                                                  impact that IT has had on a wide range of fields including
Credit points: 0                                               business, science, engineering, education and health. You
                                                               will learn about the benefits of increased productivity due to
IFT836 Thesis                                                  IT. You will consider ethical issues and possible negative
Credit points: 0                                               impacts of IT. You will raise your awareness of the social
                                                               implications of IT systems for society at the global, local and
IFT837 Thesis                                                  personal levels. You will develop an informed position on
Credit points: 0                                               issues, and justify your reasoning with considered
                                                               supportive arguments.
IFT841 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               Antirequisites: ITB361, INN101  Credit points: 12
                                                               Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
IFT861 Thesis                                                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 0
                                                               INB102 Emerging Technology
IFT862 Thesis                                                  The aim of this unit is to provide you with a conceptual
Credit points: 0                                               framework so that you clearly identify Information
                                                               Technologies and their purpose. This task will be fun as it
IFT863 Thesis                                                  covers a wide spectrum of ideas and allows us to examine
Credit points: 0                                               some currently popular technologies. Information
                                                               Technology has become so entwined with everyday life that
IFT864 Thesis                                                  identifying its scope is difficult, which also makes it difficult
Credit points: 0                                               to identify opportunities where IT might further infiltrate into
                                                               our daily lives for work and play. To achieve these aims, the
IFT865 Thesis                                                  unit introduces you to some of the theories and engineering
Credit points: 0                                               practicalities that have already resulted in technological
                                                               advances in the area of information technology. Concepts
IFT867 Thesis                                                  leading to existing technologies are introduced during
Credit points: 0                                               lectures, which are followed by laboratory sessions where
                                                               students will be encouraged to discuss social change, future
IFT871 Thesis                                                  information tools and explore the concepts required for
Credit points: 0                                               constructing these technologies.

IFT881 Thesis                                                  Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Credit points: 0                                               Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
                                                               SEM-2
IFT882 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               INB103 Industry Insights
                                                               This unit aims to develop your awareness of the career
IFT883 Thesis                                                  possibilities in the ICT industry and to equip you with some
Credit points: 0                                               of the essential skills required of an ICT professional. The
                                                               unit helps you to derive a roadmap for your career; to
IFT891 Thesis                                                  enable you to identify the qualities, skills and interests you
Credit points: 0                                               need to possess, to plan your career path. The unit will also
                                                               introduce you the inter-disciplinary nature of ICT careers.
IFT892 Thesis
Credit points: 0                                               Antirequisites: ITB002   Credit points: 12 Contact
                                                               hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
IFT893 Thesis                                                  period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2909
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                reporting. The unit covers practical, relevant and topical PM
INB104 Building IT Systems                                      issues delivered as a complex project activity.
This team-based unit is an integrated introduction to
information technology designed to engage, inspire and          Antirequisites: INN500            Assumed knowledge:
inform and will demonstrate the important role that technical   Completion of 48 credit points of an Undergraduate study is
system design and development plays in achieving robust         assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
operation of a large variety of technological solutions. This   3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
unit will give you substantial hands-on, practical learning     2010 SEM-2
experiences and will motivate you through engagement in
the creative, explorative and meaningful development of         INB124 Information Systems Development
technological artefacts that operate in real world contexts.    IT professionals work with a wide variety of information
                                                                systems and are increasingly required to interact with other
Antirequisites: ITB001   Credit points: 12 Contact              professionals and understand business domains. In many
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                cases it is necessary to develop custom systems to satisfy
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                               business requirements. Problem solving and communication
                                                                skills and an understanding of programming concepts and
INB120 Corporate Systems                                        logic are required to effectively work with information
Corporate Systems Management is a growing area where            systems developers. In this dynamic industry, self-managed
people can make a difference to the way organisations and       learning is necessary to remain abreast of technology
societies operate. In key business domains, such as             innovations.
Government, Health, Finance, Utilities and Primary
Industries, Corporate Systems Managers play a vital role in     Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus:
directing the socio-technical systems that affect everyone's    Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
lives. This unit will help students to gain an overview of
these major roles and key business domains in order to set      INB180 Computer Games Studies
the scene for their future studies and help them to match       This unit is designed to give you a clear understanding of
their emerging professional interests with potential career     the socio-cultural issues that affect the computer game
directions.                                                     industry. Through critical review of games and games
                                                                industry literature, playing games and actively participating
Antirequisites: ITB360 Credit points: 12 Contact                in classroom discussion you will develop your capacity to
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                join in the discourse about the design, impact and future
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              direction of computer games in our society.

INB122 Organisational Databases                                 Antirequisites: INN180, ITB750 Credit points: 12
Databases are a key feature in modern organisational            Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
systems. Stores of data are the prerequisite for                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
organisational knowledge and are the substance of
technology applications. Databases underpin all                 INB181 Introduction to Games Production
technologies, platforms and application areas such as on-       This subject will provide you with knowledge and skills in
line transactions (e.g. shopping), health information           games production. By gaining an overview of the production
systems, web services, e-government, banking and                process, you will learn how the technology and the people
geographical information systems. Corporate Systems             involved integrate into a coherent and efficient
Managers understand how databases are used in business          manufacturing process. By the end of this subject you will
domains and the benefits gained from capturing, storing and     have the knowledge to conceive, create, integrate and
retrieving quality data to assist organisational planning and   optimise tools and personnel into a complete games
decision making. Professionals who understand the privacy       production system.
and legislative requirements as they pertain to database
security and management are increasingly in demand.             Antirequisites: INN181 Equivalents: ITB751, ITN751
                                                                Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Antirequisites: INN122 Equivalents: ITB362 Credit               Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week   Campus:
Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                   INB182 Introducing Design
                                                                TBA
INB123 Project Management Practice                              Antirequisites: DEB101 Credit points: 12 Contact
Successful businesses use Project Management (PM)               hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
processes to structure the implementation, upgrades and         period: 2010 SEM-1
process improvement activities undertaken within
organisations. This unit investigates project management        INB201 Scalable Systems Development
processes and analyses, combines and applies the basic          TBA
elements and tools of successful projects to ICT cases. With
a focus on contemporary organisations, the unit covers          Prerequisites: (INB102 or ITB005) and (INB104 or ITB001)
activities such as communication and risk management,            Assumed knowledge: Completion of 36cp of Breadth
change management, recording keeping and project                units is assumed knowledge Credit points: 12 Contact




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2910
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point           Teaching      This unit presents operational, tactical and strategic insights
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              that support the activities central to the leadership and
                                                                management of technology. These insights include project
INB204 Special Topic 1                                          management, organisational leadership, outsourcing,
This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under             planning, governance and millennium technologies. Such
appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in        insights are used to inform decision-making - the core skill
your course to date and to execute a substantial                of any manager. Technology managers must understand
development project. The ability to apply technical             the factors influencing any decision point. This unit equips
knowledge and skills to real-life situations is essential for   students for the challenges of management and to
information technology professionals. A substantial project,    contribute to the decision-making faced by managers and
under academic supervision, will develop your initiative and    the staff who advise on these issues.
ability to apply your knowledge and skills in a professional
capacity. Completing the project will also enable you to        Prerequisites: INB103 or ITB002 or INB120 or ITB360
appreciate the complementary nature of the course material      Antirequisites: ITN241, ITN251 and ITN366
in total, particularly the need for careful project             Equivalents: ITB366, ITB241      Credit points: 12
management.                                                     Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
                                                                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Credit points: 12   Contact hours: 3 per week      Campus:
Gardens Point                                                   INB250 Systems Architecture
                                                                Contemporary computer-based systems are built from a
INB205 Special Topic 2                                          wide range of technologies working at different levels of
This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under             abstraction, from microprocessor hardware, to operating
appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in        system and application software, to entire communications
your course to date and to execute a substantial                networks. At each abstraction level different techniques are
development project. The ability to apply technical             needed to understand emergent properties of the system.
knowledge and skills to real-life situations is essential for   This unit introduces some of the foundational principles
information technology professionals. A substantial project,    commonly used to reason about the behaviour of computer-
under academic supervision, will develop your initiative and    dependent systems at different levels of abstraction. Such
ability to apply your knowledge and skills in a professional    techniques are especially important in the context of safety-,
capacity. Completing the project will also enable you to        security- or mission-critical systems.
appreciate the complementary nature of the course material
in total, particularly the need for careful project             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:
management.                                                     Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

Credit points: 12   Contact hours: 3 per week      Campus:      INB251 Networks
Gardens Point                                                   Computer systems and communications networks are
                                                                essential to the activities of modern organisations. When
INB210 Databases                                                you graduate from a course in Information Technology,
The aim of this unit is to help you develop your knowledge,     employers expect you to have a sound understanding of the
understand a formal specification tool (ORM) for modelling      terminology and concepts of computer systems,
information systems unambiguously and to apply this formal      communications networks, and network services. This unit
technique to conceptualise information systems found in         provides you with an introductory study of communications
many real world application domains.                            network technologies and network applications. The unit
                                                                serves as an entry point to further specialised studies in the
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus:      field of computer network systems.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                Antirequisites: ITB006 Credit points: 12 Contact
INB220 Business Analysis                                        hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
This unit is aims to give you an introduction to the role,      period: 2010 SEM-2
knowledge, and skills required of a business analyst. This
unit focuses on both the trades—tools and methods used by       INB255 Security
a business analyst, as well as the soft skills—creativity and   This unit aims to give you an understanding of the major
communication, both of which are critical to successful         issues in information security. You will be able to identify
business and requirements analysis. Through lectures,           critical information security concepts and determine the
cases studies and role playing activities, you will develop     information security implications of interactions between
basic knowledge and skills required for introductory            entities. You will have knowledge of a range of techniques
business analysis (BA).                                         for protecting information, and understand the limitations of
                                                                these techniques. You will be aware of international
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus:      information security management standards.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                Antirequisites: ITB161, ITB523, ITB623 and ITN161
INB221 Technology Management                                    Equivalents: ITB730 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
                                                                3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2911
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2010 SEM-1
                                                                   Prerequisites: INB180 Equivalents: ITB016, ITN016
INB270 Programming                                                 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
This unit aims to give you a positive introduction to the skills   Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
required in solving computational problems and
implementing solutions in a programming or scripting               INB281 Advanced Game Design
language. Although some theoretical aspects of computer            This unit will provide you with theoretical and practical
programming are introduced briefly, the overall emphasis of        knowledge of advanced games design concepts; that is,
the unit is programming practice. The unit emphasises              specific activities undertaken by game designers and their
generic programming concepts and related problem-solving           purpose. By the end of this unit you will have the knowledge
strategies. The skills you learn in this unit will be applicable   to identify problems and suggest solutions for innovative
to a wide variety of commonly-used, industrially-significant       game designs, as well as understand how to carry out the
programming and scripting languages.                               process of designing a game yourself. You will possess
                                                                   practical and theoretical knowledge of game design issues
Prerequisites: INB104 or ENB246   Antirequisites:                  such as: how to design a game level, how to design a task
ITB003, ITB112, ITB411, INN270 Credit points: 12                   and reward a player for completing it, how to ensure that the
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                    player knows how to progress through the game and how to
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                        design characters whose behaviour and dialogue provide
                                                                   clues and prompts to the player.
INB271 The Web
The aims of the unit are to give you a thorough                    Prerequisites: INB280 Equivalents: ITB017 Credit
understanding of what the web is, how it works and what it         points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week  Campus:
has to offer. Additionally, the unit aims to give you a general    Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
understanding and basic skills in developing dynamic web
applications, including an appreciation of the variety of          INB300 Professional Practice in IT
implementation technologies available. Through an                  In this unit you will have the opportunity to experience real
understanding of how web technologies have evolved to              world work experiences and to reflect on how your studies
date, you will appreciate the necessity for lifelong learning      have prepared you for the work environment. This will give
and become an insightful predictor of future developments          you the opportunity to plan on how to best take advantage
in this area. You will learn to critically analyse technological   of your remaining studies to prepare for your planned
alternatives in order to adapt to and innovate with                career. To help you to understand your future career you
technologies that presently do not exist. You will appreciate      will be working in a team and/or group environments, seeing
the business or organizational context within which web            firsthand the challenges and constraints that arise during
applications exist and be skilled in communicating within          professional practice in a real world industry environment.
that environment. You will appreciate the social and ethical       You will develop a richer appreciation of the graduate
issues relating to web based systems including accessibility,      capabilities required of all information technology
globalization, privacy, and piracy.                                professionals, particularly skills such as communication,
                                                                   negotiation and problem-solving strategies.
Prerequisites: INB104    Antirequisites: INB373 and
INN373 and ITB007 and ITB227 and ITN007 and ITN227                 Antirequisites: ITS020, INS010, INS011, INS012, INS020
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                 Assumed knowledge: Completion of 168 credit points
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                          within BIT is assumed     Credit points: 12   Contact
                                                                   hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
INB272 Interaction Design                                          period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
The aim of this unit is to provide you with an understanding
of the theory, practices and challenges associated with the        INB301 The Business of IT
development of creative interactive design and human               As an IT professional you are more and more evaluated in
computer interaction.                                              terms of the business value that you produce. This unit will
                                                                   prepare you for professional practice by making you
Prerequisites: INB103 or INB181 Equivalents: ITB254                "business savvy," i.e. giving you the business knowledge
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                and skills that will help you with your future career and job.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                          In particular the unit will address three themes: (1) career
                                                                   planning and job applications, (2) entrepreneurship &
INB280 Fundamentals of Game Design                                 innovation, and (3) business and IT strategy. You will be
Modern games production is a complex process involving             introduced to career development tools that enable you to
various businesses and organisations, working with budgets         self-manage your career and life. You will learn how to
in the tens of millions. One of the roles within a game            critically think about the requirements of a job and reflect
production team is that of the game designer. It is crucial        upon your own experiences and learn how to communicate
that a game designer understands how to create a game              them. You will also learn about the entrepreneurial process
world, the rules that govern game play and other high level        of identifying a business opportunity and how to take
design tasks. This subject provides an introduction to game        advantage of that opportunity. In addition, you will gain an
design, by starting with high level conceptual design tasks        understanding of core strategic concepts and models,
before moving to more concrete tasks.                              discuss typical strategy tools and then apply them to the




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2912
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

'Business of IT'.                                                 your course to date and to execute a substantial
Antirequisites: ITB009         Assumed knowledge:                 development project. The ability to apply technical
Completion of 120 credit points within BIT is assumed             knowledge and skills to real-life situations is essential for
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:               information technology professionals. A substantial project,
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                under academic supervision, will develop your initiative and
SEM-2                                                             ability to apply your knowledge and skills in a professional
                                                                  capacity. Completing the project will also enable you to
INB302 Capstone Project                                           appreciate the complementary nature of the course material
Students are to work together in a team of 4-5 on a project       in total, particularly the need for careful project
that addresses one of the following three types of problems:      management.
real business problems, real market needs, real research
problems. This unit extends students’ development of the          Assumed knowledge: Completion of 144cp of which at
professional, technical and teamwork skills required by IT        least 120cp must be IT units is assumed knowledge
professionals in practice. Students will extend their             Equivalents: ITB230 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
knowledge and skills in the areas of IT project management        3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
through completing professional project documentation and         2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
managing the team project. Students will also gain a greater
understanding and skill level in analysis and design, and         INB307 Project 2
their significance in delivering successful business or           This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under
research outcome. The unit also focuses on furthering             appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in
students’ professional skills in report writing, oral             your course to date and to execute a substantial
communication, and visual communication.                          development project. The ability to apply technical
Prerequisites: INB301 Equivalents: ITB010 Credit                  knowledge and skills to real-life situations is essential for
points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:        information technology professionals. A substantial project,
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010              under academic supervision, will develop your initiative and
SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                                ability to apply your knowledge and skills in a professional
                                                                  capacity. Completing the project will also enable you to
INB304 Special Topic 3                                            appreciate the complementary nature of the course material
Traditional Artificial Intelligence (AI) aims at satisfying the   in total, particularly the need for careful project
Turing test, that is, it aims at making computers                 management.
indistinguishable from humans. Computer games AI aims at
giving Non-Player Characters (NPC) behavioural artefacts          Assumed knowledge: Assumed knowledge is completion
that complement a game narrative. Computer game AI is a           of 192cp of which at least 144cp must be IT units
special area of study that deals with algorithmic approaches      Equivalents: ITB791 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
to entertainment affects in NPC. Students will develop in         3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
this unit an understanding of problems, solutions and             2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
algorithms that generally defines the current state of
computer game AI. The aim of this unit is to provide              INB308 Project 3
students with an intermediate level course in computer            This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under
game AI that involves a set of the most relevant algorithms       appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in
and their applications in the interactive entertainment and       your course to date and to execute a substantial
game industries.                                                  development project. The ability to apply technical
                                                                  knowledge and skills to real-life situations is essential for
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:      information technology professionals. A substantial project,
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         under academic supervision, will develop your initiative and
                                                                  ability to apply your knowledge and skills in a professional
INB305 Special Topic 4                                            capacity. Completing the project will also enable you to
INB305 BGIE Project Design Phase (P1) extends your work           appreciate the complementary nature of the course material
on the role, design, and plan of a computer game concept.         in total, particularly the need for careful project
The unit covers the conceptualisation and game design             management.
stages up to the game design pitch. If the project is given a
green light by the assessment panel, it may be developed          Assumed knowledge: Assumed knowledge is compleion
later in the P2 unit.                                             of 192 credit points of which at least 144 credit points must
                                                                  be for IT units Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per
                                                                  week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010
                                                                  SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
Prerequisites: INB370 or INB371 Credit points: 12
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                   INB309-1 Major Project
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                       This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under
                                                                  appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in
INB306 Project 1                                                  your course to date and to execute a substantial
This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under               development project over two semesters. The ability to
appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in          apply technical knowledge and skills to real-life situations is




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2913
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

essential for information technology professionals. A             major processes in a business. The unit enables you to
substantial project, under academic supervision, will             experience both the business analyst view and the user's
develop your initiative and ability to apply your knowledge       view of the system across a number of business processes.
and skills in a professional capacity. Completing the project
will also enable you to appreciate the complementary nature       Antirequisites: ITB233, INN312 Credit points: 12
of the course material in total, particularly the need for        Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
careful project management.                                       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1

Prerequisites: INB101 and INB102 and INB103 and                   INB313 Electronic Commerce Site Development
INB104 and INB201 Assumed knowledge: Completion                   This unit will enable you to specify, design, implement and
of at least 144 credit points of IT units, including INB101,      maintain effective e-commerce applications. You will obtain
INB102, INB103, INB104, INB201 and four Breadth option            a broad understanding of the potential of e-commerce and
and one specialisation option units is assumed knowledge.         how it can be employed to benefit an organisation. You will
 Equivalents: ITB844        Credit points: 12       Contact       get direct experience of creating an e-commerce storefront
hours: 3 per week Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010               following a business to business (B to B) or business to
SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                                consumer (B to C) model. You will also have an
                                                                  understanding of the computer systems that underpin e-
INB309-2 Major Project                                            commerce including payment systems and secure
This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under               transactions.
appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in
your course to date and to execute a substantial                  Equivalents: ITB260 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
development project over two semesters. The ability to            3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
apply technical knowledge and skills to real-life situations is   2010 SEM-2
essential for information technology professionals. A
substantial project, under academic supervision, will             INB320 Business Process Modelling
develop your initiative and ability to apply your knowledge       The aim of this unit is to introduce you to modern methods
and skills in a professional capacity. Completing the project     and tools of business process management. These skills
will also enable you to appreciate the complementary nature       will be applied to the most complex, comprehensive and
of the course material in total, particularly the need for        relevant IT applications. This unit also seeks to develop
careful project management.                                       logical thinking and the capability to understand and deal
                                                                  with complex systems, within a business management
Prerequisites: INB309-1 (can be enrolled in the same              framework. The content will focus strongly on business
teaching period)     Antirequisites: ITB844     Assumed           process modelling, as a fundamental technique to manage
knowledge: Completion of at least 144 credit points of IT         the complexity associated with process management tasks
units, including INB101, INB102, INB103, INB104, INB201           within various contexts.
and four Breadth option and one specialisation option units
is assumed knowledge.       Credit points: 12     Contact         Equivalents: ITB298 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                  3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                       2010 SEM-2

INB311 Enterprise Systems                                         INB321 Business Process Management
The unit presents and discusses the Enterprise Systems            The aim of this unit is to introduce you to modern
Lifecycle model, orienting students to the requirements of        methodologies of Business Process Management. A main
addressing total cost of ownership, change management             objective is to increase your awareness of the close link
requirements and process modelling requirements in order          between business requirements and IT capabilities, and the
to achieve business benefits. Concepts of Enterprise              related fundamental role of business processes. This unit
Systems success and associated enablers and barriers are          also seeks to develop logical thinking, an appreciation for
also introduced. This unit introduces the technical               conceptual models, and the capability to understand and
architecture of complex 3-tiered client server environments.      deal with complex systems.
It seeks to show how an integrated complex database
environment meets common business needs, and yet fails            Antirequisites: INN321 Credit points: 12 Contact
to meet the total Information Systems requirements.               hours: 3 per work Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                  period: 2010 SEM-1
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week          Campus:
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         INB322 Information Systems Consulting
                                                                  The aim of the unit is to develop your skills in the consulting
INB312 Enterprise Systems Applications                            engagement process. This unit will give you an appreciation
The aim of this unit is to introduce one of the more complex      of the management of consulting practices and an
and comprehensive Enterprise Systems applications. This           understanding of the consulting sector generally. This unit
unit introduces the business perspective and application          presents the tactical and strategic issues involved in
processes of modules (such as FI, CO, PP, MM and S&D)             management consulting, and in particular: client
and investigates the support provided by these systems and        engagement. In the unit there is an emphasis on Information
the integration between modules by following some of the          Systems (IS) related work. IS constitutes a substantial




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2914
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

portion of consulting activity and cuts across all areas of
business expertise. The unit examines the dynamics of IS         INB335 Information Resources
consulting within the context of large consulting firms and      This unit will help you to understand the structure of the
familarises students with the consulting engagement              information environment, to reflect upon the information
lifecycle.                                                       resources you discover, and to develop the ability to find
                                                                 appropriate information for future problem solving. You will
Antirequisites: ITB264, ITN264 Assumed knowledge:                develop your skills in identifying, accessing, evaluating and
Completion of 96 credit points of an Undergraduate study is      retrieving information resources to meet specific information
assumed knowledge Credit points: 12 Contact hours:               needs. The unit will also help you develop skills in teamwork
3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                and oral and written communication.
2010 SEM-1
                                                                 Equivalents: ITB322 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
INB325 Corporate Systems Management Project                      3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
The ability to apply knowledge and skills to real-life           2010 SEM-2
situations is essential for information systems professionals.
A substantial project, under academic supervision, will          INB340 Database Design
develop your initiative and ability to apply your knowledge      The aim of this unit is to help you develop your knowledge,
and skills in a professional capacity. Completing the project    understand a formal specification tool (ORM) for modelling
will also enable you to appreciate the complementary nature      information systems unambiguously and to apply this formal
of the course material in total, particularly the need for       technique to conceptualise information systems found in
careful management.                                              many real world application domains.

Antirequisites: ITB370       Assumed knowledge:                  Prerequisites: INB210 or ITB004 Antirequisites: ITB229
Completion of at least 96 credit points of IT06 units,             Credit points: 12     Contact hours: 3 per week
including INB101, INB103, INB120, INB122, BSB115,                Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
INB123, INB124, INB220, INB221, MGB223, BSB126,
INB830 is assumed knowledge.     Credit points: 12               INB341 Software Development With Oracle
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                  This unit aims to develop a sound understanding of
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                       database creation, installation, administration, management,
                                                                 security, back up/recovery and application development.
INB331 Management Issues for Information                         The unit aims to develop practical skills in each of these
Professionals                                                    elements, using appropriate Oracle software.
The overall aim is to enable you to identify and resolve
selected key management issues within a particular type of       It is expected that students undertaking this unit will have
organisation of your choice. Using an integrated approach        prior knowledge of relational database terminology and
the subject draws from the field of organisational behaviour,    concepts, be thoroughly able to develop SQL for querying,
business management literature, IT-management, and other         updating and creating tables, and have a sound knowledge
readings appropriate to your interest. A further emphasis will   of database design.
be on case studies of actual practices in the type of
organisation or enterprise environment setting that you have
chosen to investigate.                                           Prerequisites: INB210 or ITB004 or INB122
                                                                 Equivalents: ITB223 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
Equivalents: ITN274        Credit points: 12       Contact       3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
hours: IT04, IT06, IT07, IT09, IF29, IX53, IF48, IF58, IF59,     2010 SEM-2
IF90, IX09, IX25, IX55, IX56, IX57, IX58, IX49, IX63, IX65,
IX69 Campus: Gardens Point                                       INB342 Enterprise Data Mining
                                                                 This unit will provide a comprehensive theoretical coverage
INB334 Information Issues and Values                             of various topics in data and web mining. In addition there
The overall aim is to enable you to identify and critically      will be a significant practical component using hands on
discuss key issues (ie social, economic, political, cultural,    tools to solve real-world problems. Specifically, we will
legal, psychological) that impact upon the role and use of       consider techniques from machine learning, data mining,
information and IT in different contexts of the information      text mining, and information retrieval to extract useful
society (ie academic, professional, personal). You will          knowledge from data which are used for business
critically consider the role of information and IT               intelligence, document databases, site management,
professionals in dealing ethically and legally with the many     personalization, and user profiling. This unit will first cover a
issues evolving within the emerging information society. The     detailed overview of the mining process and techniques,
unit draws from the fields of psychology, business, library      and then concentrate on applications of these techniques to
and information science, IT, education, sociology and law.       web, e-commerce, document databases and data from
                                                                 advanced applications.
Antirequisites: ITN330 Credit points: 12 Contact
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 Prerequisites: INB122 or INB210 or INB340 or AYB114
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               Antirequisites: INN342 Equivalents: ITB239 Credit
                                                                 points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week      Campus:




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2915
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                     practical skills taught in this unit will be useful if you intend
                                                                 undertaking further networking units.
INB343 Advanced Data Mining and Data Warehousing
Data warehousing and mining have been well recognized as
the dominating techniques for using databases in the future.     Prerequisites: INB251 or ITB006 or ITB510
This unit discusses the concepts, structures and algorithms      Antirequisites: ITB264, ITB629, ITB720, ITN525, ITN667,
of data warehousing and mining, e.g., data architecture and      ITN720 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
quality, data warehouse and data mart, data cubes, OLAP,         Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
patterns, association rules and decision tables. Through this
study, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and        INB351 Computer Network Administration
skills of designing, developing and implementing data            The aim of this unit is to provide students with a working
warehousing components in SQL environments. It also              knowledge of the technical aspects and theory of network
enables students to design systems and tools that provide        administration and management. The unit uses the Unix
services to data management and analysis, such as data           environment as the learning platform for attaining technical
warehouses, data mining tools, business intelligence based       skills and for the development of problem solving skills
systems, smart information use systems, and data                 necessary to be a successful networking professional.
processing systems.
Prerequisites: INB210        Credit points: 12      Contact      Prerequisites: INB350  Equivalents: ITB721, ITB625,
hours: 3 per week        Campus: Gardens Point                   ITB535, ITB525 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3
                                                                 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
INB345 Mobile Devices                                            2010 SEM-2
This unit provides the opportunity for exploring new and
emerging mobile devices and wireless technology including        INB352 Network Planning and Deployment
iPhone, Netbook, 3G, WiMax, and RFID. Students will              The unit draws together subject matter from a number of
critically review and understand how they can be used for        different networking-related areas. The aim of the unit is to
current contexts such as government, business, education         assemble the previously acquired knowledge and
and social community, as well as emerging ‘wilderness’           techniques and apply it in a cohesive fashion to the task of
environments with no power and wired communication.              network planning.
Students will appreciate the impacts of these devices and
be inspired for the current and future opportunities in ICT      Prerequisites: INB350 Antirequisites: ITB551, ITB628,
usage trends.                                                    ITB722 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
                                                                 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        INB353 Wireless and Mobile Networks
                                                                 This unit provides you with the skills to be able to design
INB346 Enterprise 2.0                                            and understand the issues involved with different types of
This unit will help you to acquire the skills and knowledge      wireless communications systems. It develops your
required to critically explore and utilise applications within   knowledge of Wide Area Networks (WANs), Local Area
diverse contexts and organisations.                              Networks (LANs) and Personal Area Networks (PANs) as
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              well as skills in programming for mobile handsets. You will
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        also develop knowledge of the different types of wireless
                                                                 communications technologies available and when each is
INB347 Web 2.0 Applications                                      most applicable in a particular situation.
Web 2.0 applications enable the user to be control. The unit
will provide the opportunity for students to explore web 2.0     Prerequisites: INB251 or ITB006 Antirequisites: ITN723
applications including blogs, wikis, social networking, social    Assumed knowledge: Networks or equivalent networking
tagging, podcasts, gaming, storytelling and virtual worlds       knowledge is assumed knowledge Equivalents: ITB723
such as second life. Students will critically consider the       Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
many and varied web applications and how they can be             Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
used in different contexts such as government, small and
medium size businesses, non-profit organisations,                INB355 Cryptology and Protocols
educational institutions and community groups.                   Cryptographic techniques are widely used to implement
                                                                 computer and network security. As an IT security
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week         Campus:      professional you may be required either to evaluate or
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        implement information systems using cryptographic
                                                                 algorithms and protocols. This elective unit covers the main
INB350 Internet Protocols and Services                           cryptographic technical concepts including encryption,
An understanding of the theoretical and practical concepts       digital signatures and cryptographic protocols.
of network protocols and services is highly useful and
relevant to network engineers and others working in the          Antirequisites: ITB646, ITB548, ITB566      Assumed
Information Processing industries. This unit introduces you      knowledge: Maths B or equivalent is assumed knowledge.
to Internet protocols and the design, implementation and          Equivalents: ITB732    Credit points: 12     Contact
operation of network based applications. Theory and              hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2916
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

period: 2010 SEM-1                                               Prerequisites: INB370 or INB371     Antirequisites:
                                                                 ITB424,ITB612,ITB712   Credit points: 12   Contact
INB365 Systems Programming                                       hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Systems programming is an essential part of any computer-        period: 2010 SEM-2
science education. This unit uses operating system
concepts to teach the foundations of systems programming         INB373 Web Application Development
and advanced concepts for producing softwares that               This unit will provide you with an understanding of the
provide services to computer hardware. Through this study,       issues, structure and technologies used for developing web-
you will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the principles      based systems. The unit will provide you with the theoretical
and techniques of process management, memory and file            and practical skills needed to develop enterprise critical
management, protection & security, and distributed               applications designed with an n-tier architecture using state
systems.                                                         of the art technologies. A comparative technology approach
                                                                 is taken, including an analysis of how web technologies
Prerequisites: INB270 Antirequisites: INN365, ITB745,            have evolved to date, in order to identify common themes
ITB706      Assumed knowledge: Fundamentals of                   and to better enable you to comprehend and critically
computer architecture; high level programming languages          evaluate future web technology offerings.
(such as C, C++, Java Python) is assumned knowledge.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              Prerequisites: INB271 or ITB007      Antirequisites:
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                        INN373     Equivalents: ITB716 and ITN716    Credit
                                                                 points: 12   Contact hours: 3 per week     Campus:
INB370 Software Development                                      Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Understanding software development is an integral part of
the IT industry for software engineers.? Software                INB374 Enterprise Software Architecture
development relies on object technologies, programming           This unit aims to introduce you to the field of enterprise
techniques and numerous code libraries provided by               architecture. It attempts to give you a grounding in the basic
language developers and third party vendors.? Integrated         knowledge and skills required by an enterprise architect.
Development Environments, unit testing frameworks,               This includes a solid understanding of the IT challenges
automated and continuous build tools and versioning              currently facing medium to large size organizations, the
systems are all becoming part of the tool set modern             theory and technologies currently used to address them and
software developers must be familiar with.? This unit is         an appreciation of the business imperative for which they
designed to introduce these technologies and techniques to       are utilized.
show how software can be rapidly developed.
                                                                 Prerequisites: INB270 or ITB003 Equivalents: ITB717
Prerequisites: INB270 or ITB003 or INN270   Credit               Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
points: 12   Contact hours: 3 per week    Campus:                Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                 INB379 Game Project Design
INB371 Data Structures and Algorithms                            INB379 BGIE Game Project Design (P1) extends your work
The purpose of this unit is to ensure that you have a sound      on the role, design, and plan of a computer game concept.
knowledge of modern programming techniques and their             The unit covers the conceptualisation and game design
use in providing medium-scale software solutions. This unit      stages up to the game design pitch. If the project is given a
will teach you to decompose a problem and produce a              green light by the assessment panel, it may be developed
modular solution to a programming task. The principles to        later in the P2 unit.
analyse algorithms for efficiency will also be introduced. In
addition, you will acquire the necessary skills for you to use   Antirequisites: ITB309, INB305 Assumed knowledge:
the tools available in common development environments,          Completion of at least 144 credit points of IT04 units,
such as Microsoft Visual Studio.                                 including including all first year core units is assumed
                                                                 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 1 hour lecture - 2 hour
Prerequisites: INB270 or ITB003    Antirequisites:               supervisor meetings          Campus: Gardens Point
ITB711, ITB702, INN371 Credit points: 12 Contact                 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               INB380 Games Project
                                                                 This unit seeks to give you the opportunity to apply, under
INB372 Agile Software Development                                appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in
This unit introduces you to the software development             your course to date and to execute a substantial related
process. You will look at each of the major activities           project. The unit also aims to allow you to develop the
involved in developing a software system. You will also          critical professional skills of working within a cross-
learn how to manage and control the software development         disciplinary team and, through implementation of your
process for a large project when a number of team                project, develop the understanding of the role of careful
members are involved in the development. This unit               planning, scope control and task management in ensuring
develops the professional practice of working on large           that the project is successful.
software systems.
                                                                 Prerequisites: INB379 or INB305      Antirequisites: ITB020




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2917
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 Assumed knowledge: Students undertaking this unit              Prerequisites: INB103 or ITB002 Antirequisites: ITB257
must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Games and Interactive         Credit points: 12     Contact hours: 3 per week
Entertainment Credit points: 24 Contact hours: 3 per            Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010
SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                            INB386 Advanced Multimedia Systems
                                                                This advanced level unit will give you high level design and
INB381 Modelling and Animation Techniques                       development skills in some of the current and emerging
The unit will provide you with the knowledge and skills to      areas of the new media. Web delivered applications, stand-
use an industry standard graphics API to implement              alone systems and installations will be included. It will
graphics applications and to develop a basic real time          endeavour to give you an in-depth understanding of
animation system using an industry standard language.           interactive Multimedia Systems. You will be given the
                                                                theoretical basis and practical skills to motivate you in the
Prerequisites: INB371 and MAB281     Equivalents:               design and creation of a state-of-the-art system in this
ITB746 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week              discipline. In the process it will encourage a professional
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1               team approach appropriate to the industry environment.
and 2010 SEM-2
                                                                Prerequisites: INB385 (Special considerations may apply)
INB382 Real Time Rendering Techniques                            Equivalents: ITB259, ITN259      Credit points: 12
This unit will provide you with knowledge and skills in basic   Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
to advanced techniques in real-time rendering using             Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
shading languages. You will be able to implement a high-
quality real-time rendering system in an industry standard      INB860 Computational Intelligence for Control and
API.                                                            Embedded Systems
                                                                This is a specialisation unit in the area of Infomechatronics
                                                                that introduces five methods from the field of computational
Prerequisites: INB371, INB381 and MAB281                        intelligence and relates them to applications on real time
Antirequisites: ITB648 and ITB649 Equivalents: ITB747           control and embedded systems. The methods are:
 Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week               Knowledge Base Systems, Fuzzy Control, Neural Networks,
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2               Reinforcement Learning and Evolutionary Computation. The
                                                                unit is also intended to teach the specific design and
INB383 AI for Games                                             programming skills that will enable you to solve problems
The aim of this unit is to provide students with an             using computational intelligence methods in real-time
intermediate to advanced level course in computer game AI,      embedded systems. It is assumed that you already have
involving algorithmic and utility-based approaches to solving   knowledge of programming.
a wide range of problems in the interactive entertainment
and game industries. You will gain both practical and           Antirequisites: ITB847 Credit points: 12 Contact
theoretical knowledge about a range of AI techniques            hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
applied in computer games. You will be able to identify and     period: 2010 SEM-1
explain different types of AI agents, describe their
algorithms using a pseudo code convention, identify and         IND102 Emerging Technology
explain different structures and algorithms used to represent   The aim of this unit is to provide you with a conceptual
and solve a range of problems in computer game AI.              framework so that you clearly identify Information
Prerequisites: INB371 or MAB281             Antirequisites:     Technologies and their purpose. This task will be fun as it
INB304 completed in semester 1 2009 Credit points: 12           covers a wide spectrum of ideas and allows us to examine
 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Gardens Point                some currently popular technologies. Information
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                     Technology has become so entwined with everyday life that
                                                                identifying its scope is difficult, which also makes it difficult
INB385 Multimedia Systems                                       to identify opportunities where IT might further infiltrate into
This unit will explore the concepts underpinning multimedia     our daily lives for work and play. To achieve these aims, the
systems and the role played by these technologies in the        unit introduces you to some of the theories and engineering
overall knowledge of a computer professional. You will learn    practicalities that have already resulted in technological
to: design and develop different kinds of interactive           advances in the area of information technology. Concepts
multimedia applications; understand the bank of knowledge       leading to existing technologies are introduced during
in cultural developments surrounding the emergence of           lectures, which are followed by laboratory sessions where
multimedia technologies; analyse design and processes that      students will be encouraged to discuss social change, future
contribute to the production of a creative work, using          information tools and explore the concepts required for
contemporary hardware and software technologies; develop        constructing these technologies.
the creative potential of temporal media forms and their        Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 hours per week
placement and use within new media works; understand            Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010
principles and conventions associated with the interpretation   13TP3
and production of meaning through interactive visual
representation.                                                 IND103 Industry Insights




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2918
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

This unit aims to develop your awareness of the career             2010 13TP2 and 2010 13TP3
possibilities in the ICT industry and to equip you with some
of the essential skills required of an ICT professional. The       INN101 Impact of IT
unit helps you to derive a roadmap for your career; to             You will gain an appreciation of the massive and positive
enable you to identify the qualities, skills and interests you     impact that IT has had on a wide range of fields including
need to possess, to plan your career path. The unit will also      business, science, engineering, education and health. You
introduce you the inter-disciplinary nature of ICT careers.        will learn about the benefits of increased productivity due to
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 hours per week                  IT. You will consider ethical issues and possible negative
Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010                   impacts of IT. You will raise your awareness of the social
13TP3                                                              implications of IT systems for society at the global, local and
                                                                   personal levels. You will develop an informed position on
IND104 Building IT Systems                                         issues, and justify your reasoning with considered
This team-based unit is an integrated introduction to              supportive arguments.
information technology designed to engage, inspire and
inform and will demonstrate the important role that technical      Antirequisites: INB101, ITB361, ITN361 Credit points:
system design and development plays in achieving robust            12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
operation of a large variety of technological solutions. This       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
unit will give you substantial hands-on, practical learning
experiences and will motivate you through engagement in            INN120 Corporate Systems
the creative, explorative and meaningful development of            Corporate Systems Management is a growing area where
technological artefacts that operate in real world contexts.       people can make a difference to the way organisations and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 hours per week                  societies operate. In key business domains, such as
Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010                   Government, Health, Finance, Utilities and Primary
13TP3                                                              Industries, Corporate Systems Managers play a vital role in
                                                                   directing the socio-technical systems that affect everyone's
IND210 Databases                                                   lives. This unit will help students to gain an overview of
The aim of this unit is to help you develop your knowledge,        these major roles and key business domains in order to set
understand a formal specification tool (ORM) for modelling         the scene for their future studies and help them to match
information systems unambiguously and to apply this formal         their emerging professional interests with potential career
technique to conceptualise information systems found in            directions.
many real world application domains.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 hours per week                  Antirequisites: ITN360 and INB120 Credit points: 12
Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010                   Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
13TP3                                                              Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1

IND251 Networks                                                    INN122 Organisational Databases
Computer systems and communications networks are                   Databases are a key feature in modern organisational
essential to the activities of modern organisations. When          systems. Stores of data are the prerequisite for
you graduate from a course in Information Technology,              organisational knowledge and are the substance of
employers expect you to have a sound understanding of the          technology applications. Databases underpin all
terminology and concepts of computer systems,                      technologies, platforms and application areas such as on-
communications networks, and network services. This unit           line transactions (e.g. shopping), health information
provides you with an introductory study of communications          systems, web services, e-government, banking and
network technologies and network applications. The unit            geographical information systems. Corporate Systems
serves as an entry point to further specialised studies in the     Managers understand how databases are used in business
field of computer network systems.                                 domains and the benefits gained from capturing, storing and
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 hours per week                  retrieving quality data to assist organisational planning and
Teaching period: 2010 13TP1, 2010 13TP2 and 2010                   decision making. Professionals who understand the privacy
13TP3                                                              and legislative requirements as they pertain to database
                                                                   security and management are increasingly in demand.
IND270 Programming
This unit aims to give you a positive introduction to the skills   Antirequisites: INB122, ITB362, ITN365 Equivalents:
required in solving computational problems and                     ITN122 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
implementing solutions in a programming or scripting               Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
language. Although some theoretical aspects of computer
programming are introduced briefly, the overall emphasis of        INN124 Information Systems Development
the unit is programming practice. The unit emphasises              IT professionals work with a wide variety of information
generic programming concepts and related problem-solving           systems and are increasingly required to interact with other
strategies. The skills you learn in this unit will be applicable   professionals and understand business domains. In many
to a wide variety of commonly-used, industrially-significant       cases it is necessary to develop custom systems to satisfy
programming and scripting languages.                               business requirements. Problem solving and communication
Prerequisites: IND104         Credit points: 12        Contact     skills and an understanding of programming concepts and
hours: 4 hours per week Teaching period: 2010 13TP1,               logic are required to effectively work with information




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2919
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

systems developers. In this dynamic industry, self-managed      INN221 Technology Management
learning is necessary to remain abreast of technology           This unit presents operational, tactical and strategic insights
innovations.                                                    that support the activities central to the leadership and
                                                                management of technology. These insights include project
Antirequisites: INB124 Credit points: 12 Contact                management, organisational leadership, outsourcing,
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                planning, governance and millennium technologies. Such
period: 2010 SEM-2                                              insights are used to inform decision-making - the core skill
                                                                of any manager. Technology managers must understand
INN180 Computer Games Studies                                   the factors influencing any decision point. This unit equips
This unit is designed to give you a clear understanding of      students for the challenges of management and to
the socio-cultural issues that affect the computer game         contribute to the decision-making faced by managers and
industry. Through critical review of games and games            the staff who advise on these issues.
industry literature, playing games and actively participating
in classroom discussion you will develop your capacity to       Antirequisites: ITN241, ITN251, ITN366,INB221
join in the discourse about the design, impact and future       Assumed knowledge: INB103, ITB002 or ITB360 is
direction of computer games in our society.                     assumed knowledge Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
                                                                3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
Antirequisites: INB180, ITB750 Equivalents: ITN750              2010 SEM-1
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                       INN250 Computer Architectures and Systems
                                                                Contemporary computer-based systems are built from a
INN181 Introduction to Games Production                         wide range of technologies working at different levels of
This subject will provide you with knowledge and skills in      abstraction, from microprocessor hardware, to operating
games production. By gaining an overview of the production      system and application software, to entire communications
process, you will learn how the technology and the people       networks. At each abstraction level different techniques are
involved integrate into a coherent and efficient                needed to understand emergent properties of the system.
manufacturing process. By the end of this subject you will      This unit introduces some of the foundational principles
have the knowledge to conceive, create, integrate and           commonly used to reason about the behaviour of computer-
optimise tools and personnel into a complete games              dependent systems at different levels of abstraction. Such
production system.                                              techniques are especially important in the context of safety-,
                                                                security- or mission-critical systems.
Antirequisites: INB181, ITB751, ITN751 Credit points:
12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point              Antirequisites: INB250 Credit points: 12 Contact
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                    hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                period: 2010 SEM-2
INN210 Databases
The aim of this unit is to help you develop your knowledge,     INN251 Networks
understand a formal specification tool (ORM) for modelling      Computer systems and communications networks are
information systems unambiguously and to apply this formal      essential to the activities of modern organisations. When
technique to conceptualise information systems found in         you graduate from a course in Information Technology,
many real world application domains.                            employers expect you to have a sound understanding of the
                                                                terminology and concepts of computer systems,
Antirequisites: INB210 Credit points: 12 Contact                communications networks, and network services. This unit
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                provides you with an introductory study of communications
period: 2010 SEM-2                                              network technologies and network applications. The unit
                                                                serves as an entry point to further specialised studies in the
INN220 Business Analysis                                        field of computer network systems.
This unit is aims to give you an introduction to the role,
knowledge, and skills required of a business analyst. This      Antirequisites: INB251   Equivalents: ITN701 Credit
unit focuses on both the trades—tools and methods used by       points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week    Campus:
a business analyst, as well as the soft skills—creativity and   Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
communication, both of which are critical to successful
business and requirements analysis. Through lectures,           INN255 Security
cases studies and role playing activities, you will develop     This unit aims to give you an understanding of the major
basic knowledge and skills required for introductory            issues in information security. You will be able to identify
business analysis (BA).                                         critical information security concepts and determine the
                                                                information security implications of interactions between
Antirequisites: INB220 Equivalents: ITB365, ITN365,             entities. You will have knowledge of a range of techniques
ITB222, ITN222 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3               for protecting information, and understand the limitations of
per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                 these techniques. You will be aware of international
2010 SEM-1                                                      information security management standards.

                                                                Antirequisites: INB255       Equivalents: ITB161, ITB523,




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2920
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ITB623, ITB730, ITN161, ITN511, ITN523, ITN623, ITN663,            design, by starting with high level conceptual design tasks
ITN730 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week                 before moving to more concrete tasks.
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                   Antirequisites: ITB016and INB280 Equivalents: ITN016
INN270 Programming                                                  Credit points: 12     Contact hours: 3 per week
This unit aims to give you a positive introduction to the skills   Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
required in solving computational problems and
implementing solutions in a programming or scripting               INN281 Advanced Game Design
language. Although some theoretical aspects of computer            This unit will provide you with theoretical and practical
programming are introduced briefly, the overall emphasis of        knowledge of advanced games design concepts; that is,
the unit is programming practice. The unit emphasises              specific activities undertaken by game designers and their
generic programming concepts and related problem-solving           purpose. By the end of this unit you will have the knowledge
strategies. The skills you learn in this unit will be applicable   to identify problems and suggest solutions for innovative
to a wide variety of commonly-used, industrially-significant       game designs, as well as understand how to carry out the
programming and scripting languages.                               process of designing a game yourself. You will possess
                                                                   practical and theoretical knowledge of game design issues
Antirequisites: INB270 Equivalents: ITN700 Credit                  such as: how to design a game level, how to design a task
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week   Campus:                  and reward a player for completing it, how to ensure that the
Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                      player knows how to progress through the game and how to
                                                                   design characters whose behaviour and dialogue provide
INN271 The Web                                                     clues and prompts to the player.
The aims of the unit are to give you a thorough
understanding of what the web is, how it works and what it         Prerequisites: INN280    Antirequisites: ITB017 and
has to offer. Additionally, the unit aims to give you a general    INB281   Equivalents: ITN017    Credit points: 12
understanding and basic skills in developing dynamic web           Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
applications, including an appreciation of the variety of          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
implementation technologies available. Through an
understanding of how web technologies have evolved to              INN311 Enterprise Systems
date, you will appreciate the necessity for lifelong learning      The unit presents and discusses the Enterprise Systems
and become an insightful predictor of future developments          Lifecycle model, orienting students to the requirements of
in this area. You will learn to critically analyse technological   addressing total cost of ownership, change management
alternatives in order to adapt to and innovate with                requirements and process modelling requirements in order
technologies that presently do not exist. You will appreciate      to achieve business benefits. Concepts of Enterprise
the business or organizational context within which web            Systems success and associated enablers and barriers are
applications exist and be skilled in communicating within          also introduced. This unit introduces the technical
that environment. You will appreciate the social and ethical       architecture of complex 3-tiered client server environments.
issues relating to web based systems including accessibility,      It seeks to show how an integrated complex database
globalization, privacy, and piracy.                                environment meets common business needs, and yet fails
                                                                   to meet the total Information Systems requirements.
Antirequisites: INB271    Assumed knowledge: Basic
programming knowledge is assumed.     Equivalents:                 Antirequisites: INB311 Credit points: 12 Contact
ITB007, ITB227, ITN007, ITN277  Credit points: 12                  hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                    period: 2010 SEM-2
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                   INN312 Enterprise Systems Applications
INN272 Interaction Design                                          The aim of this unit is to introduce one of the more complex
The aim of this unit is to provide you with an understanding       and comprehensive Enterprise Systems applications. This
of the theory, practices and challenges associated with the        unit introduces the business perspective and application
development of creative interactive design and human               processes of modules (such as FI, CO, PP, MM and S&D)
computer interaction.                                              and investigates the support provided by these systems and
                                                                   the integration between modules by following some of the
Antirequisites: INB272 Equivalents: ITN254 Credit                  major processes in a business. The unit enables you to
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week   Campus:                  experience both the business analyst view and the user's
Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                      view of the system across a number of business processes.

INN280 Fundamentals of Game Design                                 Antirequisites: INB312, ITB233 Equivalents: ITN233
Modern games production is a complex process involving             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
various businesses and organisations, working with budgets         Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
in the tens of millions. One of the roles within a game
production team is that of the game designer. It is crucial        INN313 Electronic Commerce Site Development
that a game designer understands how to create a game              This unit will enable you to specify, design, implement and
world, the rules that govern game play and other high level        maintain effective e-commerce applications. You will obtain
design tasks. This subject provides an introduction to game        a broad understanding of the potential of e-commerce and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2921
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

how it can be employed to benefit an organisation. You will
get direct experience of creating an e-commerce storefront        INN330 Information Management
following a business to business (B to B) or business to          The aim of this unit is to provide you with an awareness of
consumer (B to C) model. You will also have an                    the activities in which IM professionals are engaged within
understanding of the computer systems that underpin e-            various organisational contexts. You will use case studies
commerce including payment systems and secure                     and introduce yourself to the strategic and analytic elements
transactions.                                                     that comprise information management activities. These
                                                                  activities include the alignment of enterprise information and
Antirequisites: INB313 and ITB260 Equivalents: ITN260             business planning, enterprise information policy, evaluation
 Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week                 of information resources & systems and applications of the
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 information inventory.

INN320 Business Process Modelling                                 Antirequisites: INB330 Equivalents: ITN266 Credit
The aim of this unit is to introduce you to modern methods        points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week   Campus:
and tools of business process management. These skills            Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
will be applied to the most complex, comprehensive and
relevant IT applications. This unit also seeks to develop         INN331 Management Issues for Information
logical thinking and the capability to understand and deal        Professionals
with complex systems, within a business management                The overall aim is to enable you to identify and resolve
framework. The content will focus strongly on business            selected key management issues within a particular type of
process modelling, as a fundamental technique to manage           organisation of your choice. Using an integrated approach
the complexity associated with process management tasks           the subject draws from the field of organisational behaviour,
within various contexts.                                          business management literature, IT-management, and other
                                                                  readings appropriate to your interest. A further emphasis will
Antirequisites: ITB298 and ITB320 Equivalents: ITN301             be on case studies of actual practices in the type of
 Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week                 organisation or enterprise environment setting that you have
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 chosen to investigate.

INN321 Business Process Management                                Antirequisites: INB331 Equivalents: ITN274   Credit
The aim of this unit is to introduce you to modern                points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week    Campus:
methodologies of Business Process Management. A main              Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
objective is to increase your awareness of the close link
between business requirements and IT capabilities, and the        INN332 Information Retrieval
related fundamental role of business processes. This unit         The ability to quickly learn and expertly use new information
also seeks to develop logical thinking, an appreciation for       resources and concepts is a vital skill for the modern day
conceptual models, and the capability to understand and           library and information professional. This unit will help you
deal with complex systems.                                        to understand the structure of the informatoin environment,
                                                                  to reflect upon the information resources you discover, and
Antirequisites: INB321 Equivalents: ITN298 Credit                 to develop the ability to find appropriate information for
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week   Campus:                 future problem solving. You will develop your skills in
Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                     identifying, accessing, evaluating and retrieving information
                                                                  resources to meet specific needs. The unit will also help you
INN322 Information Systems Consulting                             develop skills in teamwork and oral and written
The aim of the unit is to develop your skills in the consulting   communication.
engagement process. This unit will give you an appreciation
of the management of consulting practices and an                  Antirequisites: INN335, ITN322 Equivalents: ITN273
understanding of the consulting sector generally. This unit       Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
presents the tactical and strategic issues involved in            Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
management consulting, and in particular: client
engagement. In the unit there is an emphasis on Information       INN333 Information Programs
Systems (IS) related work. IS constitutes a substantial           The unit encompasses the planning, implementation and
portion of consulting activity and cuts across all areas of       evaluation of an information product or service for a
business expertise. The unit examines the dynamics of IS          particular community of use. The community may be
consulting within the context of large consulting firms and       anything from a specialised professional or business group,
familarises students with the consulting engagement               to community members with special needs etc. Emphasis is
lifecycle.                                                        on identification of user needs, creating an information
                                                                  product or program and marketing or promoting its use. The
Antirequisites: INN335, ITN332,INB322         Assumed             unit also explores the impact of web 2.0 technologies (e.g.
knowledge: Good knowledge of professional oral and                blogs, wikis, facebook, YouTube, flickr) and concepts such
written communication practices and team work processes           as creative commons and open access on program and
is assumed. Equivalents: ITN273 Credit points: 12                 product design and delivery are explored.
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                       Credit points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week      Campus:




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2922
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                       Data warehousing and mining have been well recognized as
                                                                    the dominating techniques for using databases in the future.
INN334 Information Issues and Values                                This unit discusses the concepts, structures and algorithms
The overall aim is to enable you to identify and critically         of data warehousing and mining, e.g., data architecture and
discuss key issues (ie social, economic, political, cultural,       quality, data warehouse and data mart, data cubes, OLAP,
legal, psychological) that impact upon the role and use of          patterns, association rules and decision tables. Through this
information and IT in different contexts of the information         study, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and
society (ie academic, professional, personal). You will             skills of designing, developing and implementing data
critically consider the role of information and IT                  warehousing components in SQL environments. It also
professionals in dealing ethically and legally with the many        enables students to design systems and tools that provide
issues evolving within the emerging information society. The        services to data management and analysis, such as data
unit draws from the fields of psychology, business, library         warehouses, data mining tools, business intelligence based
and information science, IT, education, sociology and law.          systems, smart information use systems, and data
                                                                    processing systems.
Antirequisites: INB334 Equivalents: ITN330 Credit                   Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week   Campus:                   Gardens Point
Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                    INN345 Mobile Devices
INN340 Database Design                                              This unit provides the opportunity for exploring new and
The aim of this unit is to help you develop your knowledge,         emerging mobile devices and wireless technology including
understand a formal specification tool (ORM) for modelling          iPhone, Netbook, 3G, WiMax, and RFID. Students will
information systems unambiguously and to apply this formal          critically review and understand how they can be used for
technique to conceptualise information systems found in             current contexts such as government, business, education
many real world application domains.                                and social community, as well as emerging ‘wilderness’
                                                                    environments with no power and wired communication.
Antirequisites: INB340 Assumed knowledge: INN210                    Students will appreciate the impacts of these devices and
or ITN200 is assumed knowledge Equivalents: ITN229                  be inspired for the current and future opportunities in ICT
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    usage trends.
period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                    Antirequisites: INB345 Credit points: 12 Contact
INN341 Software Development With Oracle                             hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
This unit aims to develop a sound understanding of                  period: 2010 SEM-1
database creation, installation, administration, management,
security, back up/recovery and application development.             INN346 Enterprise 2.0
The unit aims to develop practical skills in each of these          This unit will help you to acquire the skills and knowledge
elements, using appropriate Oracle software.                        required to critically explore and utilise applications within
Prerequisites: INN210 or ITN200 or INN122 or ITB004                 diverse contexts and organisations.
Antirequisites: INB341, ITB223 Equivalents: ITN223                  Antirequisites: INB346        Credit points: 12      Contact
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                 hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                           period: 2010 SEM-2

INN342 Enterprise Data Mining and Data Analysis                     INN347 Web 2.0 Applications
This unit will provide a comprehensive theoretical coverage         Web 2.0 applications enable the user to be control. The unit
of various topics in data and web mining. In addition there         will provide the opportunity for students to explore web 2.0
will be a significant practical component using hands on            applications including blogs, wikis, social networking, social
tools to solve real-world problems. Specifically, we will           tagging, podcasts, gaming, storytelling and virtual worlds
consider techniques from machine learning, data mining,             such as second life. Students will critically consider the
text mining, and information retrieval to extract useful            many and varied web applications and how they can be
knowledge from data which are used for business                     used in different contexts such as government, small and
intelligence, document databases, site management,                  medium size businesses, non-profit organisations,
personalization, and user profiling. This unit will first cover a   educational institutions and community groups.
detailed overview of the mining process and techniques,
and then concentrate on applications of these techniques to         Antirequisites: INB347 Credit points: 12 Contact
web, e-commerce, document databases and data from                   hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
advanced applications.                                              period: 2010 SEM-1

Prerequisites: INN210 or INN340 or INN122                           INN350 Internet Protocols and Services
Antirequisites: ITB239, INB342 Equivalents: ITN239                  An understanding of the theoretical and practical concepts
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                 of network protocols and services is highly useful and
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                           relevant to network engineers and others working in the
                                                                    Information Processing industries. This unit introduces you
INN343 Advanced Data Mining and Data Warehousing                    to Internet protocols and the design, implementation and
                                                                    operation of network based applications. Theory and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2923
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

practical skills taught in this unit will be useful if you intend   hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point            Teaching
undertaking further networking units.                               period: 2010 SEM-1

A n t i r e q u i s i t e s :                                       INN365 Systems Programming
INB350,ITB624,ITB629,ITB720,ITN524,ITN529,ITN667                    Systems programming is an essential part of any computer-
Assumed knowledge: INN251 is assumed knowledge.                     science education. This unit uses operating system
Equivalents: ITN720    Credit points: 12   Contact                  concepts to teach the foundations of systems programming
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                    and advanced concepts for producing softwares that
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                  provide services to computer hardware. Through this study,
                                                                    you will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the principles
INN351 Unix Network Administration                                  and techniques of process management, memory and file
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a working          management, protection & security, and distributed
knowledge of the technical aspects and theory of network            systems.
administration and management. The unit uses the Unix
environment as the learning platform for attaining technical        Prerequisites: INB270 or INN270        Antirequisites:
skills and for the development of problem solving skills            ITB706, ITB745,INB365          Assumed knowledge:
necessary to be a successful networking professional.               Fundamentals of computer architecture; high level
                                                                    programming lanuarges (such as C, C++, C#, Java, python)
Prerequisites: INN350      Antirequisites: INB351                   is assumed knowledge     Credit points: 12     Contact
Equivalents: ITN525, ITN535, ITN721 Credit points: 12               hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                    period: 2010 SEM-2
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                    INN370 Software Development
INN352 Network Planning                                             Understanding software development is an integral part of
The unit draws together subject matter from a number of             the IT industry for software engineers.? Software
different networking-related areas. The aim of the unit is to       development relies on object technologies, programming
assemble the previously acquired knowledge and                      techniques and numerous code libraries provided by
techniques and apply it in a cohesive fashion to the task of        language developers and third party vendors.? Integrated
network planning.                                                   Development Environments, unit testing frameworks,
                                                                    automated and continuous build tools and versioning
Antirequisites: INB352 Equivalents: ITN722 Credit                   systems are all becoming part of the tool set modern
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week   Campus:                   software developers must be familiar with.? This unit is
Gardens Point     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                       designed to introduce these technologies and techniques to
                                                                    show how software can be rapidly developed.
INN353 Wireless and Mobile Networks
This unit provides you with the skills to be able to design         Antirequisites: INB370 Assumed knowledge: INN270 is
and understand the issues involved with different types of          assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
wireless communications systems. It develops your                   3 per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
knowledge of Wide Area Networks (WANs), Local Area                  2010 SEM-1
Networks (LANs) and Personal Area Networks (PANs) as
well as skills in programming for mobile handsets. You will         INN371 Data Structures and Algorithms
also develop knowledge of the different types of wireless           The purpose of this unit is to ensure that you have a sound
communications technologies available and when each is              knowledge of modern programming techniques and their
most applicable in a particular situation.                          use in providing medium-scale software solutions. This unit
                                                                    will teach you to decompose a problem and produce a
Antirequisites: INB353 Assumed knowledge: INN251 is                 modular solution to a programming task. The principles to
assumed knowledge.     Equivalents: ITB723, ITN723                  analyse algorithms for efficiency will also be introduced. In
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                 addition, you will acquire the necessary skills for you to use
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                           the tools available in common development environments,
                                                                    such as Microsoft Visual Studio.
INN355 Cryptology and Protocols
Cryptographic techniques are widely used to implement               Prerequisites: INN270 or INB270     Antirequisites:
computer and network security. As an IT security                    INB371,INB372,TB702, ITB711, ITN711   Equivalents:
professional you may be required either to evaluate or              ITN702 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
implement information systems using cryptographic                   Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
algorithms and protocols. This elective unit covers the main
cryptographic technical concepts including encryption,              INN372 Agile Software Development
digital signatures and cryptographic protocols.                     This unit introduces you to the software development
                                                                    process. You will look at each of the major activities
Antirequisites: INB355 Assumed knowledge: Maths B                   involved in developing a software system. You will also
or equivalent (e.g. MAB105) is assumed knowledge.                   learn how to manage and control the software development
Equivalents: ITB548, ITB566, ITB646, ITB732, ITN566,                process for a large project when a number of team
ITN512, ITN581, ITN732, Credit points: 12 Contact                   members are involved in the development. This unit




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2924
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

develops the professional practice of working on large           Campus: Gardens Point       Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
software systems.
                                                                 INN383 AI for Games
Prerequisites: INN370 Antirequisites: ITN424, ITN484,            The aim of this unit is to provide students with an
ITN662, ITN712 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3                intermediate to advanced level course in computer game AI,
per week Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                  involving algorithmic and utility-based approaches to solving
2010 SEM-2                                                       a wide range of problems in the interactive entertainment
                                                                 and game industries. You will gain both practical and
INN373 Web Application Development                               theoretical knowledge about a range of AI techniques
This unit will provide you with an understanding of the          applied in computer games. You will be able to identify and
issues, structure and technologies used for developing web-      explain different types of AI agents, describe their
based systems. The unit will provide you with the theoretical    algorithms using a pseudo code convention, identify and
and practical skills needed to develop enterprise critical       explain different structures and algorithms used to represent
applications designed with an n-tier architecture using state    and solve a range of problems in computer game AI.
of the art technologies. A comparative technology approach       Antirequisites: INB383 Assumed knowledge: MAN281,
is taken, including an analysis of how web technologies          INN371 or equivalent is assumed knowledge             Credit
have evolved to date, in order to identify common themes         points: 12       Contact hours: 4 per week         Campus:
and to better enable you to comprehend and critically            Gardens Point        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
evaluate future web technology offerings.
                                                                 INN385 Multimedia Systems
Antirequisites: INB373 Assumed knowledge: INN271 is              This unit will explore the concepts underpinning multimedia
assumed knowledge. Equivalents: ITB716, ITN716,                  systems and the role played by these technologies in the
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              overall knowledge of a computer professional. You will learn
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                        to: design and develop different kinds of interactive
                                                                 multimedia applications; understand the bank of knowledge
INN374 Enterprise Software Architecture                          in cultural developments surrounding the emergence of
This unit aims to introduce you to the field of enterprise       multimedia technologies; analyse design and processes that
architecture. It attempts to give you a grounding in the basic   contribute to the production of a creative work, using
knowledge and skills required by an enterprise architect.        contemporary hardware and software technologies; develop
This includes a solid understanding of the IT challenges         the creative potential of temporal media forms and their
currently facing medium to large size organizations, the         placement and use within new media works; understand
theory and technologies currently used to address them and       principles and conventions associated with the interpretation
an appreciation of the business imperative for which they        and production of meaning through interactive visual
are utilized.                                                    representation.

Prerequisites: INN270, INB270, ITN700, or ITB003                 Antirequisites: INB385 Assumed knowledge: INN271 is
Antirequisites: INB374 and ITB717 Equivalents: ITN717            assumed knowledge. INN272 should be enrolled in the
 Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week                same teaching period. Equivalents: ITN257, ITB257
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
                                                                 Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
INN381 Modelling and Animation Techniques
The unit will provide you with the knowledge and skills to       INN386 Advanced Multimedia Systems
use an industry standard graphics API to implement               This advanced level unit will give you high level design and
graphics applications and to develop a basic real time           development skills in some of the current and emerging
animation system using an industry standard language.            areas of the new media. Web delivered applications, stand-
                                                                 alone systems and installations will be included. It will
Prerequisites: INB371 or INN371, and MAB281                      endeavour to give you an in-depth understanding of
Antirequisites: INB381, ITB441, ITB460, ITB648, ITB649,          interactive Multimedia Systems. You will be given the
ITB746 Equivalents: ITN440, ITN460, ITN746 Credit                theoretical basis and practical skills to motivate you in the
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week      Campus:             design and creation of a state-of-the-art system in this
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010               discipline. In the process it will encourage a professional
SEM-2                                                            team approach appropriate to the industry environment.

INN382 Real Time Rendering Techniques                            Prerequisites: INN385    Antirequisites: INB386 and
This unit will provide you with knowledge and skills in basic    ITB259   Equivalents: ITN259    Credit points: 12
to advanced techniques in real-time rendering using              Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point
shading languages. You will be able to implement a high-         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
quality real-time rendering system in an industry standard
API.                                                             INN401 Honours Dissertation 1
                                                                 Research is about contributing to scientific knowledge. You
                                                                 will be expected to make such a contribution in your
Prerequisites: INN381 and MAB281   Antirequisites:               honours dissertation, although the size of that contribution
INB382    Equivalents: ITN747  Credit points: 12                 will probably be relatively small as this is likely to be your




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2925
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

first research project. The principle aim, however, is to
provide you with basic research skills that you will be able to    INN500 PRINCE2 (R) Project Management
apply again in the future in other contexts, be they in a          The majority of information technology (IT) initiatives, such
higher research degree, or applied to real-world problems in       as systems developments and implementations, are
an industry setting. You will learn the types of processes,        introduced into organizations through projects, and the
creativity and analytical thinking that leads to such scientific   success of these projects depends on their effective
advances and how to communicate such findings in a                 management. This unit covers the integration of the multi-
rigorous scientific manner.                                        disciplinary skills that students would have acquired at stage
                                                                   in the course required to manage IT projects successfully.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   Specifically, it covers the administrative, technical,
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                        communication and socio-political demands placed on
                                                                   modern IT project managers. The unit covers practical,
INN402 Honours Dissertation 2                                      relevant and topical IT project management issues delivered
Research is about contributing to scientific knowledge. You        through practical tutorials and lectures.
will be expected to make such a contribution in your
honours dissertation, although the size of that contribution       Prerequisites: Completion of 36 credit points of
will probably be relatively small as this is likely to be your     Postgraduate units (INN% or PUN% or GSN%)
first research project. The principle aim, however, is to          Antirequisites: INB123 Equivalents: ITN272 Credit
provide you with basic research skills that you will be able to    points: 12    Contact hours: 4 per week   Campus:
apply again in the future in other contexts, be they in a          Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
higher research degree, or applied to real-world problems in       SEM-2
an industry setting. You will learn the types of processes,
creativity and analytical thinking that leads to such scientific   INN530 Web Content Reliability
advances and how to communicate such findings in a                 The primary aim of this unit is a capstone experience for
rigorous scientific manner.                                        you, to prepare you for entry to your profession. While the
                                                                   primary aim is the development of your professional skills,
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   you will also have the opportunity to listen to and learn from
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                        real world work experiences from industry experts working
                                                                   in this field. You will have the opportunity to reflect on how
INN403 Honours Dissertation 3                                      your studies or previous life experiences have prepared you
Research is about contributing to scientific knowledge. You        for this type of work. Through this observation and reflection
will be expected to make such a contribution in your               process you will develop an introductory knowledge of the
honours dissertation, although the size of that contribution       principles of web content management as they are applied
will probably be relatively small as this is likely to be your     in organisations today. You will develop an appreciation of
first research project. The principle aim, however, is to          the tasks, issues, practices, principles and policies required
provide you with basic research skills that you will be able to    for dynamic forms of web architecture, and you will begin to
apply again in the future in other contexts, be they in a          explore the development of skills required to work with and
higher research degree, or applied to real-world problems in       manage content management systems.
an industry setting. You will learn the types of processes,
creativity and analytical thinking that leads to such scientific   Prerequisites: INN330 Equivalents: ITN278 Credit
advances and how to communicate such findings in a                 points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
rigorous scientific manner.                                        2010 SEM-1

Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   INN532 Information Literacy Education
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                        This unit aims to develop your understanding of information
                                                                   literacy and information literacy education and how these
INN404 Honours Dissertation 4                                      concepts can be applied according to the needs of client
Research is about contributing to scientific knowledge. You        group(s) of your choice. As a professional you may engage
will be expected to make such a contribution in your               in policy development, advocacy, research, developing and
honours dissertation, although the size of that contribution       implementing instruction programs or managing staff who
will probably be relatively small as this is likely to be your     undertake these activities. New professionals and other
first research project. The principle aim, however, is to          educators can become heavily involved in teaching
provide you with basic research skills that you will be able to    information literacy and skills to learners in a range of
apply again in the future in other contexts, be they in a          environment including academic, workplace or community
higher research degree, or applied to real-world problems in       programs. This unit provides the opportunity for theoretical
an industry setting. You will learn the types of processes,        and practical work in contexts of your choice to suit your
creativity and analytical thinking that leads to such scientific   individual interests.
advances and how to communicate such findings in a
rigorous scientific manner.                                        Equivalents: ITN279  Credit points: 12              Contact
                                                                   hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point            Teaching
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                   period: 2010 SEM-1
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2926
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

INN533 Information Organisation                                   Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week       Campus:
The aim of this unit is to develop an understanding of the        Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
principles and practices of information organisation as
applied to description and classification of knowledge            INN600 Advanced Readings 1
contained in a range of information resources utilised in         The aim of this unit is to broaden your understanding of
different contexts.                                               potential research topics and methods and support you in
                                                                  developing essential skills that enable clarity and focus in
Equivalents: ITN275  Credit points: 12               Contact      investigating IT research; rigour in evaluating claims and
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching      accuracy in your understanding of domain problems, related
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                theories and methodologies appropriate to your specialist
                                                                  area.
INN540 User Experience
The aim of this unit is to critically evaluate technologies       Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit
within the context of the user's experience.                      points of Postgraduate level IT units is assumed knowledge.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                         period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM

INN545 Introduction to Health Technology                          INN601 Advanced Readings 2
This unit introduces health practitioners, health                 The aim of this unit is to broaden your understanding of
technologists and information specialists to common               potential research topics and methods and support you in
framework by which they can describe, discuss, apply and          developing essential skills that enable clarity and focus in
manage Health Technology enabling better health                   investigating IT research; rigour in evaluating claims and
outcomes in the sector and the community. Technology              accuracy in your understanding of domain problems, related
types covered will include, inter alia, user devices, clinical    theories and methodologies appropriate to your specialist
and administrative systems, and diagnostic and treatment          area.
systems across modalities as well as support systems such
as asset management, tracking, and logistics. We anticipate       Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit
considerable industry involvement in this unit including site     points of Postgraduate level IT units is assumed knowledge.
visits and presentations from industry managers and                Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
possibly vendors.                                                 period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM

Credit points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week       Campus:      INN602 Advanced Readings 3
Gardens Point                                                     The aim of this unit is to broaden your understanding of
                                                                  potential research topics and methods and support you in
INN550 Computer Forensics                                         developing essential skills that enable clarity and focus in
This unit aims to give you instruction in the principles of       investigating IT research; rigour in evaluating claims and
Computer Forensics, and the principles that need to be            accuracy in your understanding of domain problems, related
observed by the computer forensic investigator in order to        theories and methodologies appropriate to your specialist
successfully identify, secure, analyse and present digital        area.
evidence. In this advanced level elective unit we focus on
the principles which direct the collection, analysis and          Credit points: 12   Campus: Gardens Point
presentation of the electronic or digital evidence available to
a forensic investigator, and the techniques that are used in      INN605 Advanced Research 1
order to ensure that those principles are met for evidentiary     The aim of this unit is to broaden your understanding of
requirements.                                                     potential research topics and methods and support you in
                                                                  developing essential skills that enable clarity and focus in
Assumed knowledge: INN255 is assumed knowledge.                   investigating IT research; rigour in evaluating claims and
INN250 and INN251 should be enrolled in the same                  accuracy in your understanding of domain problems, related
teaching period. Equivalents: ITN774 Credit points:               theories and methodologies appropriate to your specialist
12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point                area.
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                  Assumed knowledge: Completion of 48 credit points of
INN570 Internationalisation of Software                           Postgraduate IT units is assumed knowledge.  Credit
Software is now a global market, and developers need to be        points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
able to produce applications that can be used in many             2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
different cultures and nations. There is a significant body of
enabling technology that allows efficient and cost effective      INN606 Advanced Research 2
development of applications that can be used in diverse           The aim of this unit is to broaden your understanding of
contexts. Understanding the principles and the technologies       potential research topics and methods and support you in
involved in internationalisation and localisation is essential    developing essential skills that enable clarity and focus in
for companies seeking to go global or that are already            investigating IT research; rigour in evaluating claims and
global.                                                           accuracy in your understanding of domain problems, related
                                                                  theories and methodologies appropriate to your specialist




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2927
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

area.                                                               to participate in industry seminars, fieldtrips, work
                                                                    placements and career mentoring. The development of your
Assumed knowledge: Completion of 48 credit points of                understanding of reflective practice will help you build your
Postgraduate IT units is assumed knowledge.  Credit                 own Student ePortfolio to document your insights into and
points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                   your experiences in the information profession. The unit is
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                           structured as a sequence of six modules, completed as you
                                                                    progress through the course.
INN607 Advanced Research 3                                          Equivalents: ITN280-2        Credit points: 2      Campus:
The aim of this unit is to broaden your understanding of            Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010
potential research topics and methods and support you in            SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
developing essential skills that enable clarity and focus in
investigating IT research; rigour in evaluating claims and          INN632-3 Professional Practice
accuracy in your understanding of domain problems, related          This unit has been developed as an overarching unit in the
theories and methodologies appropriate to your specialist           IT70 Master of Information Management program, to
area.                                                               establish meaningful links between the various units of
                                                                    study and to introduce you to contemporary professional
Assumed knowledge: Completion of 48 credit points of                practice in information agencies. The unit focuses on your
Postgraduate IT units is assumed knowledge.  Credit                 own personal and professional development, enabling you
points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                   to participate in industry seminars, fieldtrips, work
2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                           placements and career mentoring. The development of your
                                                                    understanding of reflective practice will help you build your
INN610 Case Studies in Enterprise Systems                           own Student ePortfolio to document your insights into and
This unit seeks to develop business process analysts                your experiences in the information profession. The unit is
capable of working as consultants. It seeks to develop the          structured as a sequence of six modules, completed as you
generic skills expected in graduates and in particular to           progress through the course.
develop better interpersonal skills, better written and oral        Equivalents: ITN280-3        Credit points: 2      Campus:
communication skills, skills in conflict resolution, negotiation,   Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010
project planning and project management. You will learn to          SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
identify, analyse and consider interdependencies. You will
increase your awareness for the challenges of teamwork.             INN632-4 Professional Practice
The projects also allow you to apply the theoretical                This unit has been developed as an overarching unit in the
knowledge gained in the pre-requisite unit to real practical        IT70 Master of Information Management program, to
problems. Overall, you will get insights into the skills, tools     establish meaningful links between the various units of
and services of consultants.                                        study and to introduce you to contemporary professional
                                                                    practice in information agencies. The unit focuses on your
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point              Teaching       own personal and professional development, enabling you
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                  to participate in industry seminars, fieldtrips, work
                                                                    placements and career mentoring. The development of your
INN632-1 Professional Practice                                      understanding of reflective practice will help you build your
This unit has been developed as an overarching unit in the          own Student ePortfolio to document your insights into and
IT70 Master of Information Management program, to                   your experiences in the information profession. The unit is
establish meaningful links between the various units of             structured as a sequence of six modules, completed as you
study and to introduce you to contemporary professional             progress through the course.
practice in information agencies. The unit focuses on your          Equivalents: ITN280-4        Credit points: 2      Campus:
own personal and professional development, enabling you             Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010
to participate in industry seminars, fieldtrips, work               SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
placements and career mentoring. The development of your
understanding of reflective practice will help you build your       INN632-5 Professional Practice
own Student ePortfolio to document your insights into and           This unit has been developed as an overarching unit in the
your experiences in the information profession. The unit is         IT70 Master of Information Management program, to
structured as a sequence of six modules, completed as you           establish meaningful links between the various units of
progress through the course.                                        study and to introduce you to contemporary professional
Equivalents: ITN280-1        Credit points: 2      Campus:          practice in information agencies. The unit focuses on your
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010                own personal and professional development, enabling you
SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                                  to participate in industry seminars, fieldtrips, work
                                                                    placements and career mentoring. The development of your
INN632-2 Professional Practice                                      understanding of reflective practice will help you build your
This unit has been developed as an overarching unit in the          own Student ePortfolio to document your insights into and
IT70 Master of Information Management program, to                   your experiences in the information profession. The unit is
establish meaningful links between the various units of             structured as a sequence of six modules, completed as you
study and to introduce you to contemporary professional             progress through the course.
practice in information agencies. The unit focuses on your          Equivalents: ITN280-5        Credit points: 2      Campus:
own personal and professional development, enabling you             Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2928
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
                                                                  INN690 Minor Project 1
INN632-6 Professional Practice                                    The aims of this unit are to help you acquire necessary skills
This unit has been developed as an overarching unit in the        in a problem domain, and to enable you to conduct a well-
IT70 Master of Information Management program, to                 defined project with specific outcomes within a precisely
establish meaningful links between the various units of           defined project plan. This unit also teaches you how to
study and to introduce you to contemporary professional           prepare a well written project report.
practice in information agencies. The unit focuses on your
own personal and professional development, enabling you           Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit
to participate in industry seminars, fieldtrips, work             points of Postgraduate level IT units is assumed knowledge.
placements and career mentoring. The development of your           Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
understanding of reflective practice will help you build your     period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
own Student ePortfolio to document your insights into and
your experiences in the information profession. The unit is       INN691 Minor Project 2
structured as a sequence of six modules, completed as you         The aims of this unit are to help you acquire necessary skills
progress through the course.                                      in a problem domain, and to enable you to conduct a well-
Equivalents: ITN280-6        Credit points: 2      Campus:        defined project with specific outcomes within a precisely
Gardens Point      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010              defined project plan. This unit also teaches you how to
SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                                prepare a well written project report.

INN650 Advanced Network Management                                Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit
Computer networks are an essential component of modern            points of Postgraduate level IT units is assumed knowledge.
civilization. Students undertaking this unit will have             Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
previously learned the fundamental theory and practical           period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
aspects of network administration and management. This
unit builds upon that foundation and extends the knowledge        INN692 Minor Project 3
and skills to enterprise wide networks which are significantly    The aims of this unit are to help you acquire necessary skills
more complex than small networks. Security of enterprise          in a problem domain, and to enable you to conduct a well-
wide networks is an important issue in this unit, along with      defined project with specific outcomes within a precisely
network management systems.                                       defined project plan. This unit also teaches you how to
                                                                  prepare a well written project report.
Assumed knowledge: INB351, INN351, ITN721 or ITB721
is assumed knowledge. Equivalents: ITN771 Credit                  Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit
points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                 points of Postgraduate level IT units is assumed knowledge.
2010 SEM-1                                                         Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                  period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
INN651 Security Technologies
This unit aims to provide you with the knowledge to               INN693 Project
investigate and determine the security requirements for           The aims of this unit are to help you acquire necessary skills
computer systems and networks and to understand the               in a problem domain, and to enable you to conduct a well-
underlying issues and problems. In addition, this unit aims       defined project with specific outcomes within a precisely
to enable you to investigate, evaluate and select the most        defined project plan. This unit also teaches you how to
appropriate security technologies for specific situations.        prepare a well written project report.

Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching      Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                points of Postgraduate level IT units is assumed knowledge.
                                                                   Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
INN652 Advanced Cryptology                                        period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under
appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in          INN694-1 Project 1
your course to date and to execute a substantial                  This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under
development project in advanced cryptology. The ability to        appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in
apply technical knowledge and skills to real-life situations is   your course to date and to execute a substantial
essential for information technology professionals. A             development project. The ability to apply technical
substantial project, under academic supervision, will             knowledge and skills to real-life situations is essential for
develop your initiative and ability to apply your knowledge       information technology professionals. A substantial project,
and skills in a professional capacity. Completing the project     under academic supervision, will develop your initiative and
will also enable you to appreciate the complementary nature       ability to apply your knowledge and skills in a professional
of the course material in total, particularly the need for        capacity. Completing the project will also enable you to
careful project management.                                       appreciate the complementary nature of the course material
                                                                  in total, particularly the need for careful project
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point             Teaching      management.
period: 2010 SEM-2




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2929
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit              INN700 Introduction To Research
points of Postgraduate level units is assumed knowledge.         This unit is aimed at those seeking to undertake a major
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                 research project. Except in unusual circumstances, you
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                      should have a project in mind and have organised a
                                                                 supervisor.
INN694-2 Project
This unit gives you the opportunity to apply, under              Assumed knowledge: Must be con-currently enrolled in
appropriate guidance, the knowledge and skills gained in         either full-time or psrt-time Higher Research Degree (i.e.
your course to date and to execute a substantial                 PhD, ProDoc, Research Masters, or Honours) or, if
development project. The ability to apply technical              coursework masters then a 48cp research project. In all
knowledge and skills to real-life situations is essential for    instances, must have a formal Principle Supervisor
information technology professionals. A substantial project,     Equivalents: ITN100 Other requisites: Unit Coodinator
under academic supervision, will develop your initiative and     Approval and a course GPA of at least 5.5 is required to
ability to apply your knowledge and skills in a professional     enrol. Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
capacity. Completing the project will also enable you to         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010
appreciate the complementary nature of the course material       SUM
in total, particularly the need for careful project
management.                                                      INN701 Advanced Research Topics
                                                                 This unit is designed to allow for the significant development
Prerequisites: INN694-1            Assumed knowledge:            of, or emphasis in, information systems not dealt with in
Completion of at least 48 credit points of Postgraduate level    other course units. Selected topics and study areas are
units is assumed knowledge.           Credit points: 12          offered as required and when the expertise is available. See
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1,               School of Information Systems announcements for details of
2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                          topics being offered.

INN695 Major Project                                             Equivalents: ITN269   Credit points: 12  Campus:
The aims of this unit are to help you acquire necessary skills   Gardens Point   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010
in a problem domain, and to enable you to conduct a well-        SEM-2 and 2010 SUM
defined project with specific outcomes within a precisely
defined project plan. This unit also teaches you how to          INR100-1 Thesis 1
prepare a well written project report.                           The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
                                                                 topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit              Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
points of Postgraduate level IT units is assumed knowledge.      ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
 Credit points: 48 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching                units will form the basis of a thesis.
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                      Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
                                                                 period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
INN696-1 Major Project 1
The aims of this unit are to help you acquire necessary skills   INR100-2 Thesis 1
in a problem domain, and to enable you to conduct a well-        The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
defined project with specific outcomes within a precisely        topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
defined project plan. This unit also teaches you how to          Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
prepare a well written project report.                           ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
                                                                 units will form the basis of a thesis.
Assumed knowledge: Completion of at least 48 credit              Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
points of Postgraduate level units is assumed knowledge.         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1, 2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                      INR100-3 Thesis 1
                                                                 The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
INN696-2 Major Project 2                                         topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
The aims of this unit are to help you acquire necessary skills   Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
in a problem domain, and to enable you to conduct a well-        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
defined project with specific outcomes within a precisely        units will form the basis of a thesis.
defined project plan. This unit also teaches you how to          Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
prepare a well written project report.                           period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

Prerequisites: INN696-1            Assumed knowledge:            INR100-4 Thesis 1
Completion of at least 48 credit points of Postgraduate level    The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
units is assumed knowledge.           Credit points: 24          topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1,               Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
2010 SEM-2 and 2010 SUM                                          ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
                                                                 units will form the basis of a thesis.
                                                                 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2930
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR100-5 Thesis 1                                              INR200-4 Thesis 2
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR100-6 Thesis 1                                              INR200-5 Thesis 2
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR100-7 Thesis 1                                              INR200-6 Thesis 2
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR100-8 Thesis 1                                              INR200-7 Thesis 2
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR200-1 Thesis 2                                              INR200-8 Thesis 2
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR200-2 Thesis 2                                              INR300-1 Thesis 3
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR200-3 Thesis 2                                              INR300-2 Thesis 3
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2931
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR300-3 Thesis 3                                              INR400-4 Thesis 4
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR300-4 Thesis 3                                              INR400-5 Thesis 4
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR300-5 Thesis 3                                              INR400-6 Thesis 4
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR300-6 Thesis 3                                              INR400-7 Thesis 4
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR400-1 Thesis 4                                              INR400-8 Thesis 4
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR400-2 Thesis 4                                              INR500-1 Thesis 5
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR400-3 Thesis 4                                              INR500-2 Thesis 5
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2932
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR500-3 Thesis 5                                              INR500-10 Thesis 5
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The unit involves the design and development of a thesis
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         units will form the basis of a thesis.
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2

INR500-4 Thesis 5                                              INS010 Full Year Co-operative Education
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The Cooperative Education Program offered by the Faculty
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              of Information Technology (also referred to within QUT as
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       the Work-integrated Learning Program) will give you on-the-
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        job experience through a one-year paid placement with one
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         of our industry partners. Participation in the Cooperative
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Education Program offers you a real-world IT setting in
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              which you can integrate and apply the skills you have
                                                               already developed to this point in your course. It will also
INR500-5 Thesis 5                                              give you the opportunity for personal growth by allowing you
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       to identify the complete range of both technical and non-
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              technical skills that you may need to enhance or develop in
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       order to have a successful career in the IT industry.
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         Antirequisites: INB300 Credit points: 24 Campus:
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              SEM-2

INR500-6 Thesis 5                                              INS011 Co-operative Education 1
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The Cooperative Education Program offered by the Faculty
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              of Information Technology (also referred to within QUT as
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       the Work-integrated Learning Program) will give you on-the-
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        job experience through a one-year paid placement with one
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         of our industry partners. Participation in the Cooperative
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Education Program offers you a real-world IT setting in
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              which you can integrate and apply the skills you have
                                                               already developed to this point in your course. It will also
INR500-7 Thesis 5                                              give you the opportunity for personal growth by allowing you
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       to identify the complete range of both technical and non-
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              technical skills that you may need to enhance or develop in
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       order to have a successful career in the IT industry.
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         Antirequisites: INB300 Credit points: 12 Campus:
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              SEM-2

INR500-8 Thesis 5                                              INS012 Co-operative Education 2
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       The Cooperative Education Program offered by the Faculty
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              of Information Technology (also referred to within QUT as
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       the Work-integrated Learning Program) will give you on-the-
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100        job experience through a one-year paid placement with one
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         of our industry partners. Participation in the Cooperative
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Education Program offers you a real-world IT setting in
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                              which you can integrate and apply the skills you have
                                                               already developed to this point in your course. It will also
INR500-9 Thesis 5                                              give you the opportunity for personal growth by allowing you
The unit involves the design and development of a thesis       to identify the complete range of both technical and non-
topic. Together with ITN100 and the corresponding              technical skills that you may need to enhance or develop in
Literature Review, this unit provides the foundation for       order to have a successful career in the IT industry.
ongoing work, and in conjunction with subsequent ITR100
units will form the basis of a thesis.                         Antirequisites: INB300 Credit points: 12 Campus:
Credit points: 24 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching               Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2933
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SEM-2                                                           layer 2 related technologies. This unit provides you with
                                                                advanced level of study on WAN technologies.
INS020 Professional Experience (Undergraduate)
Advanced Standing may be applied for                            Prerequisites: INS351      Assumed knowledge:
Professional/Industry Experience. For instructions on how to    INS350,CCNA 1/2/3/4 are recommended prior study
a p p l y ,        p l e a s e         r e f e r       t o :    Equivalents: ITS703   Credit points: 12  Campus:
www.scitech.qut.edu.au/documents/study/courses/vre/INS0         Gardens Point   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
20.pdf
Antirequisites: INB300 Credit points: 12 Campus:                INS353 CCNP 2: Building Multi Layered Switched
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010              Networks
SEM-2                                                           This unit provides more knowledge and practical skills on
                                                                building multi-layered switched networks. The aim of the
INS040 Professional Experience (Postgraduate)                   unit is to provide professional knowledge and skills focusing
Advanced Standing may be applied for                            on multi layered switched networks.
Professional/Industry Experience. For application
instructions,            please        refer        to:         Prerequisites: INS352 Equivalents: ITS704 Credit
www.scitech.qut.edu.au/documents/study/courses/vre/INS0         points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
40.pdf                                                          2010 SEM-2

Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point           Teaching      INS354 CCNP3: Building Multi Layered Switched
period: 2010 SEM-1                                              Networks
                                                                This unit is the second step to a Cisco career certification
INS350 CCNA 1&2 Network Fundamentals and Routing                path. It provides more knowledge and practical skills on
This unit provides in-demand Internet technology skills for     securing enterprise networks with various security
designing, building and maintaining networks. Combining         technologies. The aim of this unit is to provide professional
instructor-led, online education with hands-on laboratory       knowledge and skills focusing on securing LANs and WANs
exercises, the curriculum enables students to apply what        environment.
they learn in class while working on actual networks. From
building basic networking skills to advanced VLAN               Prerequisites: INS351 Assumed knowledge: INS350
troubleshooting, the Networking Academy curriculum              and INS351 are recommended prior study Equivalents:
prepares students for industry certification that lead to       ITS705 Credit points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point
lifelong opportunities. Particular emphasis is given to using   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
decision-making and problem-solving techniques in the
application of science, mathematics, communication and          INS355 CCNP 4: Optimising Converged Networks
social studies concepts to solve networking problems.           This unit provides more knowledge and practical skills on
                                                                optimising converged networks. The aim of the unit is to
Equivalents: ITS701, ITS601, ITB011, ITN011 Credit              provide professional knowledge and skills focusing on
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week    Campus:              converged networks.
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
SEM-2                                                           Prerequisites: INS354 Credit points: 12            Contact
                                                                hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point           Teaching
INS351 CCNA 3&4 Lan Switching                                   period: 2010 SEM-2
This unit is the second step to a Cisco career certification
path. The aim of this unit is to prepare students for the       INS450 CCNA 1 and 2 Network Fundamentals and
topics covered in Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices      Routing
Part 2 (ICND2) v1.0 (640-816) and Cisco Certified Network       This unit provides in-demand Internet technology skills for
Associate Exam (CCNA 640-802). The ICND exam is one of          designing, building and maintaining networks. Combining
the two qualifying exams available to candidates pursuing a     instructor-led, online education with hands-on laboratory
two-exam option for the Cisco Certified Network Associate       exercises, the curriculum enables students to apply what
(CCNA) certification and CCNA 640-802, single-exam              they learn in class while working on actual networks. From
option for the Cisco Certified Network Associate CCNA           building basic networking skills to advanced VLAN
certification.                                                  troubleshooting, the Networking Academy curriculum
                                                                prepares students for industry certification that lead to
Prerequisites: INS350     Antirequisites: ITB011                lifelong opportunities. Particular emphasis is given to using
Equivalents: ITS602 and ITS702 and ITB012    Credit             decision-making and problem-solving techniques in the
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week    Campus:              application of science, mathematics, communication and
Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010              social studies concepts to solve networking problems.
SEM-2
                                                                Equivalents: ITS701, ITS601, ITB011, ITN011 Credit
INS352 CCNP1: Building Scalable Internetworks                   points: 12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
This unit is the second step to a Cisco career certification    2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
path. It provides more knowledge and practical skills on
Wide Area Network through various routing protocols and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2934
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

INS451 CCNA 3 and 4 Lan Switching
This unit is the second step to a Cisco career certification    ITD001 Problem Solving and Programming
path. The aim of this unit is to prepare students for the       This unit aims to give you a positive introduction to the
topics covered in Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices      analytical skills required in computer programming. It
Part 2 (ICND2) v1.0 (640-816) and Cisco Certified Network       assumes you have little or no previous programming
Associate Exam (CCNA 640-802). The ICND exam is one of          experience. The unit emphasises generic programming
the two qualifying exams available to candidates pursuing a     concepts and related problem-solving strategies. The skills
two-exam option for the Cisco Certified Network Associate       you learn in the unit will be applicable to a wide variety of
(CCNA) certification and CCNA 640-802, single-exam              commonly-used, industrially-significant programming and
option for the Cisco Certified Network Associate CCNA           scripting languages
certification.                                                  Equivalents: ITD111         Credit points: 12       Contact
                                                                hours: 4      Campus: Kelvin Grove
Prerequisites: INS450 which can be studied in the same
teaching period as INS451 Equivalents: ITS702, ITS602           ITD002 IT Professional Studies
 Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 3 per week               This unit aims to develop your professional skills and
Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1               capabilities by providing theoretical and practical
and 2010 SEM-2                                                  opportunities in the following areas: how IT teams operate,
                                                                effective oral and written communication, team meeting
INS452 CCNP1: Building Scalable Internetworks                   processes and procedures, ethical and social
This unit is the second step to a Cisco career certification    responsibilities of the IT professional, information literacy
path. It provides more knowledge and practical skills on        and traits for life long learning. Demonstrable competency in
Wide Area Network through various routing protocols and         these areas will be an expectation in subsequent units and
layer 2 related technologies. This unit provides you with       will be developed further in them.
advanced level of study on WAN technologies.                    Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 Campus: Kelvin
                                                                Grove
Prerequisites: INS451 Equivalents: ITS703 Credit
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week  Campus:                ITD003 Object Oriented Programming
Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                    Object Oriented Programming aims to develop your
                                                                software design and development skills gained in ITD001,
INS453 CCNP 2: Building Multi Layered Switched                  taking you from procedural programming and problem
Networks                                                        solving into an Object Oriented approach. This unit is
This unit provides more knowledge and practical skills on       required by all IT majors, and is designed to be
building multi-layered switched networks. The aim of the        complimentary to ITB008 Modelling, Analysis and Design.
unit is to provide professional knowledge and skills focusing   You will use industry standard design approaches coupled
on multi layered switched networks.                             with an industrial strength programming language to design
                                                                and implement a real-life software application. Along the
Prerequisites: INS452 Equivalents: ITS704 Credit                way, you will gain a solid foundation in the principals of
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week  Campus:                OOP, including encapsulation, polymorphism and
Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                    inheritance, allowing you to solve real-world problems using
                                                                the Object-Oriented design paradigm.
INS454 CCNP3: Building Multi Layered Switched                   Prerequisites: ITD001 Equivalents: ITD112 Credit
Networks                                                        points: 12 Contact hours: 4 Campus: Kelvin Grove
This unit is the second step to a Cisco career certification
path. It provides more knowledge and practical skills on        ITD004 Database Systems
securing enterprise networks with various security              The aim of this unit is to introduce you to the structure and
technologies. The aim of this unit is to provide professional   role of databases in modern businesses.
knowledge and skills focusing on securing LANs and WANs         Equivalents: ITD115          Credit points: 12       Contact
environment.                                                    hours: 4 per week         Campus: Kelvin Grove

Prerequisites: INS451 Equivalents: ITS705 Credit                ITD005 Systems Architecture
points: 12    Contact hours: 3 per week  Campus:                The aims of this unit are twofold. First is to introduce you to
Gardens Point    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                    the challenging field of Systems Architecture and provide
                                                                you with practical skills in using a range of modern
INS455 CCNP4: Optimising Converged Networks                     computer operating systems through the presentation of
This unit provides more knowledge and practical skills on       case studies involving current technology and their
optimising converged networks. The aim of the unit is to        relationship and interconnection within a contemporary
provide professional knowledge and skills focusing on           computer systems architecture; and
converged networks.                                             secondly, to provide you with sufficient knowledge to enable
                                                                you at the completion of this unit, to make informed choices
Prerequisites: INS454 Credit points: 12            Contact      about areas of specialisation within your degree and be well
hours: 3 per week Campus: Gardens Point           Teaching      prepared to undertake specialist units of your choice.
period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                Credit points: 12    Contact hours: 4 per week       Campus:




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2935
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Kelvin Grove                                                        courts, and corrections.

ITD006 Networks                                                     Equivalents: JSB136   Credit points: 12 Contact
The aim of the unit is to provide an introductory study of          hours: 3    Campus: Gardens Point and External
computer networks within the IT profession.                         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Equivalents: ITD114, ITD510         Credit points: 12
Contact hours: 4 per week        Campus: Kelvin Grove               JSB175 Social Ethics and the Justice System
                                                                    It is essential for those employed within the justice system
JSB170 Introduction to Criminology and Policing                     be able to competently and confidently work at the borders
Equivalents: JSB131, JSB011, JSB101 Credit points:                  between ethics and the law. Ethical ability will enable
12 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010                      practitioners to critically assess the moral status of current
SEM-1                                                               laws, to interpret acceptable standards of behaviour in
                                                                    situations not covered by the laws, and to develop shared
JSB171 Justice and Society                                          understandings of moral responsibility in justice
The Justice degree is about producing competent justice             organizations and the wider community.
professionals. In order to achieve this purpose, this degree        Equivalents: JSB134           Credit points: 12      Contact
combines knowledge of the criminal justice system with an           hours: 3        Campus: Gardens Point and External
understanding and appreciation of the complexities of social        Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
justice. The purpose of this unit is to introduce students to
the structural parameters of social justice.                        JSB176 Criminal Law in Context
Equivalents: JSB131, JSB011, JSB101 Credit points:                  Justice students work, or hope to work, as justice
12     Contact hours: 3      Campus: Gardens Point and              professionals in areas related to the Criminal Justice
External    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                             System or Human Rights. They need an understanding of
                                                                    fundamental principles of criminal law and of social justice
JSB172 Professional Criminological Research Skills                  issues related to criminal law. Laypeople may assume that
There are a range of skills which are essential for students        the law is shaped by rational decisions aimed at reducing
studying the Bachelor of Justice degree. This unit                  crime and punishing wrongdoing, when in fact a closer
introduces basic skills in research and written                     examination of the policy underpinnings, the substance of
communication in order to lay a successful foundation for           the law and the way in which it is applied demonstrates that
academic and professional achievement                               such an analysis is overly simplistic. A deeper
Equivalents: JSB132, JSB012, JSB104 Credit points:                  understanding of the forces that shape the law and the way
12   Contact hours: 3        Campus: Gardens Point and              the law's application can distort its policy objectives is
External   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                              essential to those who wish to contribute to more effective
                                                                    laws.
JSB173 Understanding the Criminal Justice System                    Equivalents: JSB242, JSB024, JSB204 Credit points:
The Justice Studies degree is about producing competent             12    Contact hours: 3       Campus: Gardens Point and
justice professionals. In order to achieve this purpose, this       External     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
degree combines knowledge of the criminal justice system
with an understanding and appreciation of the complexities          JSB177 Crimes of Violence
of social justice. This unit provides a clear overview and          Justice students work, or hope to work, as justice
critical examination of the Australian criminal justice system.     professionals in areas related to the criminal justice system
Equivalents: JSB135, JSB015, JSB202 Credit points:                  or human rights. They need an understanding of
12      Contact hours: 3      Campus: Gardens Point and             fundamental principles of criminal law and of social justice
External     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                            issues related to criminal law. Students undertaking the
                                                                    Criminology and Policing major need to understand issues
JSB174 Forensic Psychology and the Law                              of criminal procedure and due process, as well as specific
Forensic Psychology is readily acknowledged as one of the           contexts of criminal law.
fastest growing areas of psychology in the world.
Psychologists are now involved significantly in policing,           Crimes of violence provides students with an understanding
judicial procedures and correctional processes. The term            of the forces that shape this area of the law and the
'forensic' literally means 'of or used in law courts' (Australian   rationales for its implementation.
Oxford Paperback Dictionary). The term 'psychology and
the law', however, is now used more generally to describe           Equivalents: JSB138        Credit points: 12
the different ways in which psychology and law intersect -
namely the psychology of the law, psychology in the law,            JSB271 Policy Governance and Justice
and psychology by the law. By its very nature the study of          This unit will enable you to become familiar with policy-
psychology and law draws from a wide multi-disciplinary             making practices and wider issues of governance. The unit
base for the application of specialised knowledge. As a             aims to introduce the theory and practice of public policy
student of this                                                     with an emphasis on policy issues relevant to criminal and
discipline area, you will need a broad introductory                 social justice. It analyses processes in policy development
appreciation of (and a critical perspective on) what the study      such as policy formation, writing, implementation and
of psychology and the law involves and what it has to offer         evaluation. You will gain tools for participating in policy
across the three criminal justice domains of the police, the        development processes in both the public and community




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2936
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

sectors.                                                             work in the justice system have an understanding of
Equivalents: JSB251, JSB081   Credit points: 12                      contemporary Indigenous justice issues. All justice
Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point and External                  professionals require a sound grasp of the unique aspects
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                         of Indigenous culture and society which impact upon the
                                                                     interaction of Indigenous people with the justice system.
JSB272 Theories of Crime                                             The operation of both the criminal and civil justice systems
The main aim of this unit is to introduce the student to the         in Australia has, at times, been characterised by inequity,
study of theoretical criminology. This unit will address the         intolerance and ignorance in the development and
social context of crime but is not exclusively sociological.         implementation of policies directed towards Indigenous
The study of criminology is essentially multi-disciplinary and       people. This unit explores the major areas of interaction
this is reflected in the diversity of theoretical approaches.        between Indigenous Australians and the justice and legal
Theory is typically offered as distinct from methods of              systems and seeks to raise awareness of those factors
research, however, together they provide the foundation for          which inhibit the formulation of sound policy and practice.
policy and practice. The unit provides an analytical                 Equivalents: JSB352         Credit points: 12       Contact
framework in order to critically assess the epistemological          hours: 3       Campus: Gardens Point and External
claims and justifications found in criminological theory.            Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Criminological theories are viewed embedded governmental
practices aimed at ensuring the regulation and control of            JSB372 Youth Justice
particular 'problem populations'.                                    This unit is concerned with the way in which a 'youth crime
Antirequisites: JSN113 Equivalents: JSB231, JSB018                   problem' is constructed and the implications of this for
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens                   particular cohorts of young people in contemporary
Point and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                       Australia. It is also concerned with the administration and
                                                                     management of youth crime through formal systems
JSB273 Crime Research Methods                                        designed to prevent and reduce unlawful acts. Particular
This subject builds upon research skills acquired in first year      attention is drawn to the historical development of youth
study and is thus intended to provide knowledge and skills           justice in Australia and to the changing nature of youth
in research design and methodology for use in the fields of          crime control across jurisdictions. Contemporary
criminal justice, justice administration and criminology. The        articulations of youth crime control are examined in relation
aims of this unit are three-fold. First, to revisit issues central   to Queensland's system of youth justice, particularly as this
to the research process. Second, to introduce students to a          relates to young indigenous people, young women and
variety of research design models, data collection                   those from various social classes and ethnic groups.
techniques and data analyses. Third, to give students the            Theoretically, the unit takes as its starting point a
practical skills in writing a research proposal, carrying out a      genealogical analysis that focuses on questions of
research project and reporting the research results. This            knowledge, power, regulation and discipline. These are
subject, offered as a compulsory primary major unit in both          discussed in relation to the contemporary government of
the Criminology and Policing primary majors and sets the             young people in Australia and other 'western' countries.
foundation for research in the justice honours program.              Equivalents: JSB232, JSB041            Credit points: 12
Equivalents: JSB933, JSB043               Credit points: 12          Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point and External
Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point and External                   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                     JSB373 Crime and Punishment
JSB274 Policing in Context                                           This unit sets out to examine punishment and correction in
This unit studies the diverse roles, duties, powers and              contemporary Western society. What does contemporary
problems of policing in Australia with the primary focus on          corrections look like? In the last decade, across the Western
sworn police officers and also the approaches of policing in         world, there has been a massive growth in prisoner
Australia across three key sections. The first section called        numbers and in the industry of corrections, and a
'Principles of Policing', comprises of four modules that cover       decreasing use of community alternatives to prison.What
the principle knowledge needed for understanding the                 does the near future hold? More prisons or less? More
policing history, context and structure in Australia. The            community corrections or less? Technological
second section is 'Specialisation' which focusses in closer          developments, increasing privatisation and expanding
detail the actual skills, tasks and operations that police are       captive labour forces all have implications for the future of
expected to engage in as part of their core skill                    the prison. Technologies of surveillance look set to play a
requirements. In the final section, 'Issues', the module             greater role in community corrections, and may lead to a
reflects on contemporary issues that are enhancing the task          further widening of the net of social control. To what extent
of police work and may potentially change its areas of               will political and economic imperatives, rather than wide and
specialisation.                                                      open social discourse, dictate the future of our corrections
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens                   systems? Should our response to crime be based on
Point and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                       punishment?
                                                                     Antirequisites: JSB233, JSB331 Credit points: 12
JSB371 Indigenous Justice                                            Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point and External
In the context of increasing public and institutional concern         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
for the recognition of the political, social, cultural and legal
rights of Indigenous peoples, it is essential that those who




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2937
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

JSB374 Crime Prevention                                              12   Contact hours: 3   Campus: Gardens Point and
The aim of this unit is threefold. First, the unit will discuss in   External  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
detail the complex relationship which exists between the
crime problem, the creation of criminality and traditional           JSB378 Drugs and Crime
responses to crime. Second, the unit will discuss crime              Drugs, both legal and illegal, present many challenges to
prevention strategies that are broader than the traditional          individuals, their families and communities as well as the
criminal justice response as well as explore the                     criminal justice and health systems in Australia. This course
appropriateness or otherwise of blanket responses to crime.          examines issues and inter-relationships between drugs and
Finally, the unit will consider the issue of how the interests       crime. The course includes a detailed examination of drug
of victims of crime may be adequately addressed both                 use in Australia, including trends, patterns of usage and
within and outside the criminal justice system.                      explanations for illicit drug use. A concentrated examination
Antirequisites: JSN112 Equivalents: JSB333, JSB044                   of the relationships between drugs and crime is a key focus
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens                   as well as the current state of policy responses to drug
Point and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                       control and prevention in Australia and internationally.
                                                                     Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
JSB375 Investigative Knowledge: People and Systems
in Policing                                                          JSB414-1 Thesis 1
This unit is concerned with 'investigative knowledge' and            A research thesis is the major component of the Honours
'expert systems' that have been developed to create and              course. It provides students with an opportunity to conceive,
integrate such policing knowledge. In general "crime                 design and execute a major research project with specialist
investigation is a seriously under-researched field" (Wright,        supervision. This unit in conjunction with thesis 2, 3 and 4 is
2002:79) and specialised areas within the investigation              a major part of the Honours program and begins the
process per se also lack substantive research. The specific          process of thesis conceptualisation and formulation. This
focus of the unit is on looking at expert systems that fall          unit provides the preparation for the honours dissertation.
within the Knowledge Management arena with regard to                 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: In consultation with
how they relate to criminal profiling and                            Supervisor Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
cognitive/investigative psychology.                                  2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Prerequisites: JSB274         Credit points: 12     Contact
hours: 3       Campus: Gardens Point and External                    JSB414-2 Thesis 2
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                          A research thesis is the major component of the Honours
                                                                     course. It provides students with an opportunity to conceive,
JSB376 Information Management and Analysis                           design and execute a major research project with specialist
The policing role within society is continually changing, and        supervision. This unit in conjunction with thesis 1, 3 and 4 is
since the advent of information technology the use of                a major part of the Honours program and begins the
various hardware and software have become a basic                    process of thesis conceptualisation and formulation. This
requirement of the policing organisations. It is through the         unit provides the preparation for the honours dissertation.
inputting and analysis of respective data that a police or law       Credit points: 12 Contact hours: In consultation with
enforcement organisation can monitor the development of              Supervisor Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
crime trends or criminal linkages or associations with the aid       2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
of computer technology. The aim of this unit of study is to
expose you to the computer software being utilised within            JSB414-3 Thesis 3
the professions. The unit also seeks to provide the student          A research thesis is the major component of the Honours
with the ability to process and analyse data utilising the           course. It provides students with an opportunity to conceive,
selected software packages and subsequently proposing                design and execute a major research project with specialist
solutions to problems evidenced from the data analysis.              supervision. This unit in conjunction with thesis 1, 2 and 4 is
Antirequisites: JSN106 Credit points: 12 Contact                     a major part of the Honours program and begins the
hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:                      process of thesis conceptualisation and formulation. This
2010 SEM-2                                                           unit provides the preparation for the honours dissertation.
                                                                     Credit points: 12 Contact hours: In consultation with
JSB377 Intelligence and Security                                     supervisor Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
Policing is increasingly taking a leading role in investigations     2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
with analysts setting a direction for criminal investigation
teams. The unit exposes you to the essentials of the                 JSB414-4 Thesis 4
intelligence system, the intelligence process and creative           A research thesis is the major component of the Honours
problem solving skills. Intelligence professionals are also          course. It provides students with an opportunity to conceive,
concerned with support to government, the private sector             design and execute a major research project with specialist
and the community. Intelligence offers an advantage                  supervision. This unit in conjunction with thesis 1, 2, and 3
through the provision of accurate and timely advice.                 is a major part of the Honours program and begins the
Intelligence requires proficiency in thinking strategies and         process of thesis conceptualisation and formulation. This
skills, interpersonal effectiveness skills, teamwork and             unit provides the preparation for the honours dissertation.
application of intelligence process methodologies in a               Credit points: 12 Contact hours: In consultation with
variety of cultural contexts.                                        supervisor Campus: Gardens Point Teaching period:
Equivalents: JSB243, JSB061, JSB211 Credit points:                   2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2938
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  JSB975 Independent Study
JSB415 Advanced Research Management                               The independent study represents an individual piece of
Employment as a researcher in government departments              research completed under the guidance of an academic
and justice agencies and the successful undertaking of            supervisor. It may be a research study which makes a
higher degree study requires an ability to independently          contribution to the body of knowledge in your discipline area
design and execute complex research projects.                     or professional background, or a study in which you critically
                                                                  analyse and evaluate existing knowledge and produces
The Honours year is often the first time that students have       observations and conclusions of relevance to the particular
been required to research independently. An integral part of      field of study.
good research is the establishment of parameters within           Equivalents: JSB931, JSB092          Credit points: 12
which their research should proceed. Knowledge of the             Contact hours: In consultation with Supervisor Campus:
literature in and around the chosen topic is vital to             Gardens Point and External        Teaching period: 2010
establishing the basis of a good research project. This unit      SEM-1
will provide students with an opportunity to become
thoroughly familiar with the bibliography of specialised          JSB976 Independent Study
literature relevant to their nominated field of research and to   The independent study represents an individual piece of
conduct a comprehensive research pr                               research completed under the guidance of an academic
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens                supervisor. It may be a research study which makes a
Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                 contribution to the body of knowledge in your discipline area
                                                                  or professional background, or a study in which you critically
JSB571 Law and Education 1                                        analyse and evaluate existing knowledge and produces
This unit will provide you with the knowledge necessary to        observations and conclusions of relevance to the particular
deal with half of the curriculum for the Queensland Legal         field of study.
Studies, Senior Syllabus 2001. The intention of the unit is to    Equivalents: JSB931, JSB092          Credit points: 12
provide you with the core knowledge necessary to teach in         Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
this field rather than the teaching materials or skills. This
unit will only address half of the material with the remainder    JSB979 Forensic Scientific Evidence
being covered in Law and Education 2.                             The word 'forensic' once meant anything relating to a law
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Kelvin                 court. However today the term 'forensic science' refers to a
Grove and External                                                whole new subject: it means using science to solve legal
                                                                  issues. As science, and the many sub-disciplines of
JSB971 Gender Crime and the Criminal Justice System               science, are appearing in court with ever-increasing rapidity,
This unit examines the experiences and treatment of men           there is a clear need for scientists to understand the
and women as criminals, victims and workers within the            foundations to the law, the ways in which law reasons, the
criminal justice system by asking whether and how: a)             adversarial process, and the basics to the key area of
offending patterns vary according to gender, b) experiences       evidence law. The aim of this unit is first to provide you with
of victimisation differ for men and women, c) the treatment       an understanding of evidence law, with a particular
and experiences of male and female offenders, victims and         emphasis upon the foundations to reception of scientific
workers within the criminal justice system differ. Theories       evidence, and the ways in which expert scientific witnesses
about crime, victimisation and criminal justice practice in       are received in our courts. The unit aims to clarify the links
relation to gender are also explored as are intersections         between science and law, as well as to articulate the
between gender and Indigenous status. Recent                      differences between these two increasingly inter-twined
developments in criminal justice policy and practice that         disciplines.
could potentially effect future change with regard to gender      Equivalents: JSB937, JSB444             Credit points: 12
inequities are critically examined.                               Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point and External
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens                 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Point and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
                                                                  JSB980 Professional Placement
JSB974 Cyber-crime
Cybercrime is an elective unit which exposes students to          Equivalents: JSB934   Credit points: 12  Campus:
the essentials of cybercrime, the global perspective of what      Gardens Point   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
constitutes cybercrime and its associated risks that pervade
many environments, from the National Information                  JSB982 Transnational Crime
Infrastructure and the protection of Critical Infrastructure      The aim of this unit is to understand the social, political and
Protection through to the individual who utilises internet        legal issues that are associated with transnational crime
banking. Cyber terrorism is also considered along with            while also giving you a profile of the crimes themselves,
methods for counteracting the threats; and the new                their incidence statistics and primary locations. This unit
developments in policing and intelligence to utilise high-tech    seeks to further develop your skills in critical analysis,
solutions.                                                        problem solving, research, and writing. The unit is an
Antirequisites: JSN114 Credit points: 12 Contact                  elective to the Criminology and Investigations and Policing
hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point and External                       majors at the undergraduate level and is intended for
                                                                  second or third year students.




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2939
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The unit also aims to encourage you to develop your               related fields in order for them to not only process research
knowledge of international crime as well as provide you with      data but also to make sense of research results published in
the additional knowledge of how international institutions        reports, journals and other publications.
and states cooperate in seeking to eradicate transnational        Equivalents: JSN018, JSN163, JSP163, JSP063 Credit
crime. Issues such as the relationship between states, law        points: 12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching
and politics, as well as issues of poverty, responses to          period: 2010 SEM-1
crime and social issues concerning these crimes will also be
uncovered in this unit.                                           JSN103 Criminal Behaviour and Investigative Practice
                                                                  Credit points: 12  Campus: Internet and External
Antirequisites: JSN104 and JSB977 Credit points: 12               Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Contact hours: 3 Campus: Gardens Point and External
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                       JSN104 Transnational and Organised Crime
                                                                  Antirequisites: JSB982 Credit points: 12 Campus:
JSB983 White Collar Crime                                         Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Antirequisites: JSN105 Credit points: 12            Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                JSN105 White Collar Crime: Investigation and
                                                                  Prevention
JSB985 Political Violence and Terrorism                           Antirequisites: JSB983 Credit points: 12 Campus:
In this unit you will be taught the defining characteristics of   Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
terrorism and why it is described as both a political and
criminal act. During the unit you will be exposed to different    JSN106 Analytical Methods of Intelligence
types of terror tactics and will investigate particular terror    Antirequisites: JSB376 Credit points: 12 Campus:
groups that are currently operating on a national, regional       Gardens Point Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
and international scale. This unit will explore the
characteristics of terrorist organizations and examine how        JSN107 Security and Politics in South East Asia
recent developments in technology and finance allow               The aim of this unit is to develop your skills in critical
themto flourish. The unit will provide students with the          analysis, problem solving, research, and writing.
opportunity to critically engage with counter- terror tactics,    Furthermore, knowledge of the region in which Australia is
assess whether the tactics engage with the terror threat as       geographically positioned is of vital importance when
a political or criminal one, and evaluate their effectiveness.    profiling how Australia should seek its strategic security at
Antirequisites: JSN111 Credit points: 12 Teaching                 the regional and global level. In depth analysis of South
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                East Asia’s political, economic and social development will
                                                                  enable you to critically reflect on how security priorities are
JSB986 Death Investigation                                        in this region and how it impacts on Australia’s own strategic
                                                                  direction. The unit is an elective for those enrolled in the
Credit points: 12    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                  Master of Justice.
                                                                  Credit points: 12 Campus: Internet and External
JSN101 Justice and Human Rights
Arguments concerning perceived problems of justice and            JSN108 National Security and Intelligence
injustice usually reveal conflicting ideas about what justice
actually means both theoretically, and in practice. Justice       Equivalents: JSN164, JSP164, JSP065 Credit points:
and human rights go hand in hand both theoretically and in        12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching period:
the practice of law enforcement and other criminal justice        2010 SEM-2
professions. You will require a sophisticated level of
understanding of theories of justice and human rights in a        JSN109 Intelligence Practice 1
social and criminal context if you are to effectively apply in    Equivalents: JSN161, JSP161, JSP061 Credit points:
practice the content knowledge you have acquired in the           12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching period:
course of your post graduate study.                               2010 SEM-1
Equivalents: JSN001, JSP001, JSB411, LWN040 Credit
points: 12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching                 JSN110 Intelligence Practice 2
period: 2010 SEM-1                                                Equivalents: JSN162, JSP162, JSP067 Credit points:
                                                                  12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching period:
JSN102 Applied Data Analysis Techniques For                       2010 SEM-2
Criminology and Criminal Justice
The content of this Unit is based on an assumption that           JSN111 Terrorism and Political Violence
students have a solid knowledge of research                       Antirequisites: JSB985 Credit points: 12 Campus:
methodologies. This includes: an understanding of                 Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
qualitative and quantitative research paradigms; principles
of sampling; and various methods of collecting data. This         JSN112 Crime Prevention
Unit will build on that knowledge and provide students with       Antirequisites: JSB374, JSB333, JSB044 Credit points:
an understanding of the techniques that can be used to            12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching period:
analyse both quantitative and qualitative data. These skills      2010 SEM-2
are important for those working in criminal justice and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2940
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                  JSZ904 Justice Research Methodologies
JSN113 Theories of Crime                                          The aims of this unit are to provide knowledge and
Antirequisites: JSB272, JSB231, JSB018 Credit points:             understanding for police officers about the different research
12 Campus: Internet and External Teaching period:                 methodologies available to them for getting the necessary
2010 SEM-1                                                        information from and about their local community in order to
                                                                  be better informed about how best to carry out the mission
JSN114 Cybercrime                                                 of policing.
Antirequisites: JSB974 Credit points: 12 Campus:                  Credit points: 12       Campus: Singapore           Teaching
Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                 period: 2010 SUM

JSN116 Independent Study                                          JSZ905 Asian Economic Crime Trends
Equivalents: JSN006    Credit points: 12  Campus:                 The aim of this unit is to provide a knowledge and
Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                 understanding for police officers about the exponential
                                                                  growth of economic crime within the Asia-Pacific region. By
JSN117 Independent Study                                          being aware of the economic nature of the structure and
Equivalents: JSN007    Credit points: 12  Campus:                 operations of transnational, organised, corporate and white-
Internet and External Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 collar crime and their relationship to terrorism activities
                                                                  police officers will be better equipped to combat these types
JSN120 Research Thesis                                            of criminal and terrorist behaviours.
Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                     Credit points: 12         Campus: Singapore        Teaching
                                                                  period: 2010 SEM-1
JSN121 Research Thesis
Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                     JSZ906 Police Research Project
                                                                  This unit provides further development, enhanced from
JSN122 Research Thesis                                            JSZ904, on how to design and conduct a police-specific
Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                     research project on the policing theme of ‘local solutions for
                                                                  local conditions’.
JSN123 Research Thesis
Credit points: 12 Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                     The aims of this unit are to provide knowledge,
                                                                  understanding and practice for general duties police in
JSZ901 Transnational Organised Crime and Terrorism                knowing how to design and conduct empirically acceptable
The aims of this unit are to provide knowledge and                research projects to increase the knowledge base and
understanding for police officers about the motivators of         professionalism of a Police Service.
terrorism (religious extremism, nationalism, ideology)            Credit points: 12     Campus: Singapore       Teaching
conventional and non-conventional forms of terrorism              period: 2010 SEM-1
(nuclear, chemical, biological, radiological) as well as state-
sponsored terrorism and narco-terrorism and the nexus             KCB101 Introduction to Media and Communication:
between transnational organised crime and various forms of        Texts
terrorism.                                                        This unit introduces you to foundational ideas in the study of
Credit points: 12       Campus: Singapore          Teaching       communication, drawing on examples of communication
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                practice from contemporary society, and the historical
                                                                  development of both the media of mass communication and
JSZ902 Criminal and Terrorism Profiling                           ways of theorising its development. The idea of the 'new'
The aims of this unit are to provide knowledge and                economy is the organising motif of the unit. The unit both
understanding for police officers about the different             introduces and problematises the discipline of
approaches to criminal and terrorism profiling available to       communication as it confronts, engages and interpenetrates
police and law enforcement agencies in order to improve           the new economy.
their effectiveness of operational policing duties.               Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Credit points: 12       Campus: Singapore        Teaching         Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010
period: 2010 SEM-2                                                SEM-2

JSZ903 Investigative Thinking and Knowledge                       KCB102 Media Myth Busting 1
Management                                                        Innovations in media and communication technologies have
The aim of this unit is to provide knowledge and                  been deeply implicated in the evolution of human society
understanding for street police about the qualitatively           from ancient times to the present. This unit explores the
different ‘investigative thinking styles’ (ITS) that detectives   enabling capacities of media and communications, as well
use when conducting ongoing investigations, and the               as other aspects of media power from a variety of
management of such investigative knowledge, in order to           perspectives. This unit also explores key controversies and
improve their effectiveness when responding to incidents.         debates surrounding the relationships between media and
Credit points: 12        Campus: Singapore           Teaching     society.
period: 2010 SUM                                                  Equivalents: KCB140         Credit points: 12      Contact
                                                                  hours: 2.5 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
                                                                  period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2941
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                 KCB201 New Media 1: Information and Knowledge
KCB103 Strategic Speech Communication                            This unit provides both a critical and conceptual introduction
This unit is based in rhetorical and group communication         to the issues arising from the emergence of 'virtual
theories, as a base for developing professionals who are         communities', and a practical introduction to the skills and
articulate presenters, probing but empathic interviewers and     competencies required for the development and
interviewees, and good team players. Theory and practice         maintenance of successful online social networks. It
are interrelated to develop understanding and self-reflexivity   considers issues arising from the development of online
within students concerning their own communication skills,       communities from the perspectives of corporate cultures
and to guide them to become effective leaders in the             and public or civic action, as well as questions of
communication industries professions. Practice in simulated      community, identity and social inequality in Internet culture,
work situations will allow growth and learning in the            conflict management, and ethical and privacy issues on the
laboratory of the classroom.                                     Web.
Equivalents: KCB213          Credit points: 12      Contact
hours: 3 per week            Campus: Kelvin Grove and            Assumed knowledge:
Caboolture      Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010             * advanced academic writing skills
SEM-2                                                            * advanced research and referencing skills in offline and
                                                                 online contexts
KCB104 Introduction to Media and Communications:                 * good working knowledge of the Web and other new media
Industries                                                       technologies
This unit provides an introduction to media and                  * some practical experience using blogs, wikis, and/or social
communications industries, with particular reference to the      networking
Australian media and communications industries and               Websites as a reader and/or contributor
associated issues. The unit will examine aspects of              * ability to conduct academic work independently and in
broadcasting, magazines and publishing, popular music,           groups
film, the Internet and games industries, from social,            Assumed knowledge: KKB101, KKB102, and advanced
industrial and cultural perspectives. You will be involved in    academic writing, research and referencing skills in offline
discussion of current issues and media features.                 and online contexts.     Equivalents: KCB295         Credit
Equivalents: KCB150          Credit points: 12      Contact      points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin
hours: 3 per week        Campus: Kelvin Grove                    Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1

KCB105 Media Myth Busting 2                                      KCB202 New Media 2: Applications and Implications
The research process (define problem, collect relevant           New media technologies now affect virtually all aspects of
information, analyse information, formulate                      our life, from leisure to work. A thorough understanding of
conclusions/outcomes) underlies many decisions that              their social, cultural, political and economic impacts is
confront media and communication professionals. This             crucial for creative industries practitioners. This unit
subject introduces foundational research skills and              identifies key new media technologies and provides a
contextualises them with a number of media and                   contextual understanding of their current roles and potential
communication problems. The unit involves qualitative and        future trajectories.
quantitative research methods including observation, focus
groups, case studies, survey research and experiments            Assumed knowledge:
studied in the context of media and communication                * advanced academic writing skills
problems and issues. You will carry out research using           * advanced research and referencing skills in offline and
some of these methods, analyse the results and present           online contexts
their conclusions and recommendations.                           * good working knowledge of the Web and other new media
Equivalents: KCB334        Credit points: 12      Contact        technologies
hours: 3 per week, plus several lectures during semester         * some practical experience using blogs, wikis, and/or social
Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 networking
                                                                 Websites as a reader and/or contributor
KCB110 Introduction To Mass Communication                        * ability to conduct academic work independently and in
This unit introduces you to the main theories of mass            groups
communication and to key contemporary issues in mass             Equivalents: KCB336        Credit points: 12       Contact
communication industries. Investigating topics such as           hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
ethical and legal issues in mass communication, the              period: 2010 SEM-2
relationship between journalism and public relations,
advertising and new media and the future of television, you      KCB203 Consumption Matters: Consumer Cultures and
will analyse and critique mass communication media and           Identity
professional practice in a range of formats.                     A knowledge of and ability to research consumer cultures is
Assumed knowledge: Concurrent enrolment in KKB101 is             essential to those working in the Creative Industries: it is
strongly recommended.       Credit points: 12     Contact        crucial to understand the ways in which consumption
hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  actively shapes not only media and production industries,
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               but also the value and meanings of products themselves.
                                                                 This unit builds on your first-year studies, requiring you to
                                                                 synthesise and apply concepts and methodologies that you




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2942
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

have learned in earlier units. This unit prepares you for your     in the social construction of meaning, with particular
final year by focusing broader understandings of media,            reference to media and communications industries. The unit
communication, and production through the lens of                  examines political campaigns in Australia and
consumer cultures. The knowledge that you will gain in this        internationally, through a critical examination of theories of
unit will inform your professional, academic, and creative         media influence, as well as notions of crisis management,
practices in your final year.                                      rhetorical models, persuasion theory, and the use of images
                                                                   as a power resource to succeed in political campaigns. The
Assumed knowledge:                                                 unit explores how survey research helps the planning and
* Introductory understanding of the relationship between           development of political strategies through an analysis of
media texts, institutions and society                              their application in recent political campaigns.
* Introductory skills in media text analysis (e.g. semiotics       Equivalents: KCB311          Credit points: 12       Contact
and discourse analysis)                                            hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                period: 2010 SEM-1
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                   KCB303 Brisbane Media Map
KCB205 Professional Communication                                  In this unit, you will explore ways in which your knowledge
Professional Communication focuses on knowledge and                of media industries, audiences and texts finds application in
skills required for effective communication with colleagues,       employment contexts. You also develop and consolidate an
sponsors and clients in professional organisational settings.      applied understanding of databases in the process of
Unit activities will develop practical and critical skills in      maintaining and developing an online directory of media and
situation analysis, project proposal development, proposal         related organisations serving the greater Brisbane area.
document production, sponsor and client presentations and          Questions of professional practice in online and workplace
workplace communication practices. The unit will integrate         environments are also discussed, with particular reference
the central skills of writing and speaking across a range of       to matters of freedom of expression, accuracy and fairness,
problem-based tasks, team projects and presentations.              access and equity, cultural difference, privacy, security and
Over the semester, students may use class activities to            intellectual property.
compile professional folios of their work for potential            Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus:
employers and clients.                                             Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                  KCB304 Managing Communication Resources
SEM-2                                                              An understanding of controlled media (ie media in which the
                                                                   communicator, rather than a gatekeeper, controls the final
KCB301 Media Audiences                                             content), in both print and electronic forms, is critical for
A knowledge of and ability to research audiences is                professional communicators. Controlled media resources
essential to a detailed and comprehensive understanding of         remain the most common tools developed during
the media. The ability to undertake quantitative and               communication campaigns. This unit develops your ability to
qualitative research into various audience groupings, the          devise effective resources for clients. You will develop
use of associated analytical tools and the ability to critically   practical skills in managing projects, researching the
analyse academic and industry based audience research              audience, writing and designing resources, testing their
are important skills for students undertaking research in          work, and seeing the product through to final production.
Media Communication and those seeking employment in                This unit involves desktop publishing training and offers you
media industries.                                                  an opportunity to develop a print or electronic resource for a
                                                                   client.
Assumed knowledge:                                                 Prerequisites: Completion of 72 credit points of study
* Introductory understanding of the relationship between           Equivalents: KCB335         Credit points: 12        Contact
media texts, institutions and society                              hours: 5.5 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
* Introductory knowledge of the following, as they apply           period: 2010 SEM-1
media or market research:
- Quantitative and Qualitative research design                     KCD103 Strategic Speech Communication
- Basic statistical analysis skills                                This unit is based in rhetorical and communication theories,
- Qualitative research methods such as interviews and              as a base for developing professionals who are articulate
participant observation                                            presenters, probing but empathic interviewers and
Assumed knowledge: Introductory understanding of the               interviewees, and good team players. Theory and practice
relationship between media texts, institutions and society,        are interrelated to develop understanding and self-reflexivity
media or market research, quantitative and qualitative             within students in terms of their own communication skills,
research design, basic statistical analysis skills, and            and to guide them to become effective leaders in the
qualitative research methods        Equivalents: KCB349            communication industries and professions. Practice in
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                simulated work situations will allow growth and learning in
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                           the laboratory of the classroom.
                                                                   Equivalents: KCB213          Credit points: 12      Contact
KCB302 Political Communication                                     hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
This unit provides an overview of the theory and practice of       period: 2010 13TP1 and 2010 13TP2
political communication and the role of discursive strategies




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2943
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                 KDB105 Architecture of the Body
KCP402 New Media Studies                                         This unit focuses on experiential awareness of the body,
This unit considers the social, cultural, economic and           including an introduction to a working knowledge of
political implications of development of new media               anatomy, kinesiology and the movement potential of the
technologies, such as the Internet and World Wide Web,           body, both in theory and practice
broadband cable and satellite technologies. This unit            Equivalents: KDX104       Credit points: 12     Contact
considers the following: the historical development of           hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
technologies; different understandings of digital culture; the   period: 2010 SEM-1
impact of new media forms upon cultural practices and
modes of social interaction; the impact of new media in          KDB106 Dance Analysis
traditional media industries (print, broadcast) and areas        This unit includes a study of the analysis of dance through a
such as entertainment and education; the legal, regulatory       concentration on the dance as text and a study of various
and policy issues arising from the development of new            international historical and contemporary works.
media technologies.                                              Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Equivalents: KCP336         Credit points: 12       Contact      Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               KDB107 Choreographic Studies 1
                                                                 This unit introduces crafting skills and choreographic
KCP407 Applied Professional Communication                        devices used in process of making dance work. It includes
This unit hones your skills in professional communication        the presentation of group work.
and integrates the important skills of writing and presenting    Equivalents: KDX143        Credit points: 12    Contact
under a strategic planning framework. It includes a focus on     hours: BCI: 4 per week; BFA: 2 per week        Campus:
leadership, teamwork, audience analysis, evaluation, and         Kelvin Grove     Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
ethics.
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:              KDB108 World Dance
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                         This unit includes exposure to a range of culturally specific
                                                                 dance styles through practical workshops and a theory
KDB101 Performance 1                                             component providing contextual background to the styles
This studio based unit consists of a creative process            taught.
through rehearsals and classes with choreographers,              Equivalents: KDB172        Credit points: 12        Contact
rehearsal directors and teaching staff leading to a studio       hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
and public performance.                                          period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: KDB103 (can be enrolled in the same
teaching period) Equivalents: KDX111 Credit points:              KDB109 Funk, Tap and all that Jazz
12    Contact hours: 10.5 per week       Campus: Kelvin          American and Western European popular and music theatre
Grove    Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                             dances from the late 1900s to the present form the content
                                                                 base of this unit, drawing on three of the following styles:
KDB102 Performance 2                                             funk, tap, jazz and/or hip-hop. Dance technique and style
This studio-based unit consists of a creative process            pertinent to each dance form is taught in the practical
through rehearsal directors and teaching staff leading to a      classes, while in the theory component of the unit this
studio and public performance.                                   content is interrogated through historical and cultural
Prerequisites: (KDB101 or KDX111) and KDB104 (can be             perspectives.
enrolled in the same teaching period)       Equivalents:         Assumed knowledge: For Health and Safety reasons,
KDX112 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 7 per week               admission to this unit is dependent upon 1) an appropriate
 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                level of physical fitness to prevent injury (assessed in
                                                                 Orientation Week or Week One), and 2) having no pre-
KDB103 Dance Technique Studies 1                                 existing injuries. Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 5
This unit involves practical dance classes as on-going           per week      Campus: Kelvin Grove       Teaching period:
action research.                                                 2010 SEM-2
Assumed knowledge: KDB105 is assumed knowledge.
Equivalents: KDB180       Credit points: 12   Contact            KDB110 Deconstructing Dance in History
hours: BCI: 9 per week; BFA: 13.5 per week Campus:               This unit includes a study of various international historical
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                         and contemporary contexts of dance as art. It focuses on
                                                                 romanticism, classicism, modernism and postmodernism.
KDB104 Dance Technique Studies 2                                 Equivalents: KDB125         Credit points: 12       Contact
This unit involves practical dance classes as on-going           hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
action research.                                                 period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: KDB103 or KDB180          Equivalents:
KDB181 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: BCI: 8 per               KDB111 Performance in Context 1
week; BFA: 13.5 per week      Campus: Kelvin Grove               This studio-based unit involves the making and performing
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      of a dance work for public performance in either a theatrical,
                                                                 digital or site-specific domain.
                                                                 Equivalents: KDB101, KDX111          Credit points: 12




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2944
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contact hours: 5.5 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove                 as students develop basic teaching and reflective practice
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                      skills. This unit is appropriate for students planning to teach
                                                                 dance in the primary, secondary, community or studio
KDB201 Dance Curriculum Studies 1                                context.
As the first of a series of three curriculum units, this unit    Antirequisites: KDP205 Equivalents: KDB117 Credit
provides introductory practical engagement with the theory,      points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin
syllabi and practices of dance learning and teaching in          Grove
schools. You will be encouraged to utilize your knowledge,
skills and understanding of the processes of making,             KDB207-1 Choreographic Studies 2
performing and appreciating dance in developing teaching         This unit includes practice and performance of
and learning experiences. You will begin to understand and       choreographic work employing choreographic skills in
learn to manage the complex socio-cultural environments of       creation of movement material, form and style. Clarity of
the dance classroom and develop theoretical                      intention is major focus. This is a year long unit. Students
understandings, practical knowledge and skills necessary to      must enrol in KDB207-2.
be an effective Dance teacher. Each subsequent curriculum        Prerequisites: KDB107 or KDX143               Equivalents:
unit will then provide you with opportunities to increase your   KDX144-2 Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week
breadth and depth of understanding in these areas.                 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: Completion of 48 credit points of Dance
discipline units (KD% units) Antirequisites: KDP201              KDB207-2 Choreographic Studies 2
Equivalents: KDB421          Credit points: 12        Contact    This unit includes practice and performance of
hours: 2.5 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                choreographic work employing choreographic skills in
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               creation of movement material, form and style. Clarity of
                                                                 intention is major focus. This is a year long unit. Students
KDB202 Dance Curriculum Studies 2                                must enrol in KDB207-2.
This is the second of a series of three curriculum units, this   Prerequisites: KDB207-1 or KDX144-1           Equivalents:
unit builds on practical engagement with the theory, syllabi     KDX144-2 Credit points: 6 Contact hours: 2 per week
and practices of dance learning and teaching in schools.           Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
You will be encouraged to utilise your knowledge, skills and
understanding of the processes of making, performing and         KDB208 Integrated Professional Skills
appreciating dance in developing teaching and learning           This is an integrated program building specific practical and
experiences with particular emphasis on Years 10-12.             psychological skills and strategies for career development
Prerequisites: KDB201          Antirequisites: KDP202            and enhancement.
Equivalents: KDB429         Credit points: 12       Contact      Equivalents: KDB221         Credit points: 12       Contact
hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               period: 2010 SEM-2

KDB203 Dance Curriculum Studies 3                                KDB211 Performance 3
Developing from the work undertaken in Dance Curriculum          This studio based unit consists of a creative process
Studies 1 and 2, this unit provides you with the opportunity     through rehearsals and classes with choreographers,
to continue investigating and exploring dance curriculum         rehearsal directors and teaching staff leading to a studio
planning and work program design. This unit also relates         and public performance.
current theoretical issues in assessment to the unique           Prerequisites: (KDB102 or KDX112) and KDB213 (can be
challenges that dance assessment provides. You will              enrolled in the same teaching period)       Equivalents:
explore a range of assessment procedures, methods and            KDX141 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 10 per week
strategies to support quality and equity in dance                 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
assessment at all levels.
Prerequisites: KDB202 (can be enrolled in the same               KDB212 Performance 4
teaching period)      Antirequisites: KDP203        Credit       This studio based unit consists of a creative process
points: 12    Contact hours: 3.5 per week         Campus:        through rehearsals and classes with choreographers,
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                rehearsal directors and teaching staff leading to a studio
SEM-2                                                            and public performance.
                                                                 Prerequisites: (KDB211 or KDX141) and KDB214 (can be
KDB204 Australian Dance                                          enrolled in the same teaching period)       Equivalents:
This unit includes a study of the ritual, artistic and social    KDX142 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week
functions of dance in contemporary Australian society.            Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Equivalents: KDB114        Credit points: 12        Contact
hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  KDB213 Dance Technique Studies 3
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               This unit involves practical dance classes as on-going
                                                                 action research.
KDB205 Dance in Education                                        Prerequisites: KDB104 or KDB181          Equivalents:
This unit includes a practical introduction to philosophies      KDB182 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: BCI: 7.5 per
and practices in dance education. The areas of                   week; BFA: 13.5 per week      Campus: Kelvin Grove
choreography, performance and appreciation are explored          Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2945
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


KDB214 Dance Technique Studies 4                                 KDB306 Dance Project 1
This unit involves practical dance classes as on-going           This unit is designed for you to investigate your practice as
action research.                                                 a dance performer and/or creator via an interdisciplinary
Prerequisites: KDB213 or KDB182          Equivalents:            and collaborative project. The projects may be self-devised
KDB183 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: BCI: 6 per               or alternatively you may contribute to other creative projects
week; BFA: 13.5 per week      Campus: Kelvin Grove               involving new work. In addition to the project proposals and
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      their realisation, the unit comprises a reflective practice
                                                                 written assignment.
KDB215 Performance in Context 2                                  Prerequisites: KDB214 or KDB183                Equivalents:
This studio-based unit involves the making and performing        KDB301, KDB193 Credit points: 12 Contact hours:
of a dance work for public performance in either a theatrical,   17.5 per week        Campus: Kelvin Grove          Teaching
digital or site-specific domain.                                 period: 2010 SEM-1
Prerequisites: KDB111 or KDB101 Credit points: 12
Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                 KDB307 Dance Project 2
                                                                 This capstone unit is designed to develop and showcase at
KDB225 Music Theatre Skills                                      a professional level your performative skills and artistry. It
This unit provides students with an introduction to practical    will allow you to connect with choreographers of national
skills development in acting, dance and singing for music        standing in order to experience the creation of professional
theatre.                                                         dance work, culminating in public performances through the
Equivalents: KSB225, KSB011           Credit points: 12          Dance Graduation Season.
Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus: Kelvin Grove            Prerequisites: KDB306 Equivalents: KDB302, KDB199
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                       Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
                                                                 period: 2010 SEM-2
KDB226 Music Theatre Project
This unit follows on from Music Theatre Skills KSB225. You       KDB310 Professional Dance Training 1
will experience the rehearsal process and performance of a       This unit is designed for you to develop the technical and
music theatre work in order to apply the multidisciplinary       interpretive dance skills acquired in the first two years of
skills developed in the first unit in this series.               your course to a pre-professional level. Through embodied
Prerequisites: KDB225 or KSB225 or KSB011                        knowledge, emphasis is placed on specialist and alternative
Equivalents: KSB226, KSB012             Credit points: 12        training methods in order to equip you with advanced
Contact hours: Full time - two weeks full time rehearsal         technical skills; preparing you for the rapidly increasing
and a performance Campus: Kelvin Grove                           demands placed on dance practitioners by the professional
                                                                 dance industry.
KDB303 Dance and Technology 1                                    Prerequisites: KDB212 or KDX142               Equivalents:
This unit includes modes of choreographic communication:         KDB301, KDB193 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 15
discussion of aesthetic questions that have emerged out of       per week      Campus: Kelvin Grove       Teaching period:
the last major choreographic movements and collaborative         2010 SEM-1
practices encouraged with specific focus on digital
technologies.                                                    KDB311 Professional Dance Training 2
Prerequisites: KDB207-2 or KDX144-2          Equivalents:        This unit follows on from the technical and interpretive
KDB158 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week               dance skills acquired in KDB310 Professional Dance
 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                Training 1. It is designed to facilitate your continued
                                                                 development in advanced technical skills training pitched at
KDB304 Dance and Technology 2                                    a professional level. Through embodied knowledge,
This unit includes a major choreographic project for public      emphasis is placed on specialist and alternative training
performance. It explores aesthetic and artistic values in        methods at a professional level; preparing you for the
collaborative processes of making new work with                  rapidly increasing demands placed on dance practioners by
technology.                                                      the professional dance industry. The culmination of this unit
Prerequisites: KDB303 or KDB158                Assumed           recreates a real life Audition experience through unseen
knowledge: Performance and dance technique skills must           practical examinations.
be appropriate. Partially a health and safety issue.             Prerequisites: KDB310 Equivalents: KDB301, KDB193
Choreographic skills must be appropriate. Equivalents:            Credit points: 12 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
KDB159 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 1 per week               period: 2010 SEM-2
 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                 KDP201 Dance Curriculum Studies 1
KDB305 Performance in Context 3                                  As the first of a series of three curriculum units, this unit
This studio-based unit involves the making and performing        provides introductory practical engagement with the theory,
of a dance work for public performance in either a theatrical,   syllabi and practices of dance learning and teaching in
digital or site-specific domain.                                 schools. You will be encouraged to utilize your knowledge,
Prerequisites: KDB215          Credit points: 12    Contact      skills and understanding of the processes of making,
hours: 6 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  performing and appreciating dance in developing teaching
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               and learning experiences. You will begin to understand and




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2946
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

learn to manage the complex socio-cultural environments of
the dance classroom and develop theoretical                       KFB102 Design Studio 2
understandings, practical knowledge and skills necessary to       This unit aims to build on skills acquired in KFB101.
be an effective Dance teacher. Each subsequent curriculum         Prerequisites: KFB101 or KFB401 Equivalents: KFB402
unit will then provide you with opportunities to increase your     Credit points: 12 Contact hours: Up to 12.5 per week
breadth and depth of understanding in these areas.                 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Antirequisites: KDB201, KDB421 Assumed knowledge:
Completion of 48 credit points of Dance discipline units is       KFB103 Introduction to Fashion
assumed knowledge. Credit points: 12 Contact hours:               This unit provides an introduction to some of the
2.5 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period:                complexities of the fashion system and is intended to
2010 SEM-1                                                        provide a base for students wishing to pursue the subject of
                                                                  fashion as a major, sub-major or minor.
KDP202 Dance Curriculum Studies 2                                 Credit points: 12       Contact hours: 2.5 per week
This is the second of a series of three curriculum units, this    Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
unit builds on practical engagement with the theory, syllabi
and practices of dance learning and teaching in schools.          KFB104 Sustainability: The Materiality of Fashion
You will be encouraged to utilise your knowledge, skills and      Detailed knowledge of the materials, skills and processes
understanding of the processes of making, performing and          available to the garment and textile industries is essential in
appreciating dance in developing teaching and learning            the first year of study for the fashion designer.
experiences with particular emphasis on Years 10-12.              Equivalents: KFB407-2, KFB104-2 Credit points: 12
Prerequisites: KDP201           Antirequisites: KDB202,           Contact hours: 3 per week           Campus: Kelvin Grove
KDB429 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week                Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
                                                                  KFB106 Unspeakable Beauty: A History of Fashion and
KDP203 Dance Curriculum Studies 3                                 Style
Developing from the work undertaken in Dance Curriculum           Fashion has been a defining feature of Western culture for
Studies 1 and 2, this unit provides you with the opportunity      over 500 years. Contemporary fashion regularly revisits
to continue investigating and exploring dance curriculum          earlier approaches to dressing the body. This unit studies
planning and work program design. This unit also relates          key figures in the history of fashionable dress who defined
current theoretical issues in assessment to the unique            the standards of beauty for their time. It provides students
challenges that dance assessment provides. You will               with a basis for understanding fashion as a significant form
explore a range of assessment procedures, methods and             of visual culture as well as providing a vital sense of history.
strategies to support quality and equity in dance                 Credit points: 12         Contact hours: 2.5 per week
assessment at all levels.                                         Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
Prerequisites: KDP202 (can be enrolled in the same
teaching period)      Antirequisites: KDB203        Credit        KFB107 Drawing For Fashion
points: 12    Contact hours: 3.5 per week         Campus:         This unit concentrates on developing core skills and
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010                 knowledge of drawing to provide an important foundation for
SEM-2                                                             existing and evolving modes for constructing and presenting
                                                                  fashion proposals.
KDP205 Dance in Education                                         Equivalents: KVB107, KVB107-2, KVB757-2             Credit
This unit includes a practical introduction to philosophies       points: 12 Contact hours: 5 per week Campus: Kelvin
and practices in dance education. The areas of                    Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
choreography, performance and appreciation are explored
as students develop basic teaching and reflective practice        KFB200 Design Studio 3
skills. This unit is appropriate for students planning to teach   The sequence of six Design Studio units is fundamental to
dance in the primary, secondary, community or studio              the course and focuses on the integration of design
context.                                                          principles with the practical skills and understandings of
Antirequisites: KDB117, KDB205 Credit points: 12                  pattern engineering and garment design and construction.
Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove                    Prerequisites: KFB102 Equivalents: KFB201, KFB403
                                                                  Credit points: 12      Contact hours: 12 per week
KFB101 Design Studio 1                                            Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
The sequence of six Design Studio units is fundamental to
the course and focuses on the integration of design               KFB202 Design Studio 4
principles with the practical skills and understandings of        This unit aims to build upon the expected outcomes of
pattern technology, garment design and construction.              KFB201. It aims to develop in students a combination of
Alongside the acquisition of design skills, it is essential for   initiative, creativity and self-reliance, alongside the key skills
successful fashion designers of the future to understand the      of collaboration and working in teams.
context of their practice, within an industry that is             Prerequisites: KFB200 or KFB201 or KFB403
international in scope.                                           Equivalents: KFB404             Credit points: 12       Contact
Equivalents: KFB401        Credit points: 12         Contact      hours: Up to 13 per week             Campus: Kelvin Grove
hours: 12 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
period: 2010 SEM-1




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2947
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                    fashion business planning, entrepreneurial acumen and
KFB205 Fashion and Style Journalism                                 sales logistics, through practical application of the practices
This unit maps the scope and practice of fashion and style          and strategies researched.
journalism in Australia and internationally. It will allow you to
develop the skills necessary to conceptualise and produce
fashion and style editorial content in a variety of styles and      Assumed knowledge: KFB103, KFB208 plus completion of
contexts.                                                           72 credit points of study is assumed knowledge.
Assumed knowledge: KFB103 plus completion of 72 credit              Equivalents: KFB201     Credit points: 12 Contact
points of study; or enrolment in a Creative Industries              hours: 3.5 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
Postgraduate course is assumed knowledge Equivalents:               period: 2010 SEM-1
KJB339 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                   KFB301 Design Studio 5
                                                                    This sequence of six Design Studio units is fundamental to
KFB206 Fashion and Modernity                                        the course and focuses on the integration of design
In this unit students will examine the development of               principles with the practical skills and understandings of
modern fashion. They will study the influence of various            pattern engineering and garment design and construction.
factors that affect changes in fashion, including major             Design Studio in the final year allows students the
designers.                                                          opportunity to further immerse themselves in the
Equivalents: KFB105, KFB408        Credit points: 12                development of their own product or range. Design Studio 5
Contact hours: 3 per week     Campus: Kelvin Grove                  acts as a stage one of the final project and forms the
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                                         research and development phase of the project. During this
                                                                    unit, students formulate their final project for prototyping and
KFB207 Contemporary Fashion                                         completion in Design Studio 6.
Fashion is a vital dimension to contemporary culture; it is art     Prerequisites: KFB202 or KFB404 Equivalents: KFB405
and industry, idea, image and product. In its truest sense all        Credit points: 12       Contact hours: 10 per week
Fashion is Contemporary fashion. This unit draws on ideas           Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
developed in Introduction to Fashion to provide a context for
the shifting terrain of contemporary fashion. The unit              KFB302 Design Studio 6
addresses content such as key developments in fashion               This unit is the capstone Design Studio unit and aims to
since 1970, significant International and Australian                provide students with the opportunity to synthesise prior
contemporary designers and current trends in the                    learning, within university and the workplace, through the
consumption, production and presentation of fashion.                production of a final year project. Within this unit students
Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:                 develop confidence and the ability to work with minimal
Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                            supervision in preparation for graduation.
                                                                    Prerequisites: KFB301 or KFB405 Equivalents: KFB406
KFB208 Fashion Portfolio                                              Credit points: 24 Contact hours: Up to 19.5 per week
In the fashion design and associated industries digital              Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
illustration/graphic and presentation skills are increasingly
necessary to present creative and professional work.                KFB303 Fashioning Futures
Through the use of technology, fashion and textile                  This unit aims to provide you with an opportunity to identify
designers, illustrators and photographers can present and           relevant issues relating to your planned career and to
enhance their applied creativity by augmenting traditional          position yourselves effectively for entry to industry,
hand skills with a range of digital processes. This unit            community-based projects or postgraduate study.
introduces the learner to this knowledge and to the                 Equivalents: KFB412         Credit points: 12      Contact
processes and practices that will enable the student to             hours: 2 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
develop a concept driven fashion portfolio.                         period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2
Equivalents: KFB202, KFB201           Credit points: 12
Contact hours: 3 per week        Campus: Kelvin Grove               KFB304 Fashion, Law and the Real World
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                          This unit prepares you for the transition into the real world,
                                                                    by equipping you with an understanding of law as a
KFB209 Ragtrade: Wholesaling Fashion                                regulator of business. In order to flourish as an
This unit focuses on the logistics and skills required in the       entrepreneurial creative practitioner, it is essential that you
industry, for the distribution and selling end of the fashion       understand the legal implications of your decisions and
cycle. It will develop your understanding of the importance         actions and those of others with whom you work or trade.
of international and national wholesale selling or order            This unit forms part of the final year of study so that you can
taking, through to fashion companies going direct to the final      apply the knowledge acquired within your workplace
consumer.                                                           learning experiences and incorporate the learning from this
The unit seeks to bring together the professional, creative         unit into their planning and preparation for graduation.
and real world opportunities available in fashion industry          Equivalents: KFB056           Credit points: 12       Contact
selling strategies, with the business planning and                  hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
sustainability strategies required for profitability.               period: 2010 SEM-1
You will acquire skills and knowledge that will support and
enhance your understanding of current and future trends in




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2948
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

KIB101 Visual Communication                                      ideas and the application of techniques of information
Communication Design deals with visual communication             design to the structuring of non-narrative content.
and the creation of meaning through images. This unit will       Addressing the creative and analytical roles of writers,
introduce you to the principles, production and presentation     conceptual designers and information designers in the
of visual design and communication.                              context of interactive digital media and the Creative
Equivalents: KIB801         Credit points: 12      Contact       Industries.
hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  Equivalents: KIB816      Credit points: 12     Contact
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
                                                                 period: 2010 SEM-1
KIB102 Visual Interactions
This unit further develops interface design skills for           KIB202 Enabling Immersion
communications technologies including design                     As creative practitioners within a highly networked
priorities,Interaction, visual systems, refinement of            technological society, it is important to develop a critical
concepts, project analysis and problem solving through           understanding of how the application of technology
presentation models.                                             influences modes of communication, production processes
Prerequisites: KIB101 or KIB801 or KPB101 or KPB150 or           and creative practices, particularly within the Creative
KPB155      Equivalents: KIB802     Credit points: 12            Industries. This unit provides an introductory overview of the
Contact hours: 3.5 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove                 philosophies underlying applications of technology, and
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                                      critically examines current applications in order to explore
                                                                 creative visions of future technology.
KIB103 Introduction to Web Design and Development                Prerequisites: KIB201 Equivalents: KIB814 Credit
This unit provides an introduction to theories and skills        points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin
underpinning the application of multimedia technology with       Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
the Creative Industries, providing a foundation of conceptual
and practical skills related to contemporary modes of            KIB203 Introduction to 3D Computer Graphics
electronic hypermedia production, communication and              The field of 3D computer graphics has grown from being a
publishing.                                                      highly specialist field, supported by large film studios, into a
Antirequisites: INB271 Equivalents: KIB807, KKB007,              vast and growing industry. Throughout film and television,
KKB818 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week               scientific visualization, industrial and architectural design,
 Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1                physical modelling, animation and gaming; 3D visualisation
                                                                 has become a significant contributor to the construction of
KIB104 Digital Media                                             virtual worlds and the simulation of physical environments.
This unit explores multimedia development and design             This unit provides an introduction to the world of 3D
concepts and practices and investigates the user and user        graphics, paying particular attention to pre-production
interaction principles.                                          techniques, project management, 3D modelling techniques,
Equivalents: KIB808      Credit points: 12       Contact         and designing virtual environments. It establishes a
hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  foundation for advanced study in subsequent units on Real-
period: 2010 SEM-1 and 2010 SEM-2                                time Computer Graphics and Virtual Environments.
                                                                 Theoretical understandings gained through lectures will be
KIB105 Animation and Motion Graphics                             supplemented with technical skills in workshops, and
This unit provides an introduction to animation and motion       applied to the production of 3D environments in design
graphics concepts and practices, with an emphasis on             studios.
principles of design in motion                                   Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Equivalents: KIB804        Credit points: 12      Contact        Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1
hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching
period: 2010 SEM-2                                               KIB205 Programming for Visual Designers and Artists
                                                                 As part of a contemporary art and design production,
KIB108 Animation History and Practices                           practitioners often need to understand aspects of computer
The unit is an introductory examination of the development       programming. This unit provides artists and designers with
of animation. It addresses social, cultural, economic and        an introduction to computer
technological themes that have shaped notable practitioners      programming. It demonstrates how artists and designers
and established animation as a significant medium for the        use programming within their practices and introduces the
expression of popular culture, artistic experiment and           principles of programming that will allow you to use
philosophical, social and political comment.                     computing as a tool for art and design innovation. The unit
Equivalents: KIB825         Credit points: 12     Contact        is presented in a manner that is suited to the learning styles
hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                  of visual designers and artists, and requires no previous
period: 2010 SEM-1                                               computer programming experience. These skills will
                                                                 developed and applied to the development of art and design
KIB201 Concept Development for Game Design and                   outcomes in a studio setting.
Interactive Media                                                Antirequisites: INB270 Assumed knowledge: Fluency
This unit addresses theoretical issues associated with non-      in the use of typical multimedia software applications is
linear story structures and interactive narratives through the   assumed knowledge.         Equivalents: KIB210         Credit
analysis of game structures, the creation of original game       points: 12 Contact hours: 4 per week Campus: Kelvin




    ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                               QUT HANDBOOK 2010 Â Page 2949
                                             UNIT SYNOPSES
    _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Grove   Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2                            Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2

KIB214 Design for Interactive Media                            KIB225 Character Development, Conceptual Design and
Designing for contemporary media requires a sophisticated      Animation Layout
understanding of how we effectively interact with new          This unit emphasizes production in practice. By considering
technologies, software applications, displays and              type and generic attributes within a technological context,
environments. This unit focuses on the field of interaction    you will be guided through the key concepts involved in the
design and user experience design. It develops an              development of working drawings and final artworks.
understanding of the theories, methods, and processes          Prerequisites: KIB203 or KIB107 Equivalents: KIB106,
employed by Interaction Designers through a series of          KIB807 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week
lectures and tutorials. These principles are then applied to   Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2
authentic design briefs within design studios.
Prerequisites: KIB102 or KIB202 or KIB802 or KIP402            KIB230 Interface and Information Design
Equivalents: KIB210        Credit points: 12       Contact     With the advent of new technologies for communication,
hours: 3 per week Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching                graphical user interfaces have become fundamental to the
period: 2010 SEM-1                                             design of effective communication, and a key factor in the
                                                               uptake, ease of use and experience of technology systems.
KIB216 Advanced Web Design                                     This unit builds upon knowledge and skills acquired in units
Web Design has extended significantly from the concept of      on visual communication and Web design to establish the
information delivery into social networking and other          knowledge and skills required to design and produce
expanded modes of engagement. Web applications now             effective visual interfaces for technology applications such
appear in a range of delivery platforms from the desktop to    as Web, small screens in mobile media, and interactive
personal and mobile technologies, such as media players        displays. It will cover theories and principles of visual
and mobile phones. This unit will extend upon the              communication, information architecture and user
knowledge and skills acquired in Introduction to Web           experience design, which will be applied in the production of
Design, Interaction Design and Interface Design. It will       interfaces for interactive media and digital projects. The unit
introduce you to dynamic Web publishing employing              will be taught through a combination of lectures, tutorials
contemporary open source content management systems.           and practical classes, in which skills and knowledge will be
Theoretical understandings gained in lectures will be          applied.
complemented by technical skills and applied to the
development of authentic projects within design studios.
Prerequisites: KIB103 or KIB807 Equivalents: KIB211,           Prerequisites: KIB101 or KIB801 Equivalents: KIB211
KIB817 Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week             Credit points: 12 Contact hours: 3 per week Campus:
Campus: Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-2               Kelvin Grove Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1

KIB220 Animation Production                                    KIB309 Embodied Interactions
Animation employs a studio-based production process that       Interaction with technology has advanced beyond the
introduces you to workflows, practice-based investigations,    desktop paradigm of mouse and keyboard to embodied
critical thinking and problem-based learning. Animation:       interfaces that incorporate video tracking, audio input, and
Studio Production will support you to build animation studio   gestural interaction techniques. Applications range from
production skills by introducing design briefs, networking,    wearable technology to tangible media installations. This
teamwork and collaboration This unit will focus particular     unit introduces an experimental field of interactive media
attention on image-based solutions for the production of       design through the practical application of the processes
animated work. It will allow you to advance your skills and    and techniques of tangible media applications. Lectures,
techniques in matte painting, image-based modeling, terrain    which provide the theoretical grounding of the study area,
a nd env ir onment m odel i ng, parti c l e s y s tems for     methodologies and examples of the application of tangible
environments, and 3D object creation and shading, as you       media are complemented by practical classes which extend
develop an area of specialisation through personal             the technical skills acquired in Programming for Designers
investigation and self-directed inquiry.                       and Artists and support the development of tangible media
Prerequisites: KIB105 and KVB106 Credit points: 12             outcomes within design studios.
Contact hours: 6 per week        Campus: Kelvin Grove          Prerequisites: KIB205 or INB385 Equivalents: KIB311
Teaching period: 2010 SEM-1